From 4a9055ebb2f5fc69205a1082bbc813839c0e3138 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dan Gudmundsson Date: Thu, 21 Nov 2013 14:18:31 +0100 Subject: wx: Update documentation links to wxWidgets --- lib/wx/src/gen/wxAcceleratorEntry.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxAcceleratorTable.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxArtProvider.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiDockArt.erl | 4 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiManager.erl | 52 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiManagerEvent.erl | 28 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiNotebook.erl | 46 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiNotebookEvent.erl | 16 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiPaneInfo.erl | 150 ++--- lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiTabArt.erl | 4 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmap.erl | 48 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmapButton.erl | 26 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmapDataObject.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxBoxSizer.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxBrush.erl | 28 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxBufferedDC.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxBufferedPaintDC.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxButton.erl | 16 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarCtrl.erl | 48 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarDateAttr.erl | 44 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarEvent.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxCaret.erl | 38 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxCheckBox.erl | 24 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxCheckListBox.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxChildFocusEvent.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxChoice.erl | 16 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxChoicebook.erl | 52 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxClientDC.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxClipboard.erl | 28 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxClipboardTextEvent.erl | 2 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxCloseEvent.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourData.erl | 20 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourDialog.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourPickerCtrl.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourPickerEvent.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxComboBox.erl | 50 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxCommandEvent.erl | 22 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxContextMenuEvent.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxControl.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxControlWithItems.erl | 42 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxCursor.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxDC.erl | 176 ++--- lib/wx/src/gen/wxDataObject.erl | 4 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxDateEvent.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxDatePickerCtrl.erl | 16 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxDialog.erl | 30 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxDirDialog.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxDirPickerCtrl.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxDisplayChangedEvent.erl | 4 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxEraseEvent.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxEvent.erl | 20 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDataObject.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDialog.erl | 34 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDirPickerEvent.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxFilePickerCtrl.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxFindReplaceData.erl | 20 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxFindReplaceDialog.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxFlexGridSizer.erl | 24 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxFocusEvent.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxFont.erl | 46 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontData.erl | 34 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontDialog.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontPickerCtrl.erl | 18 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontPickerEvent.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxFrame.erl | 40 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGBSizerItem.erl | 4 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGLCanvas.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGauge.erl | 30 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGenericDirCtrl.erl | 40 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsBrush.erl | 4 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsContext.erl | 80 +-- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsFont.erl | 4 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsMatrix.erl | 26 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsObject.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsPath.erl | 46 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsPen.erl | 4 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsRenderer.erl | 22 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGrid.erl | 360 +++++------ lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridBagSizer.erl | 42 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellAttr.erl | 46 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellBoolEditor.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellEditor.erl | 26 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellFloatEditor.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.erl | 16 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellNumberEditor.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellRenderer.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellStringRenderer.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellTextEditor.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridEvent.erl | 20 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridSizer.erl | 24 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxHelpEvent.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.erl | 26 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlLinkEvent.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlWindow.erl | 50 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxIcon.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxIconBundle.erl | 16 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxIconizeEvent.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxIdleEvent.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxImage.erl | 138 ++-- lib/wx/src/gen/wxImageList.erl | 32 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxJoystickEvent.erl | 26 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxKeyEvent.erl | 32 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxLayoutAlgorithm.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxListBox.erl | 24 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxListCtrl.erl | 122 ++-- lib/wx/src/gen/wxListEvent.erl | 30 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxListItem.erl | 56 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxListItemAttr.erl | 26 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxListView.erl | 20 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxListbook.erl | 52 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxLogNull.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIChildFrame.erl | 16 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIClientWindow.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIParentFrame.erl | 24 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMask.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMaximizeEvent.erl | 4 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMemoryDC.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenu.erl | 80 +-- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuBar.erl | 56 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuEvent.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuItem.erl | 48 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMessageDialog.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMiniFrame.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMirrorDC.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMouseEvent.erl | 74 +-- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMoveEvent.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxMultiChoiceDialog.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxNavigationKeyEvent.erl | 20 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotebook.erl | 58 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotebookEvent.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotifyEvent.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPageSetupDialog.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPageSetupDialogData.erl | 66 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaintDC.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaintEvent.erl | 4 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPalette.erl | 18 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaletteChangedEvent.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPanel.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPasswordEntryDialog.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPen.erl | 32 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPickerBase.erl | 28 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPostScriptDC.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewCanvas.erl | 2 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewControlBar.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewFrame.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintData.erl | 46 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintDialog.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintDialogData.erl | 56 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintPreview.erl | 40 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrinter.erl | 22 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintout.erl | 42 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxProgressDialog.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxRadioBox.erl | 40 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxRadioButton.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxRegion.erl | 48 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashEvent.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashLayoutWindow.erl | 20 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashWindow.erl | 28 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxScreenDC.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollBar.erl | 22 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollEvent.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollWinEvent.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrolledWindow.erl | 32 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSetCursorEvent.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxShowEvent.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSingleChoiceDialog.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizeEvent.erl | 6 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizer.erl | 88 +-- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizerFlags.erl | 24 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizerItem.erl | 80 +-- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSlider.erl | 32 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinButton.erl | 20 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinCtrl.erl | 22 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinEvent.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplashScreen.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplitterEvent.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplitterWindow.erl | 46 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBitmap.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBox.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBoxSizer.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticLine.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticText.erl | 16 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxStatusBar.erl | 28 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.erl | 16 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxStyledTextCtrl.erl | 888 +++++++++++++------------- lib/wx/src/gen/wxStyledTextEvent.erl | 50 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSysColourChangedEvent.erl | 4 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSystemOptions.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxSystemSettings.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxTaskBarIcon.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxTaskBarIconEvent.erl | 4 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextAttr.erl | 50 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextCtrl.erl | 102 +-- lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextDataObject.erl | 12 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextEntryDialog.erl | 10 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxToggleButton.erl | 14 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolBar.erl | 82 +-- lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolTip.erl | 16 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolbook.erl | 52 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxTopLevelWindow.erl | 38 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreeCtrl.erl | 148 ++--- lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreeEvent.erl | 20 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreebook.erl | 58 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxUpdateUIEvent.erl | 40 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindow.erl | 322 +++++----- lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowCreateEvent.erl | 4 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowDC.erl | 8 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowDestroyEvent.erl | 4 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wxXmlResource.erl | 56 +- lib/wx/src/gen/wx_misc.erl | 50 +- 215 files changed, 3461 insertions(+), 3461 deletions(-) (limited to 'lib/wx/src/gen') diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAcceleratorEntry.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAcceleratorEntry.erl index 3cf50a2348..a75fd8d8c0 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAcceleratorEntry.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAcceleratorEntry.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxAcceleratorEntry. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxAcceleratorEntry. %% @type wxAcceleratorEntry(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). new() -> new([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Entry) -> wxAcceleratorEntry() when
%% Entry::wxAcceleratorEntry().
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=EntryT,ref=EntryRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(?wxAcceleratorEntry_new_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCommand(This) -> integer() when This::wxAcceleratorEntry(). getCommand(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ getCommand(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAcceleratorEntry_GetCommand, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFlags(This) -> integer() when This::wxAcceleratorEntry(). getFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ getFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAcceleratorEntry_GetFlags, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getKeyCode(This) -> integer() when This::wxAcceleratorEntry(). getKeyCode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ set(This,Flags,KeyCode,Cmd) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Flags),is_integer(KeyCode),is_integer(Cmd) -> set(This,Flags,KeyCode,Cmd, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec set(This, Flags, KeyCode, Cmd, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxAcceleratorEntry(), Flags::integer(), KeyCode::integer(), Cmd::integer(), Option :: {item, wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem()}. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAcceleratorTable.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAcceleratorTable.erl index 1b58cf3826..2832d34e3a 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAcceleratorTable.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAcceleratorTable.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxAcceleratorTable. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxAcceleratorTable. %% @type wxAcceleratorTable(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxAcceleratorTable() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxAcceleratorTable(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxAcceleratorTable_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(N, Entries) -> wxAcceleratorTable() when N::integer(), Entries::[wxAcceleratorEntry:wxAcceleratorEntry()]. new(N,Entries) @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ new(N,Entries) <> || C <- Entries>>)/binary, 0:(((0+length(Entries)) rem 2)*32)>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec ok(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAcceleratorTable(). ok(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxArtProvider.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxArtProvider.erl index 1515c46f9f..f1229c7455 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxArtProvider.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxArtProvider.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxArtProvider. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxArtProvider. %% @type wxArtProvider(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ getBitmap(Id) when is_list(Id) -> getBitmap(Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBitmap(Id, [Option]) -> wxBitmap:wxBitmap() when Id::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {client, unicode:chardata()} @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ getIcon(Id) when is_list(Id) -> getIcon(Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getIcon(Id, [Option]) -> wxIcon:wxIcon() when Id::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {client, unicode:chardata()} diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiDockArt.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiDockArt.erl index d3cf1ebd0d..29616b0943 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiDockArt.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiDockArt.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxAuiDockArt. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxAuiDockArt. %% @type wxAuiDockArt(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiManager.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiManager.erl index 71e851f706..45da283452 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiManager.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiManager.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxAuiManager. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxAuiManager. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxEvtHandler} %%

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). new() -> new([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new([Option]) -> wxAuiManager() when Option :: {managed_wnd, wxWindow:wxWindow()} | {flags, integer()}. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ addPane(This,Window) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Window, wx_ref) -> addPane(This,Window, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% addPane(This, Window, Pane_info) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxAuiManager(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Pane_info::wxAuiPaneInfo:wxAuiPaneInfo().
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ addPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},#wx_ wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManager_AddPane_2_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addPane(This, Window, Pane_info, Drop_pos) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiManager(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Pane_info::wxAuiPaneInfo:wxAuiPaneInfo(), Drop_pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. addPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},#wx_ref{type=Pane_infoT,ref=Pane_infoRef},{Drop_posX,Drop_posY}) @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ addPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},#wx_ wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManager_AddPane_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec detachPane(This, Window) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiManager(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(). detachPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ detachPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManager_DetachPane, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getAllPanes(This) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxAuiManager(). getAllPanes(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ getAllPanes(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManager_GetAllPanes, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getArtProvider(This) -> wxAuiDockArt:wxAuiDockArt() when This::wxAuiManager(). getArtProvider(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ getArtProvider(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManager_GetArtProvider, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDockSizeConstraint(This) -> {Width_pct::number(), Height_pct::number()} when This::wxAuiManager(). getDockSizeConstraint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ getDockSizeConstraint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManager_GetDockSizeConstraint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFlags(This) -> integer() when This::wxAuiManager(). getFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ getFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManager_GetFlags, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getManagedWindow(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxAuiManager(). getManagedWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ getManagedWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManager_GetManagedWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getManager(Window) -> wxAuiManager() when Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(). getManager(#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ getManager(#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManager_GetManager, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% getPane(This, Window) -> wxAuiPaneInfo:wxAuiPaneInfo() when
%% This::wxAuiManager(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow().
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ getPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManager_GetPane_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hideHint(This) -> ok when This::wxAuiManager(). hideHint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ insertPane(This,Window,Insert_location) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Window, wx_ref),is_record(Insert_location, wx_ref) -> insertPane(This,Window,Insert_location, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertPane(This, Window, Insert_location, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiManager(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Insert_location::wxAuiPaneInfo:wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {insert_level, integer()}. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ insertPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},# wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManager_InsertPane, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadPaneInfo(This, Pane_part, Pane) -> ok when This::wxAuiManager(), Pane_part::unicode:chardata(), Pane::wxAuiPaneInfo:wxAuiPaneInfo(). loadPaneInfo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pane_part,#wx_ref{type=PaneT,ref=PaneRef}) @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ loadPerspective(This,Perspective) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Perspective) -> loadPerspective(This,Perspective, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadPerspective(This, Perspective, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiManager(), Perspective::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {update, boolean()}. @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ loadPerspective(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Perspective, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManager_LoadPerspective, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec savePaneInfo(This, Pane) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxAuiManager(), Pane::wxAuiPaneInfo:wxAuiPaneInfo(). savePaneInfo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PaneT,ref=PaneRef}) -> @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ savePaneInfo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PaneT,ref=PaneRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManager_SavePaneInfo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec savePerspective(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxAuiManager(). savePerspective(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ savePerspective(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManager_SavePerspective, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setArtProvider(This, Art_provider) -> ok when This::wxAuiManager(), Art_provider::wxAuiDockArt:wxAuiDockArt(). setArtProvider(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=Art_providerT,ref=Art_providerRef}) -> @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ setArtProvider(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=Art_providerT,ref=Ar wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiManager_SetArtProvider, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDockSizeConstraint(This, Width_pct, Height_pct) -> ok when This::wxAuiManager(), Width_pct::number(), Height_pct::number(). setDockSizeConstraint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width_pct,Height_pct) @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ setDockSizeConstraint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width_pct,Height_pct) wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiManager_SetDockSizeConstraint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFlags(This, Flags) -> ok when This::wxAuiManager(), Flags::integer(). setFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ setFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiManager_SetFlags, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setManagedWindow(This, Managed_wnd) -> ok when This::wxAuiManager(), Managed_wnd::wxWindow:wxWindow(). setManagedWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=Managed_wndT,ref=Managed_wndRef}) -> @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ setManagedWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=Managed_wndT,ref=M wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiManager_SetManagedWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec showHint(This, Rect) -> ok when This::wxAuiManager(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}. showHint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ showHint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiManager_ShowHint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec unInit(This) -> ok when This::wxAuiManager(). unInit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ unInit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiManager_UnInit, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec update(This) -> ok when This::wxAuiManager(). update(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiManagerEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiManagerEvent.erl index feb3931696..2810a9a077 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiManagerEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiManagerEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxAuiManagerEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxAuiManagerEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
aui_pane_button, aui_pane_close, aui_pane_maximize, aui_pane_restore, aui_render, aui_find_manager
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxAuiManager(). #wxAuiManager{}} event record type. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxAuiManagerEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setManager(This, Mgr) -> ok when This::wxAuiManagerEvent(), Mgr::wxAuiManager:wxAuiManager(). setManager(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MgrT,ref=MgrRef}) -> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ setManager(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MgrT,ref=MgrRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiManagerEvent_SetManager, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getManager(This) -> wxAuiManager:wxAuiManager() when This::wxAuiManagerEvent(). getManager(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ getManager(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManagerEvent_GetManager, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPane(This, P) -> ok when This::wxAuiManagerEvent(), P::wxAuiPaneInfo:wxAuiPaneInfo(). setPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PT,ref=PRef}) -> @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ setPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PT,ref=PRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiManagerEvent_SetPane, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPane(This) -> wxAuiPaneInfo:wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiManagerEvent(). getPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ getPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManagerEvent_GetPane, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setButton(This, B) -> ok when This::wxAuiManagerEvent(), B::integer(). setButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},B) @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ setButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},B) wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiManagerEvent_SetButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getButton(This) -> integer() when This::wxAuiManagerEvent(). getButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ getButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManagerEvent_GetButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDC(This, Pdc) -> ok when This::wxAuiManagerEvent(), Pdc::wxDC:wxDC(). setDC(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PdcT,ref=PdcRef}) -> @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ setDC(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PdcT,ref=PdcRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiManagerEvent_SetDC, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDC(This) -> wxDC:wxDC() when This::wxAuiManagerEvent(). getDC(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ veto(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> veto(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec veto(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxAuiManagerEvent(), Option :: {veto, boolean()}. @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ veto(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiManagerEvent_Veto, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getVeto(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiManagerEvent(). getVeto(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ getVeto(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiManagerEvent_GetVeto, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCanVeto(This, Can_veto) -> ok when This::wxAuiManagerEvent(), Can_veto::boolean(). setCanVeto(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Can_veto) @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ setCanVeto(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Can_veto) wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiManagerEvent_SetCanVeto, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canVeto(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiManagerEvent(). canVeto(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiNotebook.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiNotebook.erl index afb599738f..fcf70bbc9f 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiNotebook.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiNotebook.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxAuiNotebook. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxAuiNotebook. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxAuiNotebook() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxAuiNotebook(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxAuiNotebook_new_0, @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxAuiNotebook() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ addPage(This,Page,Caption) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Page, wx_ref),is_list(Caption) -> addPage(This,Page,Caption, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addPage(This, Page, Caption, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Page::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Caption::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {select, boolean()} @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ create(This,Parent) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> create(This,Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Opti wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebook_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deletePage(This, Page) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Page::integer(). deletePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page) @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ deletePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebook_DeletePage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getArtProvider(This) -> wxAuiTabArt:wxAuiTabArt() when This::wxAuiNotebook(). getArtProvider(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ getArtProvider(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebook_GetArtProvider, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPage(This, Page_idx) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Page_idx::integer(). getPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page_idx) @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ getPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page_idx) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebook_GetPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageBitmap(This, Page_idx) -> wxBitmap:wxBitmap() when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Page_idx::integer(). getPageBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page_idx) @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ getPageBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page_idx) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebook_GetPageBitmap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxAuiNotebook(). getPageCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ getPageCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebook_GetPageCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageIndex(This, Page_wnd) -> integer() when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Page_wnd::wxWindow:wxWindow(). getPageIndex(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=Page_wndT,ref=Page_wndRef}) -> @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ getPageIndex(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=Page_wndT,ref=Page_wnd wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebook_GetPageIndex, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageText(This, Page_idx) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Page_idx::integer(). getPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page_idx) @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ getPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page_idx) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebook_GetPageText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxAuiNotebook(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ insertPage(This,Page_idx,Page,Caption) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Page_idx),is_record(Page, wx_ref),is_list(Caption) -> insertPage(This,Page_idx,Page,Caption, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertPage(This, Page_idx, Page, Caption, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Page_idx::integer(), Page::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Caption::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {select, boolean()} @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ insertPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page_idx,#wx_ref{type=PageT,ref=PageR wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebook_InsertPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec removePage(This, Page) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Page::integer(). removePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page) @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ removePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebook_RemovePage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setArtProvider(This, Art) -> ok when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Art::wxAuiTabArt:wxAuiTabArt(). setArtProvider(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ArtT,ref=ArtRef}) -> @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ setArtProvider(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ArtT,ref=ArtRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiNotebook_SetArtProvider, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFont(This, Font) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(). setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebook_SetFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageBitmap(This, Page, Bitmap) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Page::integer(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). setPageBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page,#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef}) @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ setPageBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page,#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=Bitm wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebook_SetPageBitmap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageText(This, Page, Text) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Page::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(). setPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page,Text) @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ setPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Page,Text) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebook_SetPageText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, New_page) -> integer() when This::wxAuiNotebook(), New_page::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},New_page) @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},New_page) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebook_SetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTabCtrlHeight(This, Height) -> ok when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Height::integer(). setTabCtrlHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Height) @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ setTabCtrlHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Height) wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiNotebook_SetTabCtrlHeight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setUniformBitmapSize(This, Size) -> ok when This::wxAuiNotebook(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setUniformBitmapSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiNotebookEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiNotebookEvent.erl index 6a86464369..4578674401 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiNotebookEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiNotebookEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxAuiNotebookEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxAuiNotebookEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
command_auinotebook_page_close, command_auinotebook_page_changed, command_auinotebook_page_changing, command_auinotebook_button, command_auinotebook_begin_drag, command_auinotebook_end_drag, command_auinotebook_drag_motion, command_auinotebook_allow_dnd, command_auinotebook_tab_middle_down, command_auinotebook_tab_middle_up, command_auinotebook_tab_right_down, command_auinotebook_tab_right_up, command_auinotebook_page_closed, command_auinotebook_drag_done, command_auinotebook_bg_dclick
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxAuiNotebook(). #wxAuiNotebook{}} event record type. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxAuiNotebookEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, S) -> ok when This::wxAuiNotebookEvent(), S::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},S) @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},S) wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiNotebookEvent_SetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxAuiNotebookEvent(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebookEvent_GetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setOldSelection(This, S) -> ok when This::wxAuiNotebookEvent(), S::integer(). setOldSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},S) @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ setOldSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},S) wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiNotebookEvent_SetOldSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOldSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxAuiNotebookEvent(). getOldSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ getOldSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiNotebookEvent_GetOldSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDragSource(This, S) -> ok when This::wxAuiNotebookEvent(), S::wxAuiNotebook:wxAuiNotebook(). setDragSource(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ST,ref=SRef}) -> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ setDragSource(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ST,ref=SRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiNotebookEvent_SetDragSource, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDragSource(This) -> wxAuiNotebook:wxAuiNotebook() when This::wxAuiNotebookEvent(). getDragSource(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiPaneInfo.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiPaneInfo.erl index d59a8e8676..f4148ed7c3 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiPaneInfo.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiPaneInfo.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxAuiPaneInfo. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxAuiPaneInfo. %% @type wxAuiPaneInfo(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxAuiPaneInfo() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxAuiPaneInfo(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxAuiPaneInfo_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(C) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when C::wxAuiPaneInfo(). new(#wx_ref{type=CT,ref=CRef}) -> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=CT,ref=CRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(?wxAuiPaneInfo_new_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec bestSize(This, Size) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. bestSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ bestSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_BestSize_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec bestSize(This, X, Y) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). bestSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ bestSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_BestSize_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec bottom(This) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). bottom(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ bottomDockable(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> bottomDockable(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec bottomDockable(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {b, boolean()}. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ bottomDockable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_BottomDockable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec caption(This, C) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), C::unicode:chardata(). caption(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},C) @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ captionVisible(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> captionVisible(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec captionVisible(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {visible, boolean()}. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ captionVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_CaptionVisible, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec centre(This) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). centre(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ centre(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_Centre, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec centrePane(This) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). centrePane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ closeButton(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> closeButton(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec closeButton(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {visible, boolean()}. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ closeButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_CloseButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec defaultPane(This) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). defaultPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ destroyOnClose(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> destroyOnClose(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec destroyOnClose(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {b, boolean()}. @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ destroyOnClose(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_DestroyOnClose, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec direction(This, Direction) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Direction::integer(). direction(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Direction) @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ direction(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Direction) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_Direction, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec dock(This) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). dock(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ dockable(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> dockable(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec dockable(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {b, boolean()}. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ dockable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_Dockable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec fixed(This) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). fixed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ fixed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_Fixed, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec float(This) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). float(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ floatable(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> floatable(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec floatable(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {b, boolean()}. @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ floatable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_Floatable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec floatingPosition(This, Pos) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. floatingPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PosX,PosY}) @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ floatingPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PosX,PosY}) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_FloatingPosition_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec floatingPosition(This, X, Y) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). floatingPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ floatingPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_FloatingPosition_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec floatingSize(This, Size) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. floatingSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ floatingSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_FloatingSize_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec floatingSize(This, X, Y) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). floatingSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ gripper(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> gripper(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec gripper(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {visible, boolean()}. @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ gripperTop(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> gripperTop(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec gripperTop(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {attop, boolean()}. @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ gripperTop(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_GripperTop, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasBorder(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). hasBorder(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ hasBorder(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_HasBorder, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasCaption(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). hasCaption(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ hasCaption(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_HasCaption, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasCloseButton(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). hasCloseButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ hasCloseButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_HasCloseButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasFlag(This, Flag) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Flag::integer(). hasFlag(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ hasFlag(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_HasFlag, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasGripper(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). hasGripper(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ hasGripper(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_HasGripper, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasGripperTop(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). hasGripperTop(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ hasGripperTop(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_HasGripperTop, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasMaximizeButton(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). hasMaximizeButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ hasMaximizeButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_HasMaximizeButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasMinimizeButton(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). hasMinimizeButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ hasMinimizeButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_HasMinimizeButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasPinButton(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). hasPinButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ hasPinButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_HasPinButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hide(This) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). hide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ hide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_Hide, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isBottomDockable(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). isBottomDockable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ isBottomDockable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_IsBottomDockable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isDocked(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). isDocked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ isDocked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_IsDocked, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isFixed(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). isFixed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ isFixed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_IsFixed, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isFloatable(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). isFloatable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ isFloatable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_IsFloatable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isFloating(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). isFloating(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ isFloating(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_IsFloating, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isLeftDockable(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). isLeftDockable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ isLeftDockable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_IsLeftDockable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isMovable(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). isMovable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ isMovable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_IsMovable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isOk(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_IsOk, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isResizable(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). isResizable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ isResizable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_IsResizable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isRightDockable(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). isRightDockable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ isRightDockable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_IsRightDockable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isShown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). isShown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ isShown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_IsShown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isToolbar(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). isToolbar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ isToolbar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_IsToolbar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isTopDockable(This) -> boolean() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). isTopDockable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ isTopDockable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_IsTopDockable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec layer(This, Layer) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Layer::integer(). layer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Layer) @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ layer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Layer) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_Layer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec left(This) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). left(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ leftDockable(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> leftDockable(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec leftDockable(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {b, boolean()}. @@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ leftDockable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_LeftDockable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec maxSize(This, Size) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. maxSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ maxSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_MaxSize_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec maxSize(This, X, Y) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). maxSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ maximizeButton(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> maximizeButton(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec maximizeButton(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {visible, boolean()}. @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ maximizeButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_MaximizeButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec minSize(This, Size) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. minSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ minSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_MinSize_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec minSize(This, X, Y) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). minSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ minimizeButton(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> minimizeButton(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec minimizeButton(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {visible, boolean()}. @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ movable(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> movable(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec movable(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {b, boolean()}. @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ movable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_Movable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec name(This, N) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), N::unicode:chardata(). name(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ paneBorder(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> paneBorder(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec paneBorder(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {visible, boolean()}. @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ pinButton(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> pinButton(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec pinButton(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {visible, boolean()}. @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ pinButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_PinButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec position(This, Pos) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Pos::integer(). position(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ resizable(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> resizable(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec resizable(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {resizable, boolean()}. @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ resizable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_Resizable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec right(This) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). right(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ rightDockable(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> rightDockable(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec rightDockable(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {b, boolean()}. @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ rightDockable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_RightDockable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec row(This, Row) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Row::integer(). row(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row) @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ row(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_Row, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec safeSet(This, Source) -> ok when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Source::wxAuiPaneInfo(). safeSet(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=SourceT,ref=SourceRef}) -> @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ safeSet(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=SourceT,ref=SourceRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxAuiPaneInfo_SafeSet, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFlag(This, Flag, Option_state) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Flag::integer(), Option_state::boolean(). setFlag(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag,Option_state) @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ show(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> show(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec show(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {show, boolean()}. @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ show(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_Show, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec toolbarPane(This) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). toolbarPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ toolbarPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_ToolbarPane, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec top(This) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(). top(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ topDockable(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> topDockable(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec topDockable(This, [Option]) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), Option :: {b, boolean()}. @@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ topDockable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxAuiPaneInfo_TopDockable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec window(This, W) -> wxAuiPaneInfo() when This::wxAuiPaneInfo(), W::wxWindow:wxWindow(). window(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WT,ref=WRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiTabArt.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiTabArt.erl index a65c6dc8cf..b8f64191d1 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiTabArt.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxAuiTabArt.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxAuiTabArt. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxAuiTabArt. %% @type wxAuiTabArt(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmap.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmap.erl index 8816e27cdd..cab56d99f6 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmap.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmap.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxBitmap. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxBitmap. %% @type wxBitmap(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxBitmap() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxBitmap(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxBitmap_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Image) -> wxBitmap() when
%% Image::wxImage:wxImage().
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ new(Image) when is_record(Image, wx_ref) -> new(Image, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Filename, [Option]) -> wxBitmap() when
%% Filename::unicode:chardata(),
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ImageT,ref=ImageRef}, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxBitmap_new_2_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Width, Height, [Option]) -> wxBitmap() when
%% Width::integer(), Height::integer(),
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ new(Width,Height, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxBitmap_new_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Bits, Width, Height, [Option]) -> wxBitmap() when Bits::binary(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Option :: {depth, integer()}. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ new(Bits,Width,Height, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxBitmap_new_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec convertToImage(This) -> wxImage:wxImage() when This::wxBitmap(). convertToImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ convertToImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBitmap_ConvertToImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec copyFromIcon(This, Icon) -> boolean() when This::wxBitmap(), Icon::wxIcon:wxIcon(). copyFromIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=IconT,ref=IconRef}) -> @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ create(This,Width,Height) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Width),is_integer(Height) -> create(This,Width,Height, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Width, Height, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxBitmap(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Option :: {depth, integer()}. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxBitmap_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDepth(This) -> integer() when This::wxBitmap(). getDepth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ getDepth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBitmap_GetDepth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHeight(This) -> integer() when This::wxBitmap(). getHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ getHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBitmap_GetHeight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPalette(This) -> wxPalette:wxPalette() when This::wxBitmap(). getPalette(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ getPalette(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBitmap_GetPalette, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMask(This) -> wxMask:wxMask() when This::wxBitmap(). getMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ getMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBitmap_GetMask, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWidth(This) -> integer() when This::wxBitmap(). getWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ getWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBitmap_GetWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSubBitmap(This, Rect) -> wxBitmap() when This::wxBitmap(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}. getSubBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ loadFile(This,Name) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Name) -> loadFile(This,Name, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Type = ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANI | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_IFF | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_TGA | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY -spec loadFile(This, Name, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxBitmap(), Name::unicode:chardata(), @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ loadFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxBitmap_LoadFile, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec ok(This) -> boolean() when This::wxBitmap(). ok(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ saveFile(This,Name,Type) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Name),is_integer(Type) -> saveFile(This,Name,Type, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Type = ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANI | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_IFF | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_TGA | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY -spec saveFile(This, Name, Type, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxBitmap(), Name::unicode:chardata(), Type::wx:wx_enum(), @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ saveFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name,Type, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxBitmap_SaveFile, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDepth(This, Depth) -> ok when This::wxBitmap(), Depth::integer(). setDepth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Depth) @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ setDepth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Depth) wxe_util:cast(?wxBitmap_SetDepth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHeight(This, Height) -> ok when This::wxBitmap(), Height::integer(). setHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Height) @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ setHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Height) wxe_util:cast(?wxBitmap_SetHeight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMask(This, Mask) -> ok when This::wxBitmap(), Mask::wxMask:wxMask(). setMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MaskT,ref=MaskRef}) -> @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ setMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MaskT,ref=MaskRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxBitmap_SetMask, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPalette(This, Palette) -> ok when This::wxBitmap(), Palette::wxPalette:wxPalette(). setPalette(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PaletteT,ref=PaletteRef}) -> @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ setPalette(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PaletteT,ref=PaletteRef} wxe_util:cast(?wxBitmap_SetPalette, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWidth(This, Width) -> ok when This::wxBitmap(), Width::integer(). setWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmapButton.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmapButton.erl index ddddbbc1dd..326c8044f7 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmapButton.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmapButton.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxBitmapButton. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxBitmapButton. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxButton} %%
{@link wxControl} @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxBitmapButton() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxBitmapButton(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxBitmapButton_new_0, @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Bitmap) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_record(Bitmap, wx_ref) -> new(Parent,Id,Bitmap, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Bitmap, [Option]) -> wxBitmapButton() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Bitmap) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_record(Bitmap, wx_ref) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Bitmap, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Bitmap, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxBitmapButton(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,#w wxe_util:call(?wxBitmapButton_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBitmapDisabled(This) -> wxBitmap:wxBitmap() when This::wxBitmapButton(). getBitmapDisabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ getBitmapDisabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBitmapButton_GetBitmapDisabled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBitmapFocus(This) -> wxBitmap:wxBitmap() when This::wxBitmapButton(). getBitmapFocus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ getBitmapFocus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBitmapButton_GetBitmapFocus, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBitmapLabel(This) -> wxBitmap:wxBitmap() when This::wxBitmapButton(). getBitmapLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ getBitmapLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBitmapButton_GetBitmapLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBitmapSelected(This) -> wxBitmap:wxBitmap() when This::wxBitmapButton(). getBitmapSelected(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ getBitmapSelected(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBitmapButton_GetBitmapSelected, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBitmapDisabled(This, Disabled) -> ok when This::wxBitmapButton(), Disabled::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). setBitmapDisabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DisabledT,ref=DisabledRef}) -> @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ setBitmapDisabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DisabledT,ref=Dis wxe_util:cast(?wxBitmapButton_SetBitmapDisabled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBitmapFocus(This, Focus) -> ok when This::wxBitmapButton(), Focus::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). setBitmapFocus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FocusT,ref=FocusRef}) -> @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ setBitmapFocus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FocusT,ref=FocusRef} wxe_util:cast(?wxBitmapButton_SetBitmapFocus, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBitmapLabel(This, Bitmap) -> ok when This::wxBitmapButton(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). setBitmapLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef}) -> @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ setBitmapLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRe wxe_util:cast(?wxBitmapButton_SetBitmapLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBitmapSelected(This, Sel) -> ok when This::wxBitmapButton(), Sel::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). setBitmapSelected(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=SelT,ref=SelRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmapDataObject.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmapDataObject.erl index 8f9701d3c2..1af65960ca 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmapDataObject.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBitmapDataObject.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxBitmapDataObject. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxBitmapDataObject. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDataObject} %%

@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). new() -> new([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Bitmap) -> wxBitmapDataObject() when
%% Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap().
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(?wxBitmapDataObject_new_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBitmap(This) -> wxBitmap:wxBitmap() when This::wxBitmapDataObject(). getBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ getBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBitmapDataObject_GetBitmap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBitmap(This, Bitmap) -> ok when This::wxBitmapDataObject(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). setBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBoxSizer.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBoxSizer.erl index fcf6b5fd65..a09908b373 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBoxSizer.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBoxSizer.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxBoxSizer. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxBoxSizer. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxSizer} %%

@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ parent_class(wxSizer) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxBoxSizer() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Orient) -> wxBoxSizer() when Orient::integer(). new(Orient) @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ new(Orient) wxe_util:construct(?wxBoxSizer_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOrientation(This) -> integer() when This::wxBoxSizer(). getOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBrush.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBrush.erl index 40aa62297e..8657b57348 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBrush.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBrush.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxBrush. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxBrush. %% @type wxBrush(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxBrush() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxBrush(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxBrush_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(StippleBitmap) -> wxBrush() when
%% StippleBitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap().
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=StippleBitmapT,ref=StippleBitmapRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(?wxBrush_new_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Colour, [Option]) -> wxBrush() when Colour::wx:wx_colour(), Option :: {style, integer()}. @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ new(Colour, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxBrush_new_2, <<(wxe_util:colour_bin(Colour)):16/binary, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxBrush(). getColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ getColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBrush_GetColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStipple(This) -> wxBitmap:wxBitmap() when This::wxBrush(). getStipple(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ getStipple(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBrush_GetStipple, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStyle(This) -> integer() when This::wxBrush(). getStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ getStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBrush_GetStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isHatch(This) -> boolean() when This::wxBrush(). isHatch(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ isHatch(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBrush_IsHatch, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isOk(This) -> boolean() when This::wxBrush(). isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxBrush_IsOk, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColour(This, Col) -> ok when This::wxBrush(), Col::wx:wx_colour(). setColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ setColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxBrush_SetColour_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColour(This, R, G, B) -> ok when This::wxBrush(), R::integer(), G::integer(), B::integer(). setColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},R,G,B) @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ setColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},R,G,B) wxe_util:cast(?wxBrush_SetColour_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStipple(This, Stipple) -> ok when This::wxBrush(), Stipple::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). setStipple(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=StippleT,ref=StippleRef}) -> @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ setStipple(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=StippleT,ref=StippleRef} wxe_util:cast(?wxBrush_SetStipple, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStyle(This, Style) -> ok when This::wxBrush(), Style::integer(). setStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBufferedDC.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBufferedDC.erl index fd8955f4ed..c69a426d7f 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBufferedDC.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBufferedDC.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxBufferedDC. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxBufferedDC. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxMemoryDC} %%
{@link wxDC} @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ parent_class(wxDC) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxBufferedDC() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxBufferedDC(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxBufferedDC_new_0, @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ new(Dc) when is_record(Dc, wx_ref) -> new(Dc, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Dc, [Option]) -> wxBufferedDC() when
%% Dc::wxDC:wxDC(),
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxBufferedDC_new_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Dc, Area, [Option]) -> wxBufferedDC() when Dc::wxDC:wxDC(), Area::{W::integer(), H::integer()}, Option :: {style, integer()}. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ init(This,Dc) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Dc, wx_ref) -> init(This,Dc, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% init(This, Dc, [Option]) -> ok when
%% This::wxBufferedDC(), Dc::wxDC:wxDC(),
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ init(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxBufferedDC_Init_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec init(This, Dc, Area, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxBufferedDC(), Dc::wxDC:wxDC(), Area::{W::integer(), H::integer()}, Option :: {style, integer()}. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBufferedPaintDC.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBufferedPaintDC.erl index bff61ca678..0e11826da0 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBufferedPaintDC.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxBufferedPaintDC.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxBufferedPaintDC. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxBufferedPaintDC. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxBufferedDC} %%
{@link wxMemoryDC} @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ new(Window) when is_record(Window, wx_ref) -> new(Window, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Window, [Option]) -> wxBufferedPaintDC() when
%% Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(),
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxBufferedPaintDC_new_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Window, Buffer, [Option]) -> wxBufferedPaintDC() when Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Buffer::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), Option :: {style, integer()}. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxButton.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxButton.erl index a27e5d91c2..c026b23d6f 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxButton.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxButton.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxButton. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxButton. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxButton() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxButton(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxButton_new_0, @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxButton() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {label, unicode:chardata()} @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> create(This,Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxButton(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {label, unicode:chardata()} @@ -143,13 +143,13 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, O wxe_util:call(?wxButton_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultSize() -> {W::integer(), H::integer()}. getDefaultSize() -> wxe_util:call(?wxButton_GetDefaultSize, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefault(This) -> ok when This::wxButton(). setDefault(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ setDefault(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxButton_SetDefault, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLabel(This, Label) -> ok when This::wxButton(), Label::unicode:chardata(). setLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Label) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarCtrl.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarCtrl.erl index 2a476c5e92..3a9fc4051a 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarCtrl.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarCtrl.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxCalendarCtrl. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxCalendarCtrl. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxCalendarCtrl() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxCalendarCtrl(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxCalendarCtrl_new_0, @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxCalendarCtrl() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {date, wx:wx_datetime()} @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> create(This,Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxCalendarCtrl(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {date, wx:wx_datetime()} @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, O wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarCtrl_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDate(This, Date) -> boolean() when This::wxCalendarCtrl(), Date::wx:wx_datetime(). setDate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Date) @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ setDate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Date) wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarCtrl_SetDate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDate(This) -> wx:wx_datetime() when This::wxCalendarCtrl(). getDate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ enableYearChange(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> enableYearChange(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableYearChange(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxCalendarCtrl(), Option :: {enable, boolean()}. @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ enableMonthChange(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> enableMonthChange(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableMonthChange(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxCalendarCtrl(), Option :: {enable, boolean()}. @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ enableHolidayDisplay(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> enableHolidayDisplay(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableHolidayDisplay(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxCalendarCtrl(), Option :: {display, boolean()}. @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ enableHolidayDisplay(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxCalendarCtrl_EnableHolidayDisplay, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHeaderColours(This, ColFg, ColBg) -> ok when This::wxCalendarCtrl(), ColFg::wx:wx_colour(), ColBg::wx:wx_colour(). setHeaderColours(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColFg,ColBg) @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ setHeaderColours(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColFg,ColBg) wxe_util:cast(?wxCalendarCtrl_SetHeaderColours, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHeaderColourFg(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxCalendarCtrl(). getHeaderColourFg(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ getHeaderColourFg(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarCtrl_GetHeaderColourFg, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHeaderColourBg(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxCalendarCtrl(). getHeaderColourBg(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ getHeaderColourBg(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarCtrl_GetHeaderColourBg, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHighlightColours(This, ColFg, ColBg) -> ok when This::wxCalendarCtrl(), ColFg::wx:wx_colour(), ColBg::wx:wx_colour(). setHighlightColours(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColFg,ColBg) @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ setHighlightColours(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColFg,ColBg) wxe_util:cast(?wxCalendarCtrl_SetHighlightColours, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHighlightColourFg(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxCalendarCtrl(). getHighlightColourFg(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ getHighlightColourFg(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarCtrl_GetHighlightColourFg, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHighlightColourBg(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxCalendarCtrl(). getHighlightColourBg(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ getHighlightColourBg(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarCtrl_GetHighlightColourBg, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHolidayColours(This, ColFg, ColBg) -> ok when This::wxCalendarCtrl(), ColFg::wx:wx_colour(), ColBg::wx:wx_colour(). setHolidayColours(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColFg,ColBg) @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ setHolidayColours(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColFg,ColBg) wxe_util:cast(?wxCalendarCtrl_SetHolidayColours, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHolidayColourFg(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxCalendarCtrl(). getHolidayColourFg(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ getHolidayColourFg(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarCtrl_GetHolidayColourFg, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHolidayColourBg(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxCalendarCtrl(). getHolidayColourBg(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ getHolidayColourBg(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarCtrl_GetHolidayColourBg, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getAttr(This, Day) -> wxCalendarDateAttr:wxCalendarDateAttr() when This::wxCalendarCtrl(), Day::integer(). getAttr(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Day) @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ getAttr(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Day) wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarCtrl_GetAttr, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setAttr(This, Day, Attr) -> ok when This::wxCalendarCtrl(), Day::integer(), Attr::wxCalendarDateAttr:wxCalendarDateAttr(). setAttr(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Day,#wx_ref{type=AttrT,ref=AttrRef}) @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ setAttr(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Day,#wx_ref{type=AttrT,ref=AttrRef}) wxe_util:cast(?wxCalendarCtrl_SetAttr, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHoliday(This, Day) -> ok when This::wxCalendarCtrl(), Day::integer(). setHoliday(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Day) @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ setHoliday(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Day) wxe_util:cast(?wxCalendarCtrl_SetHoliday, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec resetAttr(This, Day) -> ok when This::wxCalendarCtrl(), Day::integer(). resetAttr(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Day) @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ resetAttr(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Day) wxe_util:cast(?wxCalendarCtrl_ResetAttr, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Wd = ?wxDateTime_Sun | ?wxDateTime_Mon | ?wxDateTime_Tue | ?wxDateTime_Wed | ?wxDateTime_Thu | ?wxDateTime_Fri | ?wxDateTime_Sat | ?wxDateTime_Inv_WeekDay %%
Res = ?wxCAL_HITTEST_NOWHERE | ?wxCAL_HITTEST_HEADER | ?wxCAL_HITTEST_DAY | ?wxCAL_HITTEST_INCMONTH | ?wxCAL_HITTEST_DECMONTH | ?wxCAL_HITTEST_SURROUNDING_WEEK -spec hitTest(This, Pos) -> Result when diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarDateAttr.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarDateAttr.erl index a1891df18b..4138d95070 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarDateAttr.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarDateAttr.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxCalendarDateAttr. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxCalendarDateAttr. %% @type wxCalendarDateAttr(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxCalendarDateAttr() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxCalendarDateAttr(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxCalendarDateAttr_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(ColText) -> wxCalendarDateAttr() when
%% ColText::wx:wx_colour().
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ new(ColText) when tuple_size(ColText) =:= 3; tuple_size(ColText) =:= 4 -> new(ColText, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(ColText, [Option]) -> wxCalendarDateAttr() when
%% ColText::wx:wx_colour(),
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ new(ColText, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxCalendarDateAttr_new_2_1, <<(wxe_util:colour_bin(ColText)):16/binary, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTextColour(This, ColText) -> ok when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(), ColText::wx:wx_colour(). setTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColText) @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ setTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColText) wxe_util:cast(?wxCalendarDateAttr_SetTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBackgroundColour(This, ColBack) -> ok when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(), ColBack::wx:wx_colour(). setBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColBack) @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ setBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColBack) wxe_util:cast(?wxCalendarDateAttr_SetBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBorderColour(This, Col) -> ok when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(), Col::wx:wx_colour(). setBorderColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ setBorderColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxCalendarDateAttr_SetBorderColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFont(This, Font) -> ok when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(). setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxCalendarDateAttr_SetFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Border = ?wxCAL_BORDER_NONE | ?wxCAL_BORDER_SQUARE | ?wxCAL_BORDER_ROUND -spec setBorder(This, Border) -> ok when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(), Border::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ setBorder(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Border) wxe_util:cast(?wxCalendarDateAttr_SetBorder, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHoliday(This, Holiday) -> ok when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(), Holiday::boolean(). setHoliday(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Holiday) @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ setHoliday(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Holiday) wxe_util:cast(?wxCalendarDateAttr_SetHoliday, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasTextColour(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(). hasTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ hasTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarDateAttr_HasTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasBackgroundColour(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(). hasBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ hasBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarDateAttr_HasBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasBorderColour(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(). hasBorderColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ hasBorderColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarDateAttr_HasBorderColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasFont(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(). hasFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ hasFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarDateAttr_HasFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasBorder(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(). hasBorder(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ hasBorder(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarDateAttr_HasBorder, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isHoliday(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(). isHoliday(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ isHoliday(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarDateAttr_IsHoliday, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(). getTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ getTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarDateAttr_GetTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBackgroundColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(). getBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ getBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarDateAttr_GetBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBorderColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(). getBorderColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ getBorderColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarDateAttr_GetBorderColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFont(This) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(). getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCalendarDateAttr_GetFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxCAL_BORDER_NONE | ?wxCAL_BORDER_SQUARE | ?wxCAL_BORDER_ROUND -spec getBorder(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxCalendarDateAttr(). diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarEvent.erl index c062a7fa0d..d59f7256fa 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCalendarEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxCalendarEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxCalendarEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
calendar_sel_changed, calendar_day_changed, calendar_month_changed, calendar_year_changed, calendar_doubleclicked, calendar_weekday_clicked
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxCalendar(). #wxCalendar{}} event record type. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxCalendarEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxDateTime_Sun | ?wxDateTime_Mon | ?wxDateTime_Tue | ?wxDateTime_Wed | ?wxDateTime_Thu | ?wxDateTime_Fri | ?wxDateTime_Sat | ?wxDateTime_Inv_WeekDay -spec getWeekDay(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxCalendarEvent(). diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCaret.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCaret.erl index 57db5906f3..e2b503e975 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCaret.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCaret.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxCaret. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxCaret. %% @type wxCaret(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxCaret() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Window, Size) -> wxCaret() when Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. new(#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:construct(?wxCaret_new_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Window, Width, Height) -> wxCaret() when Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(). new(#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},Width,Height) @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},Width,Height) wxe_util:construct(?wxCaret_new_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Window, Size) -> boolean() when This::wxCaret(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},{Size wxe_util:call(?wxCaret_Create_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Window, Width, Height) -> boolean() when This::wxCaret(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(). create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},Width,Height) @@ -74,13 +74,13 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},Width wxe_util:call(?wxCaret_Create_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBlinkTime() -> integer(). getBlinkTime() -> wxe_util:call(?wxCaret_GetBlinkTime, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxCaret(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCaret_GetPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxCaret(). getSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ getSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCaret_GetSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWindow(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxCaret(). getWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ getWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCaret_GetWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hide(This) -> ok when This::wxCaret(). hide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ hide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxCaret_Hide, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isOk(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCaret(). isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCaret_IsOk, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isVisible(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCaret(). isVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ isVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCaret_IsVisible, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec move(This, Pt) -> ok when This::wxCaret(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. move(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ move(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:cast(?wxCaret_Move_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec move(This, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxCaret(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). move(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ move(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:cast(?wxCaret_Move_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBlinkTime(Milliseconds) -> ok when Milliseconds::integer(). setBlinkTime(Milliseconds) @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ setBlinkTime(Milliseconds) wxe_util:cast(?wxCaret_SetBlinkTime, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSize(This, Size) -> ok when This::wxCaret(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ setSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxCaret_SetSize_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSize(This, Width, Height) -> ok when This::wxCaret(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(). setSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height) @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ show(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> show(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec show(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxCaret(), Option :: {show, boolean()}. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCheckBox.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCheckBox.erl index 6e30f14207..85797059f7 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCheckBox.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCheckBox.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxCheckBox. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxCheckBox. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxCheckBox() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxCheckBox(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxCheckBox_new_0, @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Label) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Label) -> new(Parent,Id,Label, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Label, [Option]) -> wxCheckBox() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Label) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Label) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Label, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Label, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxCheckBox(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,La wxe_util:call(?wxCheckBox_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getValue(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCheckBox(). getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCheckBox_GetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxCHK_UNCHECKED | ?wxCHK_CHECKED | ?wxCHK_UNDETERMINED -spec get3StateValue(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxCheckBox(). @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ get3StateValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCheckBox_Get3StateValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec is3rdStateAllowedForUser(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCheckBox(). is3rdStateAllowedForUser(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ is3rdStateAllowedForUser(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCheckBox_Is3rdStateAllowedForUser, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec is3State(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCheckBox(). is3State(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ is3State(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCheckBox_Is3State, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isChecked(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCheckBox(). isChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ isChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCheckBox_IsChecked, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setValue(This, State) -> ok when This::wxCheckBox(), State::boolean(). setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},State) @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},State) wxe_util:cast(?wxCheckBox_SetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
State = ?wxCHK_UNCHECKED | ?wxCHK_CHECKED | ?wxCHK_UNDETERMINED -spec set3StateValue(This, State) -> ok when This::wxCheckBox(), State::wx:wx_enum(). diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCheckListBox.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCheckListBox.erl index 382345abfa..f90b610eb1 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCheckListBox.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCheckListBox.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxCheckListBox. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxCheckListBox. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxListBox} %%
{@link wxControlWithItems} @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxCheckListBox() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxCheckListBox(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxCheckListBox_new_0, @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxCheckListBox() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ check(This,Index) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Index) -> check(This,Index, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec check(This, Index, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxCheckListBox(), Index::integer(), Option :: {check, boolean()}. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ check(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxCheckListBox_Check, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isChecked(This, Index) -> boolean() when This::wxCheckListBox(), Index::integer(). isChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxChildFocusEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxChildFocusEvent.erl index 642db88c06..75a16b4dbe 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxChildFocusEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxChildFocusEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxChildFocusEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxChildFocusEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
child_focus
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxChildFocus(). #wxChildFocus{}} event record type. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxChildFocusEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWindow(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxChildFocusEvent(). getWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxChoice.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxChoice.erl index 92b094036e..28a5fe08a3 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxChoice.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxChoice.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxChoice. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxChoice. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControlWithItems} %%
{@link wxControl} @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxChoice() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxChoice(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxChoice_new_0, @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxChoice() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Pos={PosX,PosY},Size={SizeW,SizeH},Choices) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_integer(PosX),is_integer(PosY),is_integer(SizeW),is_integer(SizeH),is_list(Choices) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Pos,Size,Choices, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Pos, Size, Choices, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxChoice(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}, Choices::[unicode:chardata()], Option :: {style, integer()} @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,{P wxe_util:call(?wxChoice_Create, <>|| UC_Str <- Choices_UCA>>)/binary, 0:(((8- ((0 + lists:sum([byte_size(S)+4||S<-Choices_UCA])) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec delete(This, N) -> ok when This::wxChoice(), N::integer(). delete(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ delete(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:cast(?wxChoice_Delete, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColumns(This) -> integer() when This::wxChoice(). getColumns(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ setColumns(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> setColumns(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColumns(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxChoice(), Option :: {n, integer()}. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxChoicebook.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxChoicebook.erl index 921e1e2882..9babfc1a60 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxChoicebook.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxChoicebook.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxChoicebook. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxChoicebook. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxChoicebook() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxChoicebook(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxChoicebook_new_0, @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxChoicebook() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ addPage(This,Page,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Page, wx_ref),is_list(Text) -> addPage(This,Page,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addPage(This, Page, Text, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxChoicebook(), Page::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {bSelect, boolean()} @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ advanceSelection(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> advanceSelection(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec advanceSelection(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxChoicebook(), Option :: {forward, boolean()}. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ advanceSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxChoicebook_AdvanceSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec assignImageList(This, ImageList) -> ok when This::wxChoicebook(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(). assignImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef}) -> @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> create(This,Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxChoicebook(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, O wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteAllPages(This) -> boolean() when This::wxChoicebook(). deleteAllPages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ deleteAllPages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_DeleteAllPages, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deletePage(This, N) -> boolean() when This::wxChoicebook(), N::integer(). deletePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ deletePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_DeletePage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec removePage(This, N) -> boolean() when This::wxChoicebook(), N::integer(). removePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ removePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_RemovePage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCurrentPage(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxChoicebook(). getCurrentPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ getCurrentPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_GetCurrentPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getImageList(This) -> wxImageList:wxImageList() when This::wxChoicebook(). getImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ getImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_GetImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPage(This, N) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxChoicebook(), N::integer(). getPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ getPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_GetPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxChoicebook(). getPageCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ getPageCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_GetPageCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageImage(This, N) -> integer() when This::wxChoicebook(), N::integer(). getPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ getPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_GetPageImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageText(This, N) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxChoicebook(), N::integer(). getPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ getPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_GetPageText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxChoicebook(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_GetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hitTest(This, Pt) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::integer(), Flags::integer()}, This::wxChoicebook(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ insertPage(This,N,Page,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(N),is_record(Page, wx_ref),is_list(Text) -> insertPage(This,N,Page,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertPage(This, N, Page, Text, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxChoicebook(), N::integer(), Page::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {bSelect, boolean()} @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ insertPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,#wx_ref{type=PageT,ref=PageRef},Tex wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_InsertPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setImageList(This, ImageList) -> ok when This::wxChoicebook(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(). setImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef}) -> @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ setImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageLi wxe_util:cast(?wxChoicebook_SetImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageSize(This, Size) -> ok when This::wxChoicebook(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ setPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxChoicebook_SetPageSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageImage(This, N, ImageId) -> boolean() when This::wxChoicebook(), N::integer(), ImageId::integer(). setPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,ImageId) @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ setPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,ImageId) wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_SetPageImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageText(This, N, StrText) -> boolean() when This::wxChoicebook(), N::integer(), StrText::unicode:chardata(). setPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,StrText) @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ setPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,StrText) wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_SetPageText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, N) -> integer() when This::wxChoicebook(), N::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxChoicebook_SetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec changeSelection(This, N) -> integer() when This::wxChoicebook(), N::integer(). changeSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxClientDC.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxClientDC.erl index cb75fdc58d..45909859ce 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxClientDC.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxClientDC.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxClientDC. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxClientDC. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxWindowDC} %%
{@link wxDC} @@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ parent_class(wxDC) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxClientDC() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxClientDC(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxClientDC_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Win) -> wxClientDC() when Win::wxWindow:wxWindow(). new(#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxClipboard.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxClipboard.erl index c7336fcc47..7785915c3b 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxClipboard.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxClipboard.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxClipboard. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxClipboard. %% @type wxClipboard(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxClipboard() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxClipboard(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxClipboard_new, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addData(This, Data) -> boolean() when This::wxClipboard(), Data::wxDataObject:wxDataObject(). addData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ addData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxClipboard_AddData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clear(This) -> ok when This::wxClipboard(). clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxClipboard_Clear, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec close(This) -> ok when This::wxClipboard(). close(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ close(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxClipboard_Close, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec flush(This) -> boolean() when This::wxClipboard(). flush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ flush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxClipboard_Flush, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getData(This, Data) -> boolean() when This::wxClipboard(), Data::wxDataObject:wxDataObject(). getData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ getData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxClipboard_GetData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isOpened(This) -> boolean() when This::wxClipboard(). isOpened(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ isOpened(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxClipboard_IsOpened, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec open(This) -> boolean() when This::wxClipboard(). open(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ open(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxClipboard_Open, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setData(This, Data) -> boolean() when This::wxClipboard(), Data::wxDataObject:wxDataObject(). setData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ usePrimarySelection(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> usePrimarySelection(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec usePrimarySelection(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxClipboard(), Option :: {primary, boolean()}. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ usePrimarySelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxClipboard_UsePrimarySelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Format = ?wxDF_INVALID | ?wxDF_TEXT | ?wxDF_BITMAP | ?wxDF_METAFILE | ?wxDF_SYLK | ?wxDF_DIF | ?wxDF_TIFF | ?wxDF_OEMTEXT | ?wxDF_DIB | ?wxDF_PALETTE | ?wxDF_PENDATA | ?wxDF_RIFF | ?wxDF_WAVE | ?wxDF_UNICODETEXT | ?wxDF_ENHMETAFILE | ?wxDF_FILENAME | ?wxDF_LOCALE | ?wxDF_PRIVATE | ?wxDF_HTML | ?wxDF_MAX -spec isSupported(This, Format) -> boolean() when This::wxClipboard(), Format::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ isSupported(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Format) wxe_util:call(?wxClipboard_IsSupported, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec get() -> wxClipboard(). get() -> wxe_util:call(?wxClipboard_Get, diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxClipboardTextEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxClipboardTextEvent.erl index ff040ce7fd..1f551b7d83 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxClipboardTextEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxClipboardTextEvent.erl @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxClipboardTextEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxClipboardTextEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
command_text_copy, command_text_cut, command_text_paste
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxClipboardText(). #wxClipboardText{}} event record type. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCloseEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCloseEvent.erl index 4a682c906e..1aa5d57210 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCloseEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCloseEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxCloseEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxCloseEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
close_window, end_session, query_end_session
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxClose(). #wxClose{}} event record type. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxCloseEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canVeto(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCloseEvent(). canVeto(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ canVeto(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCloseEvent_CanVeto, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLoggingOff(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCloseEvent(). getLoggingOff(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ getLoggingOff(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCloseEvent_GetLoggingOff, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCanVeto(This, CanVeto) -> ok when This::wxCloseEvent(), CanVeto::boolean(). setCanVeto(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CanVeto) @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ setCanVeto(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CanVeto) wxe_util:cast(?wxCloseEvent_SetCanVeto, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLoggingOff(This, LogOff) -> ok when This::wxCloseEvent(), LogOff::boolean(). setLoggingOff(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LogOff) @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ veto(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> veto(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec veto(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxCloseEvent(), Option :: {veto, boolean()}. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourData.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourData.erl index 289d423cb6..1ec3c3f89d 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourData.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourData.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxColourData. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxColourData. %% @type wxColourData(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxColourData() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxColourData(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxColourData_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Data) -> wxColourData() when Data::wxColourData(). new(#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(?wxColourData_new_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getChooseFull(This) -> boolean() when This::wxColourData(). getChooseFull(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ getChooseFull(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxColourData_GetChooseFull, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxColourData(). getColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ getColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxColourData_GetColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCustomColour(This, I) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxColourData(), I::integer(). getCustomColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},I) @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ getCustomColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},I) wxe_util:call(?wxColourData_GetCustomColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setChooseFull(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxColourData(), Flag::boolean(). setChooseFull(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ setChooseFull(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxColourData_SetChooseFull, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColour(This, Colour) -> ok when This::wxColourData(), Colour::wx:wx_colour(). setColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ setColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) wxe_util:cast(?wxColourData_SetColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCustomColour(This, I, Colour) -> ok when This::wxColourData(), I::integer(), Colour::wx:wx_colour(). setCustomColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},I,Colour) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourDialog.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourDialog.erl index 8040112426..ef792696e1 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourDialog.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourDialog.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxColourDialog. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxColourDialog. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDialog} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxColourDialog() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxColourDialog(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxColourDialog_new_0, @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxColourDialog() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {data, wxColourData:wxColourData()}. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ create(This,Parent) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> create(This,Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxColourDialog(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {data, wxColourData:wxColourData()}. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Opti wxe_util:call(?wxColourDialog_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColourData(This) -> wxColourData:wxColourData() when This::wxColourDialog(). getColourData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourPickerCtrl.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourPickerCtrl.erl index 1ba771695f..654e8a5055 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourPickerCtrl.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourPickerCtrl.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxColourPickerCtrl. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxColourPickerCtrl. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxPickerBase} %%
{@link wxControl} @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxColourPickerCtrl() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxColourPickerCtrl(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxColourPickerCtrl_new_0, @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxColourPickerCtrl() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {col, wx:wx_colour()} @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> create(This,Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxColourPickerCtrl(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {col, wx:wx_colour()} @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, O wxe_util:call(?wxColourPickerCtrl_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxColourPickerCtrl(). getColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ getColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxColourPickerCtrl_GetColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setColour(This, Col) -> ok when
%% This::wxColourPickerCtrl(), Col::wx:wx_colour().
diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourPickerEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourPickerEvent.erl index 71a3fd3e5b..2b0e7df681 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourPickerEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxColourPickerEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxColourPickerEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxColourPickerEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
command_colourpicker_changed
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxColourPicker(). #wxColourPicker{}} event record type. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxColourPickerEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxColourPickerEvent(). getColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxComboBox.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxComboBox.erl index 4e6b247f67..d41d3e1ca3 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxComboBox.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxComboBox.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxComboBox. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxComboBox. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControlWithItems} %%
{@link wxControl} @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxComboBox() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxComboBox(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxComboBox_new_0, @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxComboBox() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {value, unicode:chardata()} @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Value,Pos={PosX,PosY},Size={SizeW,SizeH},Choices) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Value),is_integer(PosX),is_integer(PosY),is_integer(SizeW),is_integer(SizeH),is_list(Choices) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Value,Pos,Size,Choices, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Value, Pos, Size, Choices, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxComboBox(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Value::unicode:chardata(), Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}, Choices::[unicode:chardata()], Option :: {style, integer()} @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,Va wxe_util:call(?wxComboBox_Create, <>|| UC_Str <- Choices_UCA>>)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4 + lists:sum([byte_size(S)+4||S<-Choices_UCA])) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canCopy(This) -> boolean() when This::wxComboBox(). canCopy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ canCopy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxComboBox_CanCopy, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canCut(This) -> boolean() when This::wxComboBox(). canCut(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ canCut(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxComboBox_CanCut, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canPaste(This) -> boolean() when This::wxComboBox(). canPaste(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ canPaste(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxComboBox_CanPaste, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canRedo(This) -> boolean() when This::wxComboBox(). canRedo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ canRedo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxComboBox_CanRedo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canUndo(This) -> boolean() when This::wxComboBox(). canUndo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ canUndo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxComboBox_CanUndo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec copy(This) -> ok when This::wxComboBox(). copy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ copy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxComboBox_Copy, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec cut(This) -> ok when This::wxComboBox(). cut(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ cut(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxComboBox_Cut, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getInsertionPoint(This) -> integer() when This::wxComboBox(). getInsertionPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ getInsertionPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxComboBox_GetInsertionPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLastPosition(This) -> integer() when This::wxComboBox(). getLastPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ getLastPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxComboBox_GetLastPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getValue(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxComboBox(). getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxComboBox_GetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec paste(This) -> ok when This::wxComboBox(). paste(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ paste(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxComboBox_Paste, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec redo(This) -> ok when This::wxComboBox(). redo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ redo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxComboBox_Redo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec replace(This, From, To, Value) -> ok when This::wxComboBox(), From::integer(), To::integer(), Value::unicode:chardata(). replace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To,Value) @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ replace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To,Value) wxe_util:cast(?wxComboBox_Replace, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec remove(This, From, To) -> ok when This::wxComboBox(), From::integer(), To::integer(). remove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To) @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ remove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To) wxe_util:cast(?wxComboBox_Remove, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setInsertionPoint(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxComboBox(), Pos::integer(). setInsertionPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ setInsertionPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:cast(?wxComboBox_SetInsertionPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setInsertionPointEnd(This) -> ok when This::wxComboBox(). setInsertionPointEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ setInsertionPointEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxComboBox_SetInsertionPointEnd, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, N) -> ok when This::wxComboBox(), N::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:cast(?wxComboBox_SetSelection_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, From, To) -> ok when This::wxComboBox(), From::integer(), To::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To) @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To) wxe_util:cast(?wxComboBox_SetSelection_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setValue(This, Value) -> ok when This::wxComboBox(), Value::unicode:chardata(). setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Value) @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Value) wxe_util:cast(?wxComboBox_SetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec undo(This) -> ok when This::wxComboBox(). undo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCommandEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCommandEvent.erl index a7567163cf..c0bcf97231 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCommandEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCommandEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxCommandEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxCommandEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
command_button_clicked, command_checkbox_clicked, command_choice_selected, command_listbox_selected, command_listbox_doubleclicked, command_text_updated, command_text_enter, command_menu_selected, command_slider_updated, command_radiobox_selected, command_radiobutton_selected, command_scrollbar_updated, command_vlbox_selected, command_combobox_selected, command_tool_rclicked, command_tool_enter, command_checklistbox_toggled, command_togglebutton_clicked, command_left_click, command_left_dclick, command_right_click, command_set_focus, command_kill_focus, command_enter
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxCommand(). #wxCommand{}} event record type. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxCommandEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getClientData(This) -> term() when This::wxCommandEvent(). getClientData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ getClientData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCommandEvent_getClientData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getExtraLong(This) -> integer() when This::wxCommandEvent(). getExtraLong(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ getExtraLong(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCommandEvent_GetExtraLong, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getInt(This) -> integer() when This::wxCommandEvent(). getInt(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ getInt(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCommandEvent_GetInt, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxCommandEvent(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCommandEvent_GetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getString(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxCommandEvent(). getString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ getString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCommandEvent_GetString, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isChecked(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCommandEvent(). isChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ isChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCommandEvent_IsChecked, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isSelection(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCommandEvent(). isSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ isSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxCommandEvent_IsSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setInt(This, I) -> ok when This::wxCommandEvent(), I::integer(). setInt(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},I) @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ setInt(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},I) wxe_util:cast(?wxCommandEvent_SetInt, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setString(This, S) -> ok when This::wxCommandEvent(), S::unicode:chardata(). setString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},S) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxContextMenuEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxContextMenuEvent.erl index 9312803e33..ff345bb386 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxContextMenuEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxContextMenuEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxContextMenuEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxContextMenuEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
context_menu
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxContextMenu(). #wxContextMenu{}} event record type. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxContextMenuEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxContextMenuEvent(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxContextMenuEvent_GetPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPosition(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxContextMenuEvent(), Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. setPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PosX,PosY}) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxControl.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxControl.erl index f840d0c6bc..7e4f0c59ce 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxControl.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxControl.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxControl. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxControl. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxWindow} %%
{@link wxEvtHandler} @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxControl() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLabel(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxControl(). getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxControl_GetLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLabel(This, Label) -> ok when This::wxControl(), Label::unicode:chardata(). setLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Label) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxControlWithItems.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxControlWithItems.erl index 92632a1c31..95bd573bdf 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxControlWithItems.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxControlWithItems.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxControlWithItems. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxControlWithItems. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxControlWithItems() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec append(This, Item) -> integer() when This::wxControlWithItems(), Item::unicode:chardata(). append(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ append(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxControlWithItems_Append_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec append(This, Item, ClientData) -> integer() when This::wxControlWithItems(), Item::unicode:chardata(), ClientData::term(). append(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,ClientData) @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ append(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,ClientData) wxe_util:call(?wxControlWithItems_Append_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec appendStrings(This, Strings) -> ok when This::wxControlWithItems(), Strings::[unicode:chardata()]. appendStrings(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Strings) @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ appendStrings(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Strings) wxe_util:cast(?wxControlWithItems_appendStrings_1, <>|| UC_Str <- Strings_UCA>>)/binary, 0:(((8- ((0 + lists:sum([byte_size(S)+4||S<-Strings_UCA])) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clear(This) -> ok when This::wxControlWithItems(). clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxControlWithItems_Clear, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec delete(This, N) -> ok when This::wxControlWithItems(), N::integer(). delete(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ findString(This,S) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(S) -> findString(This,S, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findString(This, S, [Option]) -> integer() when This::wxControlWithItems(), S::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {bCase, boolean()}. @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ findString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},S, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxControlWithItems_FindString, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getClientData(This, N) -> term() when This::wxControlWithItems(), N::integer(). getClientData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ getClientData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxControlWithItems_getClientData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setClientData(This, N, ClientData) -> ok when This::wxControlWithItems(), N::integer(), ClientData::term(). setClientData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,ClientData) @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ setClientData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,ClientData) wxe_util:cast(?wxControlWithItems_setClientData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxControlWithItems(). getCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ getCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxControlWithItems_GetCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxControlWithItems(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxControlWithItems_GetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getString(This, N) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxControlWithItems(), N::integer(). getString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ getString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxControlWithItems_GetString, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStringSelection(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxControlWithItems(). getStringSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ getStringSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxControlWithItems_GetStringSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insert(This, Item, Pos) -> integer() when This::wxControlWithItems(), Item::unicode:chardata(), Pos::integer(). insert(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Pos) @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ insert(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxControlWithItems_Insert_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insert(This, Item, Pos, ClientData) -> integer() when This::wxControlWithItems(), Item::unicode:chardata(), Pos::integer(), ClientData::term(). insert(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Pos,ClientData) @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ insert(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Pos,ClientData) wxe_util:call(?wxControlWithItems_Insert_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isEmpty(This) -> boolean() when This::wxControlWithItems(). isEmpty(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ isEmpty(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxControlWithItems_IsEmpty, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec select(This, N) -> ok when This::wxControlWithItems(), N::integer(). select(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ select(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:cast(?wxControlWithItems_Select, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, N) -> ok when This::wxControlWithItems(), N::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:cast(?wxControlWithItems_SetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setString(This, N, S) -> ok when This::wxControlWithItems(), N::integer(), S::unicode:chardata(). setString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,S) @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ setString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,S) wxe_util:cast(?wxControlWithItems_SetString, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStringSelection(This, S) -> boolean() when This::wxControlWithItems(), S::unicode:chardata(). setStringSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},S) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCursor.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCursor.erl index 423e444f2f..abdde79f71 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCursor.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxCursor.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxCursor. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxCursor. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxBitmap} %%

@@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ parent_class(wxBitmap) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxCursor() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxCursor(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxCursor_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Image) -> wxCursor() when
%% Image::wxImage:wxImage().
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ new(Bits,Width,Height) when is_binary(Bits),is_integer(Width),is_integer(Height) -> new(Bits,Width,Height, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Bits, Width, Height, [Option]) -> wxCursor() when Bits::binary(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Option :: {hotSpotX, integer()} @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ new(Bits,Width,Height, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxCursor_new_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec ok(This) -> boolean() when This::wxCursor(). ok(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDC.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDC.erl index 42d5d7b1df..2a7717b3c3 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDC.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDC.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxDC. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxDC. %% @type wxDC(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ blit(This,DestPt={DestPtX,DestPtY},Sz={SzW,SzH},Source,SrcPt={SrcPtX,SrcPtY}) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(DestPtX),is_integer(DestPtY),is_integer(SzW),is_integer(SzH),is_record(Source, wx_ref),is_integer(SrcPtX),is_integer(SrcPtY) -> blit(This,DestPt,Sz,Source,SrcPt, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Rop = integer -spec blit(This, DestPt, Sz, Source, SrcPt, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxDC(), DestPt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Sz::{W::integer(), H::integer()}, Source::wxDC(), SrcPt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ blit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{DestPtX,DestPtY},{SzW,SzH},#wx_ref{type=So wxe_util:call(?wxDC_Blit, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec calcBoundingBox(This, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxDC(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). calcBoundingBox(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ calcBoundingBox(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_CalcBoundingBox, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clear(This) -> ok when This::wxDC(). clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_Clear, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec computeScaleAndOrigin(This) -> ok when This::wxDC(). computeScaleAndOrigin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ computeScaleAndOrigin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_ComputeScaleAndOrigin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec crossHair(This, Pt) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. crossHair(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ crossHair(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_CrossHair, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec destroyClippingRegion(This) -> ok when This::wxDC(). destroyClippingRegion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ destroyClippingRegion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DestroyClippingRegion, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deviceToLogicalX(This, X) -> integer() when This::wxDC(), X::integer(). deviceToLogicalX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X) @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ deviceToLogicalX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_DeviceToLogicalX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deviceToLogicalXRel(This, X) -> integer() when This::wxDC(), X::integer(). deviceToLogicalXRel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X) @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ deviceToLogicalXRel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_DeviceToLogicalXRel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deviceToLogicalY(This, Y) -> integer() when This::wxDC(), Y::integer(). deviceToLogicalY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Y) @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ deviceToLogicalY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Y) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_DeviceToLogicalY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deviceToLogicalYRel(This, Y) -> integer() when This::wxDC(), Y::integer(). deviceToLogicalYRel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Y) @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ deviceToLogicalYRel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Y) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_DeviceToLogicalYRel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawArc(This, Pt1, Pt2, Centre) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Pt1::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Pt2::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Centre::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. drawArc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{Pt1X,Pt1Y},{Pt2X,Pt2Y},{CentreX,CentreY}) @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ drawBitmap(This,Bmp,Pt={PtX,PtY}) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Bmp, wx_ref),is_integer(PtX),is_integer(PtY) -> drawBitmap(This,Bmp,Pt, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawBitmap(This, Bmp, Pt, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Bmp::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Option :: {useMask, boolean()}. @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ drawBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BmpT,ref=BmpRef},{PtX,Pt wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DrawBitmap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawCheckMark(This, Rect) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}. drawCheckMark(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ drawCheckMark(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DrawCheckMark, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawCircle(This, Pt, Radius) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Radius::integer(). drawCircle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY},Radius) @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ drawCircle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY},Radius) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DrawCircle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawEllipse(This, Rect) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}. drawEllipse(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ drawEllipse(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DrawEllipse_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawEllipse(This, Pt, Sz) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Sz::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. drawEllipse(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY},{SzW,SzH}) @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ drawEllipse(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY},{SzW,SzH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DrawEllipse_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawEllipticArc(This, Pt, Sz, Sa, Ea) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Sz::{W::integer(), H::integer()}, Sa::number(), Ea::number(). drawEllipticArc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY},{SzW,SzH},Sa,Ea) @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ drawEllipticArc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY},{SzW,SzH},Sa,Ea) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DrawEllipticArc, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawIcon(This, Icon, Pt) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Icon::wxIcon:wxIcon(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. drawIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=IconT,ref=IconRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ drawLabel(This,Text,Rect={RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Text),is_integer(RectX),is_integer(RectY),is_integer(RectW),is_integer(RectH) -> drawLabel(This,Text,Rect, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawLabel(This, Text, Rect, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}, Option :: {alignment, integer()} @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ drawLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text,{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}, Option wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DrawLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawLine(This, Pt1, Pt2) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Pt1::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Pt2::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. drawLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{Pt1X,Pt1Y},{Pt2X,Pt2Y}) @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ drawLines(This,Points) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Points) -> drawLines(This,Points, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawLines(This, Points, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Points::[{X::integer(), Y::integer()}], Option :: {xoffset, integer()} @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ drawPolygon(This,Points) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Points) -> drawPolygon(This,Points, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
FillStyle = integer -spec drawPolygon(This, Points, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Points::[{X::integer(), Y::integer()}], @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ drawPolygon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Points, Options) <> || {X,Y} <- Points>>)/binary, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawPoint(This, Pt) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. drawPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ drawPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DrawPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawRectangle(This, Rect) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}. drawRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ drawRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DrawRectangle_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawRectangle(This, Pt, Sz) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Sz::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. drawRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY},{SzW,SzH}) @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ drawRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY},{SzW,SzH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DrawRectangle_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawRotatedText(This, Text, Pt, Angle) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Angle::number(). drawRotatedText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text,{PtX,PtY},Angle) @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ drawRotatedText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text,{PtX,PtY},Angle) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DrawRotatedText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawRoundedRectangle(This, R, Radius) -> ok when This::wxDC(), R::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}, Radius::number(). drawRoundedRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RX,RY,RW,RH},Radius) @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ drawRoundedRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RX,RY,RW,RH},Radius) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DrawRoundedRectangle_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawRoundedRectangle(This, Pt, Sz, Radius) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Sz::{W::integer(), H::integer()}, Radius::number(). drawRoundedRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY},{SzW,SzH},Radius) @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ drawRoundedRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY},{SzW,SzH},Radius) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DrawRoundedRectangle_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawText(This, Text, Pt) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. drawText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text,{PtX,PtY}) @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ drawText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text,{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_DrawText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec endDoc(This) -> ok when This::wxDC(). endDoc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ endDoc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_EndDoc, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec endPage(This) -> ok when This::wxDC(). endPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ floodFill(This,Pt={PtX,PtY},Col) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(PtX),is_integer(PtY),tuple_size(Col) =:= 3; tuple_size(Col) =:= 4 -> floodFill(This,Pt,Col, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Style = integer -spec floodFill(This, Pt, Col, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxDC(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Col::wx:wx_colour(), @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ floodFill(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY},Col, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_FloodFill, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBackground(This) -> wxBrush:wxBrush() when This::wxDC(). getBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ getBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBackgroundMode(This) -> integer() when This::wxDC(). getBackgroundMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ getBackgroundMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetBackgroundMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBrush(This) -> wxBrush:wxBrush() when This::wxDC(). getBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ getBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetBrush, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCharHeight(This) -> integer() when This::wxDC(). getCharHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ getCharHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetCharHeight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCharWidth(This) -> integer() when This::wxDC(). getCharWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ getCharWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetCharWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getClippingBox(This) -> Result when Result ::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}, This::wxDC(). @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ getClippingBox(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetClippingBox, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFont(This) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxDC(). getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxLayout_Default | ?wxLayout_LeftToRight | ?wxLayout_RightToLeft -spec getLayoutDirection(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxDC(). @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ getLayoutDirection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetLayoutDirection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLogicalFunction(This) -> integer() when This::wxDC(). getLogicalFunction(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ getLogicalFunction(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetLogicalFunction, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMapMode(This) -> integer() when This::wxDC(). getMapMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ getMapMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetMapMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMultiLineTextExtent(This, String) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxDC(), String::unicode:chardata(). getMultiLineTextExtent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},String) @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ getMultiLineTextExtent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},String) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetMultiLineTextExtent_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMultiLineTextExtent(This, String, [Option]) -> {Width::integer(), Height::integer(), HeightLine::integer()} when This::wxDC(), String::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {font, wxFont:wxFont()}. @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ getMultiLineTextExtent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},String, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetMultiLineTextExtent_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPartialTextExtents(This, Text) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::boolean(), Widths::[integer()]}, This::wxDC(), Text::unicode:chardata(). @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ getPartialTextExtents(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetPartialTextExtents, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPen(This) -> wxPen:wxPen() when This::wxDC(). getPen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ getPen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetPen, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPixel(This, Pt) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::boolean(), Col::wx:wx_colour4()}, This::wxDC(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ getPixel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetPixel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPPI(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxDC(). getPPI(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ getPPI(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetPPI, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxDC(). getSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ getSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSizeMM(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxDC(). getSizeMM(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ getSizeMM(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetSizeMM, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextBackground(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxDC(). getTextBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ getTextBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetTextBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextExtent(This, String) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxDC(), String::unicode:chardata(). getTextExtent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},String) @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ getTextExtent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},String) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetTextExtent_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextExtent(This, String, [Option]) -> Result when Result :: {X::integer(), Y::integer(), Descent::integer(), ExternalLeading::integer()}, This::wxDC(), String::unicode:chardata(), @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ getTextExtent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},String, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetTextExtent_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextForeground(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxDC(). getTextForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ getTextForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetTextForeground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getUserScale(This) -> {X::number(), Y::number()} when This::wxDC(). getUserScale(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ getUserScale(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_GetUserScale, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec gradientFillConcentric(This, Rect, InitialColour, DestColour) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}, InitialColour::wx:wx_colour(), DestColour::wx:wx_colour(). gradientFillConcentric(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH},InitialColour,DestColour) @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ gradientFillConcentric(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH} wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_GradientFillConcentric_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec gradientFillConcentric(This, Rect, InitialColour, DestColour, CircleCenter) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}, InitialColour::wx:wx_colour(), DestColour::wx:wx_colour(), CircleCenter::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. gradientFillConcentric(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH},InitialColour,DestColour,{CircleCenterX,CircleCenterY}) @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ gradientFillLinear(This,Rect={RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH},InitialColour,DestColour) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(RectX),is_integer(RectY),is_integer(RectW),is_integer(RectH),tuple_size(InitialColour) =:= 3; tuple_size(InitialColour) =:= 4,tuple_size(DestColour) =:= 3; tuple_size(DestColour) =:= 4 -> gradientFillLinear(This,Rect,InitialColour,DestColour, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
NDirection = ?wxLEFT | ?wxRIGHT | ?wxUP | ?wxDOWN | ?wxTOP | ?wxBOTTOM | ?wxNORTH | ?wxSOUTH | ?wxWEST | ?wxEAST | ?wxALL -spec gradientFillLinear(This, Rect, InitialColour, DestColour, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}, InitialColour::wx:wx_colour(), DestColour::wx:wx_colour(), @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ gradientFillLinear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH},Ini wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_GradientFillLinear, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec logicalToDeviceX(This, X) -> integer() when This::wxDC(), X::integer(). logicalToDeviceX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X) @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ logicalToDeviceX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_LogicalToDeviceX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec logicalToDeviceXRel(This, X) -> integer() when This::wxDC(), X::integer(). logicalToDeviceXRel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X) @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ logicalToDeviceXRel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_LogicalToDeviceXRel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec logicalToDeviceY(This, Y) -> integer() when This::wxDC(), Y::integer(). logicalToDeviceY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Y) @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ logicalToDeviceY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Y) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_LogicalToDeviceY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec logicalToDeviceYRel(This, Y) -> integer() when This::wxDC(), Y::integer(). logicalToDeviceYRel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Y) @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ logicalToDeviceYRel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Y) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_LogicalToDeviceYRel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec maxX(This) -> integer() when This::wxDC(). maxX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ maxX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_MaxX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec maxY(This) -> integer() when This::wxDC(). maxY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ maxY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_MaxY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec minX(This) -> integer() when This::wxDC(). minX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ minX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_MinX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec minY(This) -> integer() when This::wxDC(). minY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ minY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_MinY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isOk(This) -> boolean() when This::wxDC(). isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDC_IsOk, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec resetBoundingBox(This) -> ok when This::wxDC(). resetBoundingBox(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ resetBoundingBox(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_ResetBoundingBox, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setAxisOrientation(This, XLeftRight, YBottomUp) -> ok when This::wxDC(), XLeftRight::boolean(), YBottomUp::boolean(). setAxisOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},XLeftRight,YBottomUp) @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ setAxisOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},XLeftRight,YBottomUp) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetAxisOrientation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBackground(This, Brush) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Brush::wxBrush:wxBrush(). setBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BrushT,ref=BrushRef}) -> @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ setBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BrushT,ref=BrushRef}) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBackgroundMode(This, Mode) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Mode::integer(). setBackgroundMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mode) @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ setBackgroundMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mode) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetBackgroundMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBrush(This, Brush) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Brush::wxBrush:wxBrush(). setBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BrushT,ref=BrushRef}) -> @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ setBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BrushT,ref=BrushRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetBrush, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setClippingRegion(This, Rect) -> ok when
%% This::wxDC(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}.
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ setClippingRegion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetClippingRegion_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setClippingRegion(This, Pt, Sz) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Sz::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setClippingRegion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY},{SzW,SzH}) @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ setClippingRegion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY},{SzW,SzH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetClippingRegion_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDeviceOrigin(This, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxDC(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). setDeviceOrigin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ setDeviceOrigin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetDeviceOrigin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFont(This, Font) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(). setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Dir = ?wxLayout_Default | ?wxLayout_LeftToRight | ?wxLayout_RightToLeft -spec setLayoutDirection(This, Dir) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Dir::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ setLayoutDirection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Dir) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetLayoutDirection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Function = integer -spec setLogicalFunction(This, Function) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Function::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ setLogicalFunction(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Function) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetLogicalFunction, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Mode = integer -spec setMapMode(This, Mode) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Mode::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ setMapMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mode) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetMapMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPalette(This, Palette) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Palette::wxPalette:wxPalette(). setPalette(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PaletteT,ref=PaletteRef}) -> @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ setPalette(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PaletteT,ref=PaletteRef} wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetPalette, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPen(This, Pen) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Pen::wxPen:wxPen(). setPen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PenT,ref=PenRef}) -> @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ setPen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PenT,ref=PenRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetPen, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTextBackground(This, Colour) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Colour::wx:wx_colour(). setTextBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ setTextBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetTextBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTextForeground(This, Colour) -> ok when This::wxDC(), Colour::wx:wx_colour(). setTextForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ setTextForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetTextForeground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setUserScale(This, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxDC(), X::number(), Y::number(). setUserScale(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ setUserScale(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:cast(?wxDC_SetUserScale, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec startDoc(This, Message) -> boolean() when This::wxDC(), Message::unicode:chardata(). startDoc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Message) @@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ startDoc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Message) wxe_util:call(?wxDC_StartDoc, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec startPage(This) -> ok when This::wxDC(). startPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDataObject.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDataObject.erl index 65b388aa48..6bb1d1b831 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDataObject.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDataObject.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxDataObject. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxDataObject. %% @type wxDataObject(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDateEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDateEvent.erl index 417322097f..3456b6e307 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDateEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDateEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxDateEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxDateEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
date_changed
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxDate(). #wxDate{}} event record type. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxDateEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDate(This) -> wx:wx_datetime() when This::wxDateEvent(). getDate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDatePickerCtrl.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDatePickerCtrl.erl index 6ffc2ca3f5..57d9a59d22 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDatePickerCtrl.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDatePickerCtrl.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxDatePickerCtrl. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxDatePickerCtrl. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxPickerBase} %%
{@link wxControl} @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxDatePickerCtrl() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxDatePickerCtrl(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxDatePickerCtrl_new_0, @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxDatePickerCtrl() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {date, wx:wx_datetime()} @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxDatePickerCtrl_new_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRange(This, Dt1, Dt2) -> boolean() when This::wxDatePickerCtrl(), Dt1::wx:wx_datetime(), Dt2::wx:wx_datetime(). getRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Dt1,Dt2) @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ getRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Dt1,Dt2) wxe_util:call(?wxDatePickerCtrl_GetRange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getValue(This) -> wx:wx_datetime() when This::wxDatePickerCtrl(). getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDatePickerCtrl_GetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRange(This, Dt1, Dt2) -> ok when This::wxDatePickerCtrl(), Dt1::wx:wx_datetime(), Dt2::wx:wx_datetime(). setRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Dt1,Dt2) @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ setRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Dt1,Dt2) wxe_util:cast(?wxDatePickerCtrl_SetRange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setValue(This, Date) -> ok when This::wxDatePickerCtrl(), Date::wx:wx_datetime(). setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Date) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDialog.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDialog.erl index 55861b75d1..c8d52736f9 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDialog.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDialog.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxDialog. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxDialog. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxDialog() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxDialog(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxDialog_new_0, @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Title) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Title) -> new(Parent,Id,Title, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Title, [Option]) -> wxDialog() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Title::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Title) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Title) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Title, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Title, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxDialog(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Title::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,Ti wxe_util:call(?wxDialog_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createButtonSizer(This, Flags) -> wxSizer:wxSizer() when This::wxDialog(), Flags::integer(). createButtonSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ createButtonSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) wxe_util:call(?wxDialog_CreateButtonSizer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createStdDialogButtonSizer(This, Flags) -> wxStdDialogButtonSizer:wxStdDialogButtonSizer() when This::wxDialog(), Flags::integer(). createStdDialogButtonSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ createStdDialogButtonSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) wxe_util:call(?wxDialog_CreateStdDialogButtonSizer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec endModal(This, RetCode) -> ok when This::wxDialog(), RetCode::integer(). endModal(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},RetCode) @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ endModal(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},RetCode) wxe_util:cast(?wxDialog_EndModal, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getAffirmativeId(This) -> integer() when This::wxDialog(). getAffirmativeId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ getAffirmativeId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDialog_GetAffirmativeId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getReturnCode(This) -> integer() when This::wxDialog(). getReturnCode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ getReturnCode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDialog_GetReturnCode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isModal(This) -> boolean() when This::wxDialog(). isModal(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ isModal(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDialog_IsModal, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setAffirmativeId(This, AffirmativeId) -> ok when This::wxDialog(), AffirmativeId::integer(). setAffirmativeId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},AffirmativeId) @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ setAffirmativeId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},AffirmativeId) wxe_util:cast(?wxDialog_SetAffirmativeId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setReturnCode(This, ReturnCode) -> ok when This::wxDialog(), ReturnCode::integer(). setReturnCode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ReturnCode) @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ show(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> show(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec show(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxDialog(), Option :: {show, boolean()}. @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ show(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxDialog_Show, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec showModal(This) -> integer() when This::wxDialog(). showModal(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDirDialog.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDirDialog.erl index d7dc735937..4611b86fcf 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDirDialog.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDirDialog.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxDirDialog. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxDirDialog. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDialog} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxDirDialog() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {title, unicode:chardata()} @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxDirDialog_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPath(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxDirDialog(). getPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ getPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDirDialog_GetPath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMessage(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxDirDialog(). getMessage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ getMessage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDirDialog_GetMessage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMessage(This, Message) -> ok when This::wxDirDialog(), Message::unicode:chardata(). setMessage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Message) @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ setMessage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Message) wxe_util:cast(?wxDirDialog_SetMessage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPath(This, Path) -> ok when This::wxDirDialog(), Path::unicode:chardata(). setPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Path) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDirPickerCtrl.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDirPickerCtrl.erl index bbc169ae03..14581822c8 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDirPickerCtrl.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDirPickerCtrl.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxDirPickerCtrl. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxDirPickerCtrl. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxPickerBase} %%
{@link wxControl} @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxDirPickerCtrl() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxDirPickerCtrl(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxDirPickerCtrl_new_0, @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxDirPickerCtrl() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {path, unicode:chardata()} @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> create(This,Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxDirPickerCtrl(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {path, unicode:chardata()} @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, O wxe_util:call(?wxDirPickerCtrl_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPath(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxDirPickerCtrl(). getPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ getPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxDirPickerCtrl_GetPath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPath(This, Str) -> ok when This::wxDirPickerCtrl(), Str::unicode:chardata(). setPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Str) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDisplayChangedEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDisplayChangedEvent.erl index 0c0612564b..6872a662b6 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDisplayChangedEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxDisplayChangedEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxDisplayChangedEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxDisplayChangedEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
display_changed
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxDisplayChanged(). #wxDisplayChanged{}} event record type. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxEraseEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxEraseEvent.erl index 03ce8862dc..62cf8e3f07 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxEraseEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxEraseEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxEraseEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxEraseEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
erase_background
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxErase(). #wxErase{}} event record type. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxEraseEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDC(This) -> wxDC:wxDC() when This::wxEraseEvent(). getDC(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxEvent.erl index 1b2147a326..595dba3246 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxEvent. %% @type wxEvent(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getId(This) -> integer() when This::wxEvent(). getId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ getId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxEvent_GetId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSkipped(This) -> boolean() when This::wxEvent(). getSkipped(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ getSkipped(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxEvent_GetSkipped, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTimestamp(This) -> integer() when This::wxEvent(). getTimestamp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ getTimestamp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxEvent_GetTimestamp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isCommandEvent(This) -> boolean() when This::wxEvent(). isCommandEvent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ isCommandEvent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxEvent_IsCommandEvent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec resumePropagation(This, PropagationLevel) -> ok when This::wxEvent(), PropagationLevel::integer(). resumePropagation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PropagationLevel) @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ resumePropagation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PropagationLevel) wxe_util:cast(?wxEvent_ResumePropagation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec shouldPropagate(This) -> boolean() when This::wxEvent(). shouldPropagate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ skip(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> skip(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec skip(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxEvent(), Option :: {skip, boolean()}. @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ skip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxEvent_Skip, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec stopPropagation(This) -> integer() when This::wxEvent(). stopPropagation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDataObject.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDataObject.erl index 435c795cdc..02564d45ec 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDataObject.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDataObject.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxFileDataObject. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxFileDataObject. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDataObject} %%

@@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ parent_class(wxDataObject) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxFileDataObject() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxFileDataObject(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxFileDataObject_new, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addFile(This, Filename) -> ok when This::wxFileDataObject(), Filename::unicode:chardata(). addFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Filename) @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ addFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Filename) wxe_util:cast(?wxFileDataObject_AddFile, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFilenames(This) -> [unicode:charlist()] when This::wxFileDataObject(). getFilenames(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDialog.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDialog.erl index a257905795..0867e5d8b7 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDialog.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDialog.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxFileDialog. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxFileDialog. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDialog} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxFileDialog() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {message, unicode:chardata()} @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxFileDialog_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDirectory(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxFileDialog(). getDirectory(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ getDirectory(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFileDialog_GetDirectory, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFilename(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxFileDialog(). getFilename(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ getFilename(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFileDialog_GetFilename, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFilenames(This) -> [unicode:charlist()] when This::wxFileDialog(). getFilenames(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ getFilenames(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFileDialog_GetFilenames, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFilterIndex(This) -> integer() when This::wxFileDialog(). getFilterIndex(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ getFilterIndex(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFileDialog_GetFilterIndex, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMessage(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxFileDialog(). getMessage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ getMessage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFileDialog_GetMessage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPath(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxFileDialog(). getPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ getPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFileDialog_GetPath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPaths(This) -> [unicode:charlist()] when This::wxFileDialog(). getPaths(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ getPaths(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFileDialog_GetPaths, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWildcard(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxFileDialog(). getWildcard(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ getWildcard(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFileDialog_GetWildcard, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDirectory(This, Dir) -> ok when This::wxFileDialog(), Dir::unicode:chardata(). setDirectory(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Dir) @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ setDirectory(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Dir) wxe_util:cast(?wxFileDialog_SetDirectory, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFilename(This, Name) -> ok when This::wxFileDialog(), Name::unicode:chardata(). setFilename(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ setFilename(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) wxe_util:cast(?wxFileDialog_SetFilename, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFilterIndex(This, FilterIndex) -> ok when This::wxFileDialog(), FilterIndex::integer(). setFilterIndex(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},FilterIndex) @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ setFilterIndex(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},FilterIndex) wxe_util:cast(?wxFileDialog_SetFilterIndex, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMessage(This, Message) -> ok when This::wxFileDialog(), Message::unicode:chardata(). setMessage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Message) @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ setMessage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Message) wxe_util:cast(?wxFileDialog_SetMessage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPath(This, Path) -> ok when This::wxFileDialog(), Path::unicode:chardata(). setPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Path) @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ setPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Path) wxe_util:cast(?wxFileDialog_SetPath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWildcard(This, WildCard) -> ok when This::wxFileDialog(), WildCard::unicode:chardata(). setWildcard(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},WildCard) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDirPickerEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDirPickerEvent.erl index 77b10a91ed..a453196ca4 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDirPickerEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFileDirPickerEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxFileDirPickerEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxFileDirPickerEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
command_filepicker_changed, command_dirpicker_changed
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxFileDirPicker(). #wxFileDirPicker{}} event record type. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxFileDirPickerEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPath(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxFileDirPickerEvent(). getPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFilePickerCtrl.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFilePickerCtrl.erl index d19c8c00cb..d41c73368d 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFilePickerCtrl.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFilePickerCtrl.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxFilePickerCtrl. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxFilePickerCtrl. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxPickerBase} %%
{@link wxControl} @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxFilePickerCtrl() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxFilePickerCtrl(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxFilePickerCtrl_new_0, @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxFilePickerCtrl() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {path, unicode:chardata()} @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> create(This,Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxFilePickerCtrl(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {path, unicode:chardata()} @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, O wxe_util:call(?wxFilePickerCtrl_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPath(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxFilePickerCtrl(). getPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ getPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFilePickerCtrl_GetPath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPath(This, Str) -> ok when This::wxFilePickerCtrl(), Str::unicode:chardata(). setPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Str) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFindReplaceData.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFindReplaceData.erl index 8dc6036da6..8f6f975fa7 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFindReplaceData.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFindReplaceData.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxFindReplaceData. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxFindReplaceData. %% @type wxFindReplaceData(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxFindReplaceData() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxFindReplaceData(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxFindReplaceData_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Flags) -> wxFindReplaceData() when Flags::integer(). new(Flags) @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ new(Flags) wxe_util:construct(?wxFindReplaceData_new_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFindString(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxFindReplaceData(). getFindString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ getFindString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFindReplaceData_GetFindString, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getReplaceString(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxFindReplaceData(). getReplaceString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ getReplaceString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFindReplaceData_GetReplaceString, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFlags(This) -> integer() when This::wxFindReplaceData(). getFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ getFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFindReplaceData_GetFlags, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFlags(This, Flags) -> ok when This::wxFindReplaceData(), Flags::integer(). setFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ setFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) wxe_util:cast(?wxFindReplaceData_SetFlags, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFindString(This, Str) -> ok when This::wxFindReplaceData(), Str::unicode:chardata(). setFindString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Str) @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ setFindString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Str) wxe_util:cast(?wxFindReplaceData_SetFindString, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setReplaceString(This, Str) -> ok when This::wxFindReplaceData(), Str::unicode:chardata(). setReplaceString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Str) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFindReplaceDialog.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFindReplaceDialog.erl index 6db9b3ed53..2a3642b0b6 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFindReplaceDialog.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFindReplaceDialog.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxFindReplaceDialog. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxFindReplaceDialog. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDialog} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxFindReplaceDialog() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxFindReplaceDialog(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxFindReplaceDialog_new_0, @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ new(Parent,Data,Title) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_record(Data, wx_ref),is_list(Title) -> new(Parent,Data,Title, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Data, Title, [Option]) -> wxFindReplaceDialog() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Data::wxFindReplaceData:wxFindReplaceData(), Title::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {style, integer()}. @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Data,Title) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_record(Data, wx_ref),is_list(Title) -> create(This,Parent,Data,Title, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Data, Title, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxFindReplaceDialog(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Data::wxFindReplaceData:wxFindReplaceData(), Title::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {style, integer()}. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},#wx_r wxe_util:call(?wxFindReplaceDialog_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getData(This) -> wxFindReplaceData:wxFindReplaceData() when This::wxFindReplaceDialog(). getData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFlexGridSizer.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFlexGridSizer.erl index 91dcf6a2e7..3d8884b503 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFlexGridSizer.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFlexGridSizer.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxFlexGridSizer. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxFlexGridSizer. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGridSizer} %%
{@link wxSizer} @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ new(Cols) when is_integer(Cols) -> new(Cols, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Cols, [Option]) -> wxFlexGridSizer() when Cols::integer(), Option :: {vgap, integer()} @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ new(Cols, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxFlexGridSizer_new_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Rows, Cols, Vgap, Hgap) -> wxFlexGridSizer() when Rows::integer(), Cols::integer(), Vgap::integer(), Hgap::integer(). new(Rows,Cols,Vgap,Hgap) @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ addGrowableCol(This,Idx) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Idx) -> addGrowableCol(This,Idx, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addGrowableCol(This, Idx, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxFlexGridSizer(), Idx::integer(), Option :: {proportion, integer()}. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ addGrowableRow(This,Idx) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Idx) -> addGrowableRow(This,Idx, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addGrowableRow(This, Idx, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxFlexGridSizer(), Idx::integer(), Option :: {proportion, integer()}. @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ addGrowableRow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Idx, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxFlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFlexibleDirection(This) -> integer() when This::wxFlexGridSizer(). getFlexibleDirection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ getFlexibleDirection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxFLEX_GROWMODE_NONE | ?wxFLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED | ?wxFLEX_GROWMODE_ALL -spec getNonFlexibleGrowMode(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxFlexGridSizer(). @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ getNonFlexibleGrowMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec removeGrowableCol(This, Idx) -> ok when This::wxFlexGridSizer(), Idx::integer(). removeGrowableCol(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Idx) @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ removeGrowableCol(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Idx) wxe_util:cast(?wxFlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec removeGrowableRow(This, Idx) -> ok when This::wxFlexGridSizer(), Idx::integer(). removeGrowableRow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Idx) @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ removeGrowableRow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Idx) wxe_util:cast(?wxFlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFlexibleDirection(This, Direction) -> ok when This::wxFlexGridSizer(), Direction::integer(). setFlexibleDirection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Direction) @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ setFlexibleDirection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Direction) wxe_util:cast(?wxFlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Mode = ?wxFLEX_GROWMODE_NONE | ?wxFLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED | ?wxFLEX_GROWMODE_ALL -spec setNonFlexibleGrowMode(This, Mode) -> ok when This::wxFlexGridSizer(), Mode::wx:wx_enum(). diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFocusEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFocusEvent.erl index d6478c1142..32141c52ec 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFocusEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFocusEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxFocusEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxFocusEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
set_focus, kill_focus
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxFocus(). #wxFocus{}} event record type. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxFocusEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWindow(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxFocusEvent(). getWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFont.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFont.erl index a168e15180..d17314fc7c 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFont.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFont.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxFont. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxFont. %% @type wxFont(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxFont() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxFont(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxFont_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Fontname) -> wxFont() when Fontname::unicode:chardata(). new(Fontname) @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ new(Size,Family,Style,Weight) when is_integer(Size),is_integer(Family),is_integer(Style),is_integer(Weight) -> new(Size,Family,Style,Weight, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Encoding = ?wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM | ?wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_3 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_10 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_11 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_12 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_14 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_KOI8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_KOI8_U | ?wxFONTENCODING_ALTERNATIVE | ?wxFONTENCODING_BULGARIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP437 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP850 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP852 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP855 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP866 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP874 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP932 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP936 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP949 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP950 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1250 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1251 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1252 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1253 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1254 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1255 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1256 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1257 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP12_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF7 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_EUC_JP | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16LE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32BE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32LE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACROMAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACJAPANESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESETRAD | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKOREAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARABIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACHEBREW | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGREEK | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCYRILLIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACDEVANAGARI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGURMUKHI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGUJARATI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACORIYA | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACBENGALI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTAMIL | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTELUGU | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKANNADA | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMALAJALAM | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACSINHALESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACBURMESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKHMER | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTHAI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACLAOTIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGEORGIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARMENIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESESIMP | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTIBETAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMONGOLIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACETHIOPIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCENTRALEUR | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACVIATNAMESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARABICEXT | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACSYMBOL | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACDINGBATS | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTURKISH | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCROATIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACICELANDIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACROMANIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCELTIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGAELIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKEYBOARD | ?wxFONTENCODING_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMIN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE | ?wxFONTENCODING_GB2312 | ?wxFONTENCODING_BIG5 | ?wxFONTENCODING_SHIFT_JIS %%
Family = ?wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT | ?wxFONTFAMILY_DECORATIVE | ?wxFONTFAMILY_ROMAN | ?wxFONTFAMILY_SCRIPT | ?wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS | ?wxFONTFAMILY_MODERN | ?wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE | ?wxFONTFAMILY_MAX | ?wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN %%
Style = ?wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL | ?wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC | ?wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT | ?wxFONTSTYLE_MAX @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ new(Size,Family,Style,Weight, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxFont_new_5, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isFixedWidth(This) -> boolean() when This::wxFont(). isFixedWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -88,14 +88,14 @@ isFixedWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFont_IsFixedWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM | ?wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_3 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_10 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_11 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_12 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_14 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_KOI8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_KOI8_U | ?wxFONTENCODING_ALTERNATIVE | ?wxFONTENCODING_BULGARIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP437 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP850 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP852 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP855 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP866 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP874 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP932 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP936 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP949 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP950 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1250 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1251 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1252 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1253 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1254 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1255 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1256 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1257 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP12_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF7 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_EUC_JP | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16LE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32BE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32LE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACROMAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACJAPANESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESETRAD | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKOREAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARABIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACHEBREW | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGREEK | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCYRILLIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACDEVANAGARI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGURMUKHI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGUJARATI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACORIYA | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACBENGALI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTAMIL | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTELUGU | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKANNADA | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMALAJALAM | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACSINHALESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACBURMESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKHMER | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTHAI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACLAOTIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGEORGIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARMENIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESESIMP | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTIBETAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMONGOLIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACETHIOPIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCENTRALEUR | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACVIATNAMESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARABICEXT | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACSYMBOL | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACDINGBATS | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTURKISH | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCROATIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACICELANDIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACROMANIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCELTIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGAELIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKEYBOARD | ?wxFONTENCODING_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMIN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE | ?wxFONTENCODING_GB2312 | ?wxFONTENCODING_BIG5 | ?wxFONTENCODING_SHIFT_JIS -spec getDefaultEncoding() -> wx:wx_enum(). getDefaultEncoding() -> wxe_util:call(?wxFont_GetDefaultEncoding, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFaceName(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxFont(). getFaceName(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ getFaceName(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFont_GetFaceName, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT | ?wxFONTFAMILY_DECORATIVE | ?wxFONTFAMILY_ROMAN | ?wxFONTFAMILY_SCRIPT | ?wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS | ?wxFONTFAMILY_MODERN | ?wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE | ?wxFONTFAMILY_MAX | ?wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN -spec getFamily(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxFont(). @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ getFamily(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFont_GetFamily, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getNativeFontInfoDesc(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxFont(). getNativeFontInfoDesc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ getNativeFontInfoDesc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFont_GetNativeFontInfoDesc, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getNativeFontInfoUserDesc(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxFont(). getNativeFontInfoUserDesc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ getNativeFontInfoUserDesc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFont_GetNativeFontInfoUserDesc, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPointSize(This) -> integer() when This::wxFont(). getPointSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ getPointSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFont_GetPointSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL | ?wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC | ?wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT | ?wxFONTSTYLE_MAX -spec getStyle(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxFont(). @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ getStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFont_GetStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getUnderlined(This) -> boolean() when This::wxFont(). getUnderlined(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ getUnderlined(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFont_GetUnderlined, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWeight(This) -> integer() when This::wxFont(). getWeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ getWeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFont_GetWeight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec ok(This) -> boolean() when This::wxFont(). ok(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ ok(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFont_Ok, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Encoding = ?wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM | ?wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_3 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_10 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_11 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_12 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_14 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_KOI8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_KOI8_U | ?wxFONTENCODING_ALTERNATIVE | ?wxFONTENCODING_BULGARIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP437 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP850 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP852 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP855 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP866 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP874 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP932 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP936 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP949 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP950 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1250 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1251 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1252 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1253 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1254 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1255 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1256 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1257 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP12_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF7 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_EUC_JP | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16LE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32BE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32LE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACROMAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACJAPANESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESETRAD | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKOREAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARABIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACHEBREW | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGREEK | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCYRILLIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACDEVANAGARI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGURMUKHI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGUJARATI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACORIYA | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACBENGALI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTAMIL | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTELUGU | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKANNADA | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMALAJALAM | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACSINHALESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACBURMESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKHMER | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTHAI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACLAOTIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGEORGIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARMENIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESESIMP | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTIBETAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMONGOLIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACETHIOPIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCENTRALEUR | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACVIATNAMESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARABICEXT | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACSYMBOL | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACDINGBATS | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTURKISH | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCROATIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACICELANDIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACROMANIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCELTIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGAELIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKEYBOARD | ?wxFONTENCODING_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMIN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE | ?wxFONTENCODING_GB2312 | ?wxFONTENCODING_BIG5 | ?wxFONTENCODING_SHIFT_JIS -spec setDefaultEncoding(Encoding) -> ok when Encoding::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ setDefaultEncoding(Encoding) wxe_util:cast(?wxFont_SetDefaultEncoding, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFaceName(This, FaceName) -> boolean() when This::wxFont(), FaceName::unicode:chardata(). setFaceName(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},FaceName) @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ setFaceName(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},FaceName) wxe_util:call(?wxFont_SetFaceName, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Family = ?wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT | ?wxFONTFAMILY_DECORATIVE | ?wxFONTFAMILY_ROMAN | ?wxFONTFAMILY_SCRIPT | ?wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS | ?wxFONTFAMILY_MODERN | ?wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE | ?wxFONTFAMILY_MAX | ?wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN -spec setFamily(This, Family) -> ok when This::wxFont(), Family::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ setFamily(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Family) wxe_util:cast(?wxFont_SetFamily, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPointSize(This, PointSize) -> ok when This::wxFont(), PointSize::integer(). setPointSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PointSize) @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ setPointSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PointSize) wxe_util:cast(?wxFont_SetPointSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Style = ?wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL | ?wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC | ?wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT | ?wxFONTSTYLE_MAX -spec setStyle(This, Style) -> ok when This::wxFont(), Style::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ setStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style) wxe_util:cast(?wxFont_SetStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setUnderlined(This, Underlined) -> ok when This::wxFont(), Underlined::boolean(). setUnderlined(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Underlined) @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ setUnderlined(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Underlined) wxe_util:cast(?wxFont_SetUnderlined, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWeight(This, Weight) -> ok when This::wxFont(), Weight::integer(). setWeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Weight) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontData.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontData.erl index 978d27b391..24e3e6a768 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontData.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontData.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxFontData. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxFontData. %% @type wxFontData(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxFontData() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxFontData(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxFontData_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Data) -> wxFontData() when Data::wxFontData(). new(#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(?wxFontData_new_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableEffects(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxFontData(), Flag::boolean(). enableEffects(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ enableEffects(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxFontData_EnableEffects, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getAllowSymbols(This) -> boolean() when This::wxFontData(). getAllowSymbols(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ getAllowSymbols(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFontData_GetAllowSymbols, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxFontData(). getColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ getColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFontData_GetColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getChosenFont(This) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxFontData(). getChosenFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ getChosenFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFontData_GetChosenFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEnableEffects(This) -> boolean() when This::wxFontData(). getEnableEffects(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ getEnableEffects(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFontData_GetEnableEffects, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getInitialFont(This) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxFontData(). getInitialFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ getInitialFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFontData_GetInitialFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getShowHelp(This) -> boolean() when This::wxFontData(). getShowHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ getShowHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFontData_GetShowHelp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setAllowSymbols(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxFontData(), Flag::boolean(). setAllowSymbols(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ setAllowSymbols(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxFontData_SetAllowSymbols, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setChosenFont(This, Font) -> ok when This::wxFontData(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(). setChosenFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ setChosenFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) - wxe_util:cast(?wxFontData_SetChosenFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColour(This, Colour) -> ok when This::wxFontData(), Colour::wx:wx_colour(). setColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ setColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) wxe_util:cast(?wxFontData_SetColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setInitialFont(This, Font) -> ok when This::wxFontData(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(). setInitialFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ setInitialFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) wxe_util:cast(?wxFontData_SetInitialFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRange(This, MinRange, MaxRange) -> ok when This::wxFontData(), MinRange::integer(), MaxRange::integer(). setRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MinRange,MaxRange) @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ setRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MinRange,MaxRange) wxe_util:cast(?wxFontData_SetRange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setShowHelp(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxFontData(), Flag::boolean(). setShowHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontDialog.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontDialog.erl index 6cc210a4aa..7805559ca6 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontDialog.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontDialog.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxFontDialog. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxFontDialog. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDialog} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxFontDialog() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxFontDialog(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxFontDialog_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Data) -> wxFontDialog() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Data::wxFontData:wxFontData(). new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(?wxFontDialog_new_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Data) -> boolean() when This::wxFontDialog(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Data::wxFontData:wxFontData(). create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},#wx_r wxe_util:call(?wxFontDialog_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFontData(This) -> wxFontData:wxFontData() when This::wxFontDialog(). getFontData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontPickerCtrl.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontPickerCtrl.erl index 46c0dbab4d..199224ab13 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontPickerCtrl.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontPickerCtrl.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxFontPickerCtrl. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxFontPickerCtrl. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxPickerBase} %%
{@link wxControl} @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxFontPickerCtrl() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxFontPickerCtrl(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxFontPickerCtrl_new_0, @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxFontPickerCtrl() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {initial, wxFont:wxFont()} @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> create(This,Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxFontPickerCtrl(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {initial, wxFont:wxFont()} @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, O wxe_util:call(?wxFontPickerCtrl_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelectedFont(This) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxFontPickerCtrl(). getSelectedFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ getSelectedFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFontPickerCtrl_GetSelectedFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelectedFont(This, F) -> ok when This::wxFontPickerCtrl(), F::wxFont:wxFont(). setSelectedFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FT,ref=FRef}) -> @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ setSelectedFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FT,ref=FRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxFontPickerCtrl_SetSelectedFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMaxPointSize(This) -> integer() when This::wxFontPickerCtrl(). getMaxPointSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ getMaxPointSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFontPickerCtrl_GetMaxPointSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMaxPointSize(This, Max) -> ok when This::wxFontPickerCtrl(), Max::integer(). setMaxPointSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Max) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontPickerEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontPickerEvent.erl index 2dc3606409..d914ecb0ba 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontPickerEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFontPickerEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxFontPickerEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxFontPickerEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
command_fontpicker_changed
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxFontPicker(). #wxFontPicker{}} event record type. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxFontPickerEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFont(This) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxFontPickerEvent(). getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFrame.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFrame.erl index 61f46f7a07..1fe0ed19bd 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFrame.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxFrame.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxFrame. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxFrame. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxFrame() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxFrame(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxFrame_new_0, @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Title) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Title) -> new(Parent,Id,Title, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Title, [Option]) -> wxFrame() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Title::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Title) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Title) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Title, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Title, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxFrame(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Title::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ createStatusBar(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> createStatusBar(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createStatusBar(This, [Option]) -> wxStatusBar:wxStatusBar() when This::wxFrame(), Option :: {number, integer()} @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ createToolBar(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> createToolBar(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createToolBar(This, [Option]) -> wxToolBar:wxToolBar() when This::wxFrame(), Option :: {style, integer()} @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ createToolBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxFrame_CreateToolBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getClientAreaOrigin(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxFrame(). getClientAreaOrigin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ getClientAreaOrigin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFrame_GetClientAreaOrigin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMenuBar(This) -> wxMenuBar:wxMenuBar() when This::wxFrame(). getMenuBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ getMenuBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFrame_GetMenuBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStatusBar(This) -> wxStatusBar:wxStatusBar() when This::wxFrame(). getStatusBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ getStatusBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFrame_GetStatusBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStatusBarPane(This) -> integer() when This::wxFrame(). getStatusBarPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ getStatusBarPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFrame_GetStatusBarPane, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getToolBar(This) -> wxToolBar:wxToolBar() when This::wxFrame(). getToolBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ getToolBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxFrame_GetToolBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec processCommand(This, Winid) -> boolean() when This::wxFrame(), Winid::integer(). processCommand(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Winid) @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ processCommand(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Winid) wxe_util:call(?wxFrame_ProcessCommand, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec sendSizeEvent(This) -> ok when This::wxFrame(). sendSizeEvent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ sendSizeEvent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxFrame_SendSizeEvent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMenuBar(This, Menubar) -> ok when This::wxFrame(), Menubar::wxMenuBar:wxMenuBar(). setMenuBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MenubarT,ref=MenubarRef}) -> @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ setMenuBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MenubarT,ref=MenubarRef} wxe_util:cast(?wxFrame_SetMenuBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStatusBar(This, Statbar) -> ok when This::wxFrame(), Statbar::wxStatusBar:wxStatusBar(). setStatusBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=StatbarT,ref=StatbarRef}) -> @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ setStatusBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=StatbarT,ref=StatbarRe wxe_util:cast(?wxFrame_SetStatusBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStatusBarPane(This, N) -> ok when This::wxFrame(), N::integer(). setStatusBarPane(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ setStatusText(This,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Text) -> setStatusText(This,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStatusText(This, Text, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxFrame(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {number, integer()}. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ setStatusText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxFrame_SetStatusText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStatusWidths(This, Widths_field) -> ok when This::wxFrame(), Widths_field::[integer()]. setStatusWidths(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Widths_field) @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ setStatusWidths(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Widths_field) <> || C <- Widths_field>>)/binary, 0:(((0+length(Widths_field)) rem 2)*32)>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setToolBar(This, Toolbar) -> ok when This::wxFrame(), Toolbar::wxToolBar:wxToolBar(). setToolBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ToolbarT,ref=ToolbarRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGBSizerItem.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGBSizerItem.erl index 1860e5f808..74e2d8f342 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGBSizerItem.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGBSizerItem.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGBSizerItem. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGBSizerItem. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxSizerItem} %%

diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGLCanvas.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGLCanvas.erl index 46168374af..d6071694a2 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGLCanvas.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGLCanvas.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGLCanvas. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGLCanvas. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxWindow} %%
{@link wxEvtHandler} @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxGLCanvas() when
%% Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(),
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxGLCanvas_new_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Shared, [Option]) -> wxGLCanvas() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Shared::wx:wx_object() | wxGLCanvas(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},#wx_ref{type=SharedT,ref=SharedRef}, Opt wxe_util:construct(SharedOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getContext(This) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxGLCanvas(). getContext(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ getContext(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGLCanvas_GetContext, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCurrent(This) -> ok when This::wxGLCanvas(). setCurrent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ setCurrent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> {ok, _} = wxe_master:init_opengl(), _Result. -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec swapBuffers(This) -> ok when This::wxGLCanvas(). swapBuffers(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGauge.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGauge.erl index 7f892355c7..12be5d32f3 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGauge.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGauge.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGauge. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGauge. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGauge() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxGauge(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxGauge_new_0, @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Range) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_integer(Range) -> new(Parent,Id,Range, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Range, [Option]) -> wxGauge() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Range::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Range) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_integer(Range) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Range, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Range, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxGauge(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Range::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,Ra wxe_util:call(?wxGauge_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBezelFace(This) -> integer() when This::wxGauge(). getBezelFace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ getBezelFace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGauge_GetBezelFace, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRange(This) -> integer() when This::wxGauge(). getRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ getRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGauge_GetRange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getShadowWidth(This) -> integer() when This::wxGauge(). getShadowWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ getShadowWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGauge_GetShadowWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getValue(This) -> integer() when This::wxGauge(). getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGauge_GetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isVertical(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGauge(). isVertical(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ isVertical(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGauge_IsVertical, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBezelFace(This, W) -> ok when This::wxGauge(), W::integer(). setBezelFace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},W) @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ setBezelFace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},W) wxe_util:cast(?wxGauge_SetBezelFace, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRange(This, R) -> ok when This::wxGauge(), R::integer(). setRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},R) @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ setRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},R) wxe_util:cast(?wxGauge_SetRange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setShadowWidth(This, W) -> ok when This::wxGauge(), W::integer(). setShadowWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},W) @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ setShadowWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},W) wxe_util:cast(?wxGauge_SetShadowWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setValue(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxGauge(), Pos::integer(). setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:cast(?wxGauge_SetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec pulse(This) -> ok when This::wxGauge(). pulse(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGenericDirCtrl.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGenericDirCtrl.erl index cb917e8fd1..4539438811 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGenericDirCtrl.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGenericDirCtrl.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGenericDirCtrl. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGenericDirCtrl. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGenericDirCtrl() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxGenericDirCtrl(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxGenericDirCtrl_new_0, @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxGenericDirCtrl() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ create(This,Parent) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> create(This,Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Opti wxe_util:call(?wxGenericDirCtrl_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec init(This) -> ok when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(). init(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ init(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGenericDirCtrl_Init, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec collapseTree(This) -> ok when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(). collapseTree(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ collapseTree(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGenericDirCtrl_CollapseTree, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec expandPath(This, Path) -> boolean() when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(), Path::unicode:chardata(). expandPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Path) @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ expandPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Path) wxe_util:call(?wxGenericDirCtrl_ExpandPath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultPath(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(). getDefaultPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ getDefaultPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGenericDirCtrl_GetDefaultPath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPath(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(). getPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ getPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGenericDirCtrl_GetPath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFilePath(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(). getFilePath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ getFilePath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGenericDirCtrl_GetFilePath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFilter(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(). getFilter(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ getFilter(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGenericDirCtrl_GetFilter, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFilterIndex(This) -> integer() when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(). getFilterIndex(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ getFilterIndex(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGenericDirCtrl_GetFilterIndex, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRootId(This) -> integer() when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(). getRootId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ getRootId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGenericDirCtrl_GetRootId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTreeCtrl(This) -> wxTreeCtrl:wxTreeCtrl() when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(). getTreeCtrl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ getTreeCtrl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGenericDirCtrl_GetTreeCtrl, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec reCreateTree(This) -> ok when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(). reCreateTree(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ reCreateTree(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGenericDirCtrl_ReCreateTree, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefaultPath(This, Path) -> ok when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(), Path::unicode:chardata(). setDefaultPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Path) @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ setDefaultPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Path) wxe_util:cast(?wxGenericDirCtrl_SetDefaultPath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFilter(This, Filter) -> ok when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(), Filter::unicode:chardata(). setFilter(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Filter) @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ setFilter(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Filter) wxe_util:cast(?wxGenericDirCtrl_SetFilter, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFilterIndex(This, N) -> ok when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(), N::integer(). setFilterIndex(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ setFilterIndex(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:cast(?wxGenericDirCtrl_SetFilterIndex, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPath(This, Path) -> ok when This::wxGenericDirCtrl(), Path::unicode:chardata(). setPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Path) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsBrush.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsBrush.erl index bbc0c4b1a0..daeaa6d183 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsBrush.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsBrush.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsBrush. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsBrush. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGraphicsObject} %%

diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsContext.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsContext.erl index 575e48d7af..3eab7928e1 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsContext.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsContext.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsContext. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsContext. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGraphicsObject} %%

@@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ parent_class(wxGraphicsObject) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGraphicsContext() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create() -> wxGraphicsContext(). create() -> wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsContext_Create_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(Dc) -> wxGraphicsContext() when Dc::wxWindowDC:wxWindowDC() | wxWindow:wxWindow(). create(#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}) -> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}) -> wxe_util:call(DcOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createPen(This, Pen) -> wxGraphicsPen:wxGraphicsPen() when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Pen::wxPen:wxPen(). createPen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PenT,ref=PenRef}) -> @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ createPen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PenT,ref=PenRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsContext_CreatePen, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createBrush(This, Brush) -> wxGraphicsBrush:wxGraphicsBrush() when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Brush::wxBrush:wxBrush(). createBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BrushT,ref=BrushRef}) -> @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ createBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BrushT,ref=BrushRef}) - wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsContext_CreateBrush, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createRadialGradientBrush(This, Xo, Yo, Xc, Yc, Radius, OColor, CColor) -> wxGraphicsBrush:wxGraphicsBrush() when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Xo::number(), Yo::number(), Xc::number(), Yc::number(), Radius::number(), OColor::wx:wx_colour(), CColor::wx:wx_colour(). createRadialGradientBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Xo,Yo,Xc,Yc,Radius,OColor,CColor) @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ createRadialGradientBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Xo,Yo,Xc,Yc,Radius,OCo wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsContext_CreateRadialGradientBrush, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createLinearGradientBrush(This, X1, Y1, X2, Y2, C1, C2) -> wxGraphicsBrush:wxGraphicsBrush() when This::wxGraphicsContext(), X1::number(), Y1::number(), X2::number(), Y2::number(), C1::wx:wx_colour(), C2::wx:wx_colour(). createLinearGradientBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X1,Y1,X2,Y2,C1,C2) @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ createFont(This,Font) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Font, wx_ref) -> createFont(This,Font, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createFont(This, Font, [Option]) -> wxGraphicsFont:wxGraphicsFont() when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(), Option :: {col, wx:wx_colour()}. @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ createMatrix(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> createMatrix(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createMatrix(This, [Option]) -> wxGraphicsMatrix:wxGraphicsMatrix() when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Option :: {a, number()} @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ createMatrix(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsContext_CreateMatrix, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createPath(This) -> wxGraphicsPath:wxGraphicsPath() when This::wxGraphicsContext(). createPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ createPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsContext_CreatePath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clip(This, Region) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Region::wxRegion:wxRegion(). clip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=RegionT,ref=RegionRef}) -> @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ clip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=RegionT,ref=RegionRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_Clip_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clip(This, X, Y, W, H) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), X::number(), Y::number(), W::number(), H::number(). clip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ clip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_Clip_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec resetClip(This) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(). resetClip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ resetClip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_ResetClip, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawBitmap(This, Bmp, X, Y, W, H) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Bmp::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), X::number(), Y::number(), W::number(), H::number(). drawBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BmpT,ref=BmpRef},X,Y,W,H) @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ drawBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BmpT,ref=BmpRef},X,Y,W,H wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_DrawBitmap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawEllipse(This, X, Y, W, H) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), X::number(), Y::number(), W::number(), H::number(). drawEllipse(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ drawEllipse(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_DrawEllipse, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawIcon(This, Icon, X, Y, W, H) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Icon::wxIcon:wxIcon(), X::number(), Y::number(), W::number(), H::number(). drawIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=IconT,ref=IconRef},X,Y,W,H) @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ drawLines(This,Points) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Points) -> drawLines(This,Points, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
FillStyle = integer -spec drawLines(This, Points, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Points::[{X::float(), Y::float()}], @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ drawPath(This,Path) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Path, wx_ref) -> drawPath(This,Path, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
FillStyle = integer -spec drawPath(This, Path, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Path::wxGraphicsPath:wxGraphicsPath(), @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ drawPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PathT,ref=PathRef}, Option wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_DrawPath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawRectangle(This, X, Y, W, H) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), X::number(), Y::number(), W::number(), H::number(). drawRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ drawRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_DrawRectangle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawRoundedRectangle(This, X, Y, W, H, Radius) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), X::number(), Y::number(), W::number(), H::number(), Radius::number(). drawRoundedRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H,Radius) @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ drawRoundedRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H,Radius) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_DrawRoundedRectangle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawText(This, Str, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Str::unicode:chardata(), X::number(), Y::number(). drawText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Str,X,Y) @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ drawText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Str,X,Y) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_DrawText_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% drawText(This, Str, X, Y, BackgroundBrush) -> ok when
%% This::wxGraphicsContext(), Str::unicode:chardata(), X::number(), Y::number(), BackgroundBrush::wxGraphicsBrush:wxGraphicsBrush().
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ drawText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Str,X,Y,#wx_ref{type=BackgroundBrushT,r wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_DrawText_4_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec drawText(This, Str, X, Y, Angle, BackgroundBrush) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Str::unicode:chardata(), X::number(), Y::number(), Angle::number(), BackgroundBrush::wxGraphicsBrush:wxGraphicsBrush(). drawText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Str,X,Y,Angle,#wx_ref{type=BackgroundBrushT,ref=BackgroundBrushRef}) @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ fillPath(This,Path) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Path, wx_ref) -> fillPath(This,Path, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
FillStyle = integer -spec fillPath(This, Path, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Path::wxGraphicsPath:wxGraphicsPath(), @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ fillPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PathT,ref=PathRef}, Option wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_FillPath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec strokePath(This, Path) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Path::wxGraphicsPath:wxGraphicsPath(). strokePath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PathT,ref=PathRef}) -> @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ strokePath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PathT,ref=PathRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_StrokePath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPartialTextExtents(This, Text) -> [number()] when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Text::unicode:chardata(). getPartialTextExtents(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ getPartialTextExtents(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsContext_GetPartialTextExtents, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextExtent(This, Text) -> Result when Result ::{Width::number(), Height::number(), Descent::number(), ExternalLeading::number()}, This::wxGraphicsContext(), Text::unicode:chardata(). @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ getTextExtent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsContext_GetTextExtent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec rotate(This, Angle) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Angle::number(). rotate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Angle) @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ rotate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Angle) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_Rotate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec scale(This, XScale, YScale) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), XScale::number(), YScale::number(). scale(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},XScale,YScale) @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ scale(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},XScale,YScale) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_Scale, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec translate(This, Dx, Dy) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Dx::number(), Dy::number(). translate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Dx,Dy) @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ translate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Dx,Dy) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_Translate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTransform(This) -> wxGraphicsMatrix:wxGraphicsMatrix() when This::wxGraphicsContext(). getTransform(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ getTransform(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsContext_GetTransform, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTransform(This, Matrix) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Matrix::wxGraphicsMatrix:wxGraphicsMatrix(). setTransform(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MatrixT,ref=MatrixRef}) -> @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ setTransform(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MatrixT,ref=MatrixRef} wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_SetTransform, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec concatTransform(This, Matrix) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Matrix::wxGraphicsMatrix:wxGraphicsMatrix(). concatTransform(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MatrixT,ref=MatrixRef}) -> @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ concatTransform(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MatrixT,ref=MatrixR wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_ConcatTransform, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBrush(This, Brush) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Brush::wxGraphicsBrush:wxGraphicsBrush() | wxBrush:wxBrush(). setBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BrushT,ref=BrushRef}) -> @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ setBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BrushT,ref=BrushRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(BrushOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFont(This, Font) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Font::wxGraphicsFont:wxGraphicsFont(). setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_SetFont_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFont(This, Font, Colour) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(), Colour::wx:wx_colour(). setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef},Colour) @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef},Colour) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_SetFont_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPen(This, Pen) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Pen::wxPen:wxPen() | wxGraphicsPen:wxGraphicsPen(). setPen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PenT,ref=PenRef}) -> @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ setPen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PenT,ref=PenRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(PenOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec strokeLine(This, X1, Y1, X2, Y2) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), X1::number(), Y1::number(), X2::number(), Y2::number(). strokeLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X1,Y1,X2,Y2) @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ strokeLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X1,Y1,X2,Y2) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsContext_StrokeLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec strokeLines(This, Points) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsContext(), Points::[{X::float(), Y::float()}]. strokeLines(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Points) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsFont.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsFont.erl index 03220599fb..25c585bb8f 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsFont.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsFont.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsFont. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsFont. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGraphicsObject} %%

diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsMatrix.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsMatrix.erl index 36c33069ad..74c8b5f7e9 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsMatrix.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsMatrix.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsMatrix. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsMatrix. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGraphicsObject} %%

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ parent_class(wxGraphicsObject) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGraphicsMatrix() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec concat(This, T) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsMatrix(), T::wxGraphicsMatrix(). concat(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=TT,ref=TRef}) -> @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ concat(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=TT,ref=TRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsMatrix_Concat, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec get(This) -> Result when Result ::{A::number(), B::number(), C::number(), D::number(), Tx::number(), Ty::number()}, This::wxGraphicsMatrix(). @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ get(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsMatrix_Get, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec invert(This) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsMatrix(). invert(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ invert(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsMatrix_Invert, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isEqual(This, T) -> boolean() when This::wxGraphicsMatrix(), T::wxGraphicsMatrix(). isEqual(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=TT,ref=TRef}) -> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ isEqual(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=TT,ref=TRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsMatrix_IsEqual, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isIdentity(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGraphicsMatrix(). isIdentity(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ isIdentity(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsMatrix_IsIdentity, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec rotate(This, Angle) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsMatrix(), Angle::number(). rotate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Angle) @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ rotate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Angle) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsMatrix_Rotate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec scale(This, XScale, YScale) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsMatrix(), XScale::number(), YScale::number(). scale(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},XScale,YScale) @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ scale(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},XScale,YScale) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsMatrix_Scale, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec translate(This, Dx, Dy) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsMatrix(), Dx::number(), Dy::number(). translate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Dx,Dy) @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ set(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> set(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec set(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsMatrix(), Option :: {a, number()} @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ set(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsMatrix_Set, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec transformPoint(This) -> {X::number(), Y::number()} when This::wxGraphicsMatrix(). transformPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ transformPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsMatrix_TransformPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec transformDistance(This) -> {Dx::number(), Dy::number()} when This::wxGraphicsMatrix(). transformDistance(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsObject.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsObject.erl index 857a398e1f..5daeaedc04 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsObject.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsObject.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsObject. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsObject. %% @type wxGraphicsObject(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGraphicsObject() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRenderer(This) -> wxGraphicsRenderer:wxGraphicsRenderer() when This::wxGraphicsObject(). getRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ getRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsObject_GetRenderer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isNull(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGraphicsObject(). isNull(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsPath.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsPath.erl index 246ea489ec..a4e12bbbea 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsPath.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsPath.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsPath. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsPath. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGraphicsObject} %%

@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ parent_class(wxGraphicsObject) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGraphicsPath() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moveToPoint(This, P) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), P::{X::float(), Y::float()}. moveToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PX,PY}) @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ moveToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PX,PY}) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_MoveToPoint_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moveToPoint(This, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), X::number(), Y::number(). moveToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ moveToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_MoveToPoint_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addArc(This, C, R, StartAngle, EndAngle, Clockwise) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), C::{X::float(), Y::float()}, R::number(), StartAngle::number(), EndAngle::number(), Clockwise::boolean(). addArc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CX,CY},R,StartAngle,EndAngle,Clockwise) @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ addArc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CX,CY},R,StartAngle,EndAngle,Clockwise) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_AddArc_5, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addArc(This, X, Y, R, StartAngle, EndAngle, Clockwise) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), X::number(), Y::number(), R::number(), StartAngle::number(), EndAngle::number(), Clockwise::boolean(). addArc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,R,StartAngle,EndAngle,Clockwise) @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ addArc(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,R,StartAngle,EndAngle,Clockwise) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_AddArc_6, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addArcToPoint(This, X1, Y1, X2, Y2, R) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), X1::number(), Y1::number(), X2::number(), Y2::number(), R::number(). addArcToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X1,Y1,X2,Y2,R) @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ addArcToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X1,Y1,X2,Y2,R) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_AddArcToPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addCircle(This, X, Y, R) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), X::number(), Y::number(), R::number(). addCircle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,R) @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ addCircle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,R) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_AddCircle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addCurveToPoint(This, C1, C2, E) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), C1::{X::float(), Y::float()}, C2::{X::float(), Y::float()}, E::{X::float(), Y::float()}. addCurveToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{C1X,C1Y},{C2X,C2Y},{EX,EY}) @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ addCurveToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{C1X,C1Y},{C2X,C2Y},{EX,EY}) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_AddCurveToPoint_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addCurveToPoint(This, Cx1, Cy1, Cx2, Cy2, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), Cx1::number(), Cy1::number(), Cx2::number(), Cy2::number(), X::number(), Y::number(). addCurveToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Cx1,Cy1,Cx2,Cy2,X,Y) @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ addCurveToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Cx1,Cy1,Cx2,Cy2,X,Y) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_AddCurveToPoint_6, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addEllipse(This, X, Y, W, H) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), X::number(), Y::number(), W::number(), H::number(). addEllipse(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ addEllipse(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_AddEllipse, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addLineToPoint(This, P) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), P::{X::float(), Y::float()}. addLineToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PX,PY}) @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ addLineToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PX,PY}) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_AddLineToPoint_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addLineToPoint(This, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), X::number(), Y::number(). addLineToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ addLineToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_AddLineToPoint_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addPath(This, Path) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), Path::wxGraphicsPath(). addPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PathT,ref=PathRef}) -> @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ addPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PathT,ref=PathRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_AddPath, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addQuadCurveToPoint(This, Cx, Cy, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), Cx::number(), Cy::number(), X::number(), Y::number(). addQuadCurveToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Cx,Cy,X,Y) @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ addQuadCurveToPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Cx,Cy,X,Y) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_AddQuadCurveToPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addRectangle(This, X, Y, W, H) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), X::number(), Y::number(), W::number(), H::number(). addRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ addRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_AddRectangle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addRoundedRectangle(This, X, Y, W, H, Radius) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), X::number(), Y::number(), W::number(), H::number(), Radius::number(). addRoundedRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H,Radius) @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ addRoundedRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H,Radius) wxe_util:cast(?wxGraphicsPath_AddRoundedRectangle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec closeSubpath(This) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(). closeSubpath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ contains(This,C={CX,CY}) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_number(CX),is_number(CY) -> contains(This,C, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% contains(This, C, [Option]) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxGraphicsPath(), C::{X::float(), Y::float()},
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ contains(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CX,CY}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsPath_Contains_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
FillStyle = integer -spec contains(This, X, Y, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxGraphicsPath(), X::number(), Y::number(), @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ contains(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsPath_Contains_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBox(This) -> {X::float(), Y::float(), W::float(), H::float()} when This::wxGraphicsPath(). getBox(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ getBox(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsPath_GetBox, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCurrentPoint(This) -> {X::float(), Y::float()} when This::wxGraphicsPath(). getCurrentPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ getCurrentPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsPath_GetCurrentPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec transform(This, Matrix) -> ok when This::wxGraphicsPath(), Matrix::wxGraphicsMatrix:wxGraphicsMatrix(). transform(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MatrixT,ref=MatrixRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsPen.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsPen.erl index 76a59e6e2c..a7d0e80ac8 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsPen.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsPen.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsPen. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsPen. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGraphicsObject} %%

diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsRenderer.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsRenderer.erl index 2b64f86182..10491fc8d7 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsRenderer.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGraphicsRenderer.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsRenderer. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGraphicsRenderer. %% @type wxGraphicsRenderer(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGraphicsRenderer() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultRenderer() -> wxGraphicsRenderer(). getDefaultRenderer() -> wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsRenderer_GetDefaultRenderer, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createContext(This, Dc) -> wxGraphicsContext:wxGraphicsContext() when This::wxGraphicsRenderer(), Dc::wxWindowDC:wxWindowDC() | wxWindow:wxWindow(). createContext(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}) -> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ createContext(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}) -> wxe_util:call(DcOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createPen(This, Pen) -> wxGraphicsPen:wxGraphicsPen() when This::wxGraphicsRenderer(), Pen::wxPen:wxPen(). createPen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PenT,ref=PenRef}) -> @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ createPen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PenT,ref=PenRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsRenderer_CreatePen, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createBrush(This, Brush) -> wxGraphicsBrush:wxGraphicsBrush() when This::wxGraphicsRenderer(), Brush::wxBrush:wxBrush(). createBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BrushT,ref=BrushRef}) -> @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ createBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BrushT,ref=BrushRef}) - wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsRenderer_CreateBrush, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createLinearGradientBrush(This, X1, Y1, X2, Y2, C1, C2) -> wxGraphicsBrush:wxGraphicsBrush() when This::wxGraphicsRenderer(), X1::number(), Y1::number(), X2::number(), Y2::number(), C1::wx:wx_colour(), C2::wx:wx_colour(). createLinearGradientBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X1,Y1,X2,Y2,C1,C2) @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ createLinearGradientBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X1,Y1,X2,Y2,C1,C2) wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsRenderer_CreateLinearGradientBrush, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createRadialGradientBrush(This, Xo, Yo, Xc, Yc, Radius, OColor, CColor) -> wxGraphicsBrush:wxGraphicsBrush() when This::wxGraphicsRenderer(), Xo::number(), Yo::number(), Xc::number(), Yc::number(), Radius::number(), OColor::wx:wx_colour(), CColor::wx:wx_colour(). createRadialGradientBrush(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Xo,Yo,Xc,Yc,Radius,OColor,CColor) @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ createFont(This,Font) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Font, wx_ref) -> createFont(This,Font, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createFont(This, Font, [Option]) -> wxGraphicsFont:wxGraphicsFont() when This::wxGraphicsRenderer(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(), Option :: {col, wx:wx_colour()}. @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ createMatrix(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> createMatrix(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createMatrix(This, [Option]) -> wxGraphicsMatrix:wxGraphicsMatrix() when This::wxGraphicsRenderer(), Option :: {a, number()} @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ createMatrix(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxGraphicsRenderer_CreateMatrix, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createPath(This) -> wxGraphicsPath:wxGraphicsPath() when This::wxGraphicsRenderer(). createPath(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGrid.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGrid.erl index 39cb084e2f..f26765c7bf 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGrid.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGrid.erl @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGrid. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGrid. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxScrolledWindow} %%
{@link wxPanel} @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGrid() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxGrid(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxGrid_new_0, @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxGrid() when
%% Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(),
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxGrid_new_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, X, Y, [Option]) -> wxGrid() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), Option :: {w, integer()} @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ appendCols(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> appendCols(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec appendCols(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), Option :: {numCols, integer()} @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ appendRows(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> appendRows(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec appendRows(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), Option :: {numRows, integer()} @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ appendRows(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_AppendRows, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoSize(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). autoSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ autoSizeColumn(This,Col) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Col) -> autoSizeColumn(This,Col, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoSizeColumn(This, Col, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Col::integer(), Option :: {setAsMin, boolean()}. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ autoSizeColumns(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> autoSizeColumns(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoSizeColumns(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Option :: {setAsMin, boolean()}. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ autoSizeRow(This,Row) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Row) -> autoSizeRow(This,Row, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoSizeRow(This, Row, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Option :: {setAsMin, boolean()}. @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ autoSizeRows(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> autoSizeRows(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoSizeRows(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Option :: {setAsMin, boolean()}. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ autoSizeRows(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_AutoSizeRows, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec beginBatch(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). beginBatch(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ beginBatch(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_BeginBatch, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec blockToDeviceRect(This, TopLeft, BottomRight) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxGrid(), TopLeft::{R::integer(), C::integer()}, BottomRight::{R::integer(), C::integer()}. blockToDeviceRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{TopLeftR,TopLeftC},{BottomRightR,BottomRightC}) @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ blockToDeviceRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{TopLeftR,TopLeftC},{BottomRig wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_BlockToDeviceRect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canDragColSize(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(). canDragColSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ canDragColSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_CanDragColSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canDragRowSize(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(). canDragRowSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ canDragRowSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_CanDragRowSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canDragGridSize(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(). canDragGridSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ canDragGridSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_CanDragGridSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canEnableCellControl(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(). canEnableCellControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ canEnableCellControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_CanEnableCellControl, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec cellToRect(This, Coords) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxGrid(), Coords::{R::integer(), C::integer()}. cellToRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CoordsR,CoordsC}) @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ cellToRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CoordsR,CoordsC}) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_CellToRect_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec cellToRect(This, Row, Col) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). cellToRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ cellToRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_CellToRect_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clearGrid(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). clearGrid(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ clearGrid(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_ClearGrid, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clearSelection(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). clearSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ createGrid(This,NumRows,NumCols) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(NumRows),is_integer(NumCols) -> createGrid(This,NumRows,NumCols, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Selmode = ?wxGrid_wxGridSelectCells | ?wxGrid_wxGridSelectRows | ?wxGrid_wxGridSelectColumns -spec createGrid(This, NumRows, NumCols, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), NumRows::integer(), NumCols::integer(), @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ deleteCols(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> deleteCols(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteCols(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), Option :: {pos, integer()} @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ deleteRows(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> deleteRows(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteRows(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), Option :: {pos, integer()} @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ deleteRows(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_DeleteRows, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec disableCellEditControl(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). disableCellEditControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ disableCellEditControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_DisableCellEditControl, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec disableDragColSize(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). disableDragColSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ disableDragColSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_DisableDragColSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec disableDragGridSize(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). disableDragGridSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ disableDragGridSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_DisableDragGridSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec disableDragRowSize(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). disableDragRowSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ enableCellEditControl(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> enableCellEditControl(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableCellEditControl(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Option :: {enable, boolean()}. @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ enableDragColSize(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> enableDragColSize(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableDragColSize(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Option :: {enable, boolean()}. @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ enableDragGridSize(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> enableDragGridSize(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableDragGridSize(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Option :: {enable, boolean()}. @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ enableDragRowSize(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> enableDragRowSize(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableDragRowSize(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Option :: {enable, boolean()}. @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ enableDragRowSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_EnableDragRowSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableEditing(This, Edit) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Edit::boolean(). enableEditing(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Edit) @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ enableGridLines(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> enableGridLines(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableGridLines(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Option :: {enable, boolean()}. @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ enableGridLines(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_EnableGridLines, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec endBatch(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). endBatch(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ endBatch(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_EndBatch, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec fit(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). fit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ fit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_Fit, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec forceRefresh(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). forceRefresh(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ forceRefresh(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_ForceRefresh, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBatchCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getBatchCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ getBatchCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetBatchCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCellAlignment(This, Row, Col) -> {Horiz::integer(), Vert::integer()} when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). getCellAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ getCellAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetCellAlignment, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCellBackgroundColour(This, Row, Col) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). getCellBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ getCellBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetCellBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCellEditor(This, Row, Col) -> wxGridCellEditor:wxGridCellEditor() when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). getCellEditor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ getCellEditor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetCellEditor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCellFont(This, Row, Col) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). getCellFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ getCellFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetCellFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCellRenderer(This, Row, Col) -> wxGridCellRenderer:wxGridCellRenderer() when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). getCellRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ getCellRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetCellRenderer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCellTextColour(This, Row, Col) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). getCellTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ getCellTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetCellTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCellValue(This, Coords) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxGrid(), Coords::{R::integer(), C::integer()}. getCellValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CoordsR,CoordsC}) @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ getCellValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CoordsR,CoordsC}) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetCellValue_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCellValue(This, Row, Col) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). getCellValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ getCellValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetCellValue_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColLabelAlignment(This) -> {Horiz::integer(), Vert::integer()} when This::wxGrid(). getColLabelAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ getColLabelAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetColLabelAlignment, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColLabelSize(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getColLabelSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ getColLabelSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetColLabelSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColLabelValue(This, Col) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxGrid(), Col::integer(). getColLabelValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ getColLabelValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetColLabelValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColMinimalAcceptableWidth(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getColMinimalAcceptableWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ getColMinimalAcceptableWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultCellAlignment(This) -> {Horiz::integer(), Vert::integer()} when This::wxGrid(). getDefaultCellAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ getDefaultCellAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultCellAlignment, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultCellBackgroundColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxGrid(). getDefaultCellBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ getDefaultCellBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultCellFont(This) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxGrid(). getDefaultCellFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ getDefaultCellFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultCellFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultCellTextColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxGrid(). getDefaultCellTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ getDefaultCellTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultCellTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultColLabelSize(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getDefaultColLabelSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ getDefaultColLabelSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultColLabelSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultColSize(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getDefaultColSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ getDefaultColSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultColSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultEditor(This) -> wxGridCellEditor:wxGridCellEditor() when This::wxGrid(). getDefaultEditor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ getDefaultEditor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultEditor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultEditorForCell(This, C) -> wxGridCellEditor:wxGridCellEditor() when This::wxGrid(), C::{R::integer(), C::integer()}. getDefaultEditorForCell(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CR,CC}) @@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ getDefaultEditorForCell(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CR,CC}) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultEditorForCell_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultEditorForCell(This, Row, Col) -> wxGridCellEditor:wxGridCellEditor() when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). getDefaultEditorForCell(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ getDefaultEditorForCell(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultEditorForCell_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultEditorForType(This, TypeName) -> wxGridCellEditor:wxGridCellEditor() when This::wxGrid(), TypeName::unicode:chardata(). getDefaultEditorForType(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},TypeName) @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ getDefaultEditorForType(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},TypeName) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultEditorForType, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultRenderer(This) -> wxGridCellRenderer:wxGridCellRenderer() when This::wxGrid(). getDefaultRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ getDefaultRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultRenderer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultRendererForCell(This, Row, Col) -> wxGridCellRenderer:wxGridCellRenderer() when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). getDefaultRendererForCell(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ getDefaultRendererForCell(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultRendererForCell, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultRendererForType(This, TypeName) -> wxGridCellRenderer:wxGridCellRenderer() when This::wxGrid(), TypeName::unicode:chardata(). getDefaultRendererForType(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},TypeName) @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ getDefaultRendererForType(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},TypeName) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultRendererForType, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultRowLabelSize(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getDefaultRowLabelSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ getDefaultRowLabelSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultRowLabelSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultRowSize(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getDefaultRowSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ getDefaultRowSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetDefaultRowSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getGridCursorCol(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getGridCursorCol(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ getGridCursorCol(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetGridCursorCol, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getGridCursorRow(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getGridCursorRow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ getGridCursorRow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetGridCursorRow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getGridLineColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxGrid(). getGridLineColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ getGridLineColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetGridLineColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec gridLinesEnabled(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(). gridLinesEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ gridLinesEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GridLinesEnabled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLabelBackgroundColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxGrid(). getLabelBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ getLabelBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetLabelBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLabelFont(This) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxGrid(). getLabelFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ getLabelFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetLabelFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLabelTextColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxGrid(). getLabelTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ getLabelTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetLabelTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getNumberCols(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getNumberCols(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ getNumberCols(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetNumberCols, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getNumberRows(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getNumberRows(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ getNumberRows(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetNumberRows, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOrCreateCellAttr(This, Row, Col) -> wxGridCellAttr:wxGridCellAttr() when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). getOrCreateCellAttr(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ getOrCreateCellAttr(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetOrCreateCellAttr, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRowMinimalAcceptableHeight(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getRowMinimalAcceptableHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ getRowMinimalAcceptableHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRowLabelAlignment(This) -> {Horiz::integer(), Vert::integer()} when This::wxGrid(). getRowLabelAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ getRowLabelAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetRowLabelAlignment, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRowLabelSize(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getRowLabelSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ getRowLabelSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetRowLabelSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRowLabelValue(This, Row) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(). getRowLabelValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row) @@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ getRowLabelValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetRowLabelValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRowSize(This, Row) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(). getRowSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row) @@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ getRowSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetRowSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getScrollLineX(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getScrollLineX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ getScrollLineX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetScrollLineX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getScrollLineY(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getScrollLineY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ getScrollLineY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetScrollLineY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelectedCells(This) -> [{R::integer(), C::integer()}] when This::wxGrid(). getSelectedCells(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ getSelectedCells(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetSelectedCells, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelectedCols(This) -> [integer()] when This::wxGrid(). getSelectedCols(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ getSelectedCols(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetSelectedCols, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelectedRows(This) -> [integer()] when This::wxGrid(). getSelectedRows(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ getSelectedRows(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetSelectedRows, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelectionBackground(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxGrid(). getSelectionBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ getSelectionBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetSelectionBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelectionBlockTopLeft(This) -> [{R::integer(), C::integer()}] when This::wxGrid(). getSelectionBlockTopLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ getSelectionBlockTopLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetSelectionBlockTopLeft, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelectionBlockBottomRight(This) -> [{R::integer(), C::integer()}] when This::wxGrid(). getSelectionBlockBottomRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ getSelectionBlockBottomRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetSelectionBlockBottomRight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelectionForeground(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxGrid(). getSelectionForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ getSelectionForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetSelectionForeground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getViewWidth(This) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(). getViewWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ getViewWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetViewWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getGridWindow(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxGrid(). getGridWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ getGridWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetGridWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getGridRowLabelWindow(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxGrid(). getGridRowLabelWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ getGridRowLabelWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetGridRowLabelWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getGridColLabelWindow(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxGrid(). getGridColLabelWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@ getGridColLabelWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetGridColLabelWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getGridCornerLabelWindow(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxGrid(). getGridCornerLabelWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ getGridCornerLabelWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_GetGridCornerLabelWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hideCellEditControl(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). hideCellEditControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ insertCols(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> insertCols(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertCols(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), Option :: {pos, integer()} @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ insertRows(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> insertRows(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertRows(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), Option :: {pos, integer()} @@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@ insertRows(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_InsertRows, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isCellEditControlEnabled(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(). isCellEditControlEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1199,7 +1199,7 @@ isCellEditControlEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_IsCellEditControlEnabled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isCurrentCellReadOnly(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(). isCurrentCellReadOnly(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ isCurrentCellReadOnly(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_IsCurrentCellReadOnly, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isEditable(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(). isEditable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ isEditable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_IsEditable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isInSelection(This, Coords) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), Coords::{R::integer(), C::integer()}. isInSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CoordsR,CoordsC}) @@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ isInSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CoordsR,CoordsC}) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_IsInSelection_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isInSelection(This, Row, Col) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). isInSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ isInSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_IsInSelection_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isReadOnly(This, Row, Col) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). isReadOnly(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ isReadOnly(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_IsReadOnly, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isSelection(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(). isSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ isVisible(This,Coords={CoordsR,CoordsC}) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(CoordsR),is_integer(CoordsC) -> isVisible(This,Coords, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% isVisible(This, Coords, [Option]) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxGrid(), Coords::{R::integer(), C::integer()},
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ isVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CoordsR,CoordsC}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_IsVisible_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isVisible(This, Row, Col, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(), Option :: {wholeCellVisible, boolean()}. @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ isVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_IsVisible_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec makeCellVisible(This, Coords) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Coords::{R::integer(), C::integer()}. makeCellVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CoordsR,CoordsC}) @@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ makeCellVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CoordsR,CoordsC}) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_MakeCellVisible_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec makeCellVisible(This, Row, Col) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). makeCellVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ makeCellVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_MakeCellVisible_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moveCursorDown(This, ExpandSelection) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), ExpandSelection::boolean(). moveCursorDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ moveCursorDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_MoveCursorDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moveCursorLeft(This, ExpandSelection) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), ExpandSelection::boolean(). moveCursorLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ moveCursorLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_MoveCursorLeft, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moveCursorRight(This, ExpandSelection) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), ExpandSelection::boolean(). moveCursorRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) @@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ moveCursorRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_MoveCursorRight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moveCursorUp(This, ExpandSelection) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), ExpandSelection::boolean(). moveCursorUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) @@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ moveCursorUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_MoveCursorUp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moveCursorDownBlock(This, ExpandSelection) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), ExpandSelection::boolean(). moveCursorDownBlock(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) @@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ moveCursorDownBlock(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_MoveCursorDownBlock, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moveCursorLeftBlock(This, ExpandSelection) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), ExpandSelection::boolean(). moveCursorLeftBlock(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ moveCursorLeftBlock(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_MoveCursorLeftBlock, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moveCursorRightBlock(This, ExpandSelection) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), ExpandSelection::boolean(). moveCursorRightBlock(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) @@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ moveCursorRightBlock(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_MoveCursorRightBlock, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moveCursorUpBlock(This, ExpandSelection) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(), ExpandSelection::boolean(). moveCursorUpBlock(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) @@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ moveCursorUpBlock(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExpandSelection) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_MoveCursorUpBlock, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec movePageDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(). movePageDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ movePageDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_MovePageDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec movePageUp(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGrid(). movePageUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ movePageUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_MovePageUp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec registerDataType(This, TypeName, Renderer, Editor) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), TypeName::unicode:chardata(), Renderer::wxGridCellRenderer:wxGridCellRenderer(), Editor::wxGridCellEditor:wxGridCellEditor(). registerDataType(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},TypeName,#wx_ref{type=RendererT,ref=RendererRef},#wx_ref{type=EditorT,ref=EditorRef}) @@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ registerDataType(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},TypeName,#wx_ref{type=RendererT wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_RegisterDataType, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec saveEditControlValue(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). saveEditControlValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ saveEditControlValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SaveEditControlValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectAll(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). selectAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ selectBlock(This,TopLeft={TopLeftR,TopLeftC},BottomRight={BottomRightR,BottomRig when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(TopLeftR),is_integer(TopLeftC),is_integer(BottomRightR),is_integer(BottomRightC) -> selectBlock(This,TopLeft,BottomRight, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectBlock(This, TopLeft, BottomRight, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), TopLeft::{R::integer(), C::integer()}, BottomRight::{R::integer(), C::integer()}, Option :: {addToSelected, boolean()}. @@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@ selectBlock(This,TopRow,LeftCol,BottomRow,RightCol) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(TopRow),is_integer(LeftCol),is_integer(BottomRow),is_integer(RightCol) -> selectBlock(This,TopRow,LeftCol,BottomRow,RightCol, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectBlock(This, TopRow, LeftCol, BottomRow, RightCol, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), TopRow::integer(), LeftCol::integer(), BottomRow::integer(), RightCol::integer(), Option :: {addToSelected, boolean()}. @@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ selectCol(This,Col) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Col) -> selectCol(This,Col, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectCol(This, Col, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Col::integer(), Option :: {addToSelected, boolean()}. @@ -1500,7 +1500,7 @@ selectRow(This,Row) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Row) -> selectRow(This,Row, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectRow(This, Row, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Option :: {addToSelected, boolean()}. @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ selectRow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SelectRow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCellAlignment(This, Align) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Align::integer(). setCellAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Align) @@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ setCellAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Align) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetCellAlignment_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCellAlignment(This, Align, Row, Col) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Align::integer(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). setCellAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Align,Row,Col) @@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ setCellAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Align,Row,Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetCellAlignment_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCellAlignment(This, Row, Col, Horiz, Vert) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(), Horiz::integer(), Vert::integer(). setCellAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col,Horiz,Vert) @@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ setCellAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col,Horiz,Vert) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetCellAlignment_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCellBackgroundColour(This, Col) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Col::wx:wx_colour(). setCellBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) @@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ setCellBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetCellBackgroundColour_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setCellBackgroundColour(This, Colour, Row, Col) -> ok when
%% This::wxGrid(), Colour::wx:wx_colour(), Row::integer(), Col::integer().
@@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ setCellBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour,Row,Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetCellBackgroundColour_3_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCellEditor(This, Row, Col, Editor) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(), Editor::wxGridCellEditor:wxGridCellEditor(). setCellEditor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col,#wx_ref{type=EditorT,ref=EditorRef}) @@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@ setCellEditor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col,#wx_ref{type=EditorT,ref=E wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetCellEditor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCellFont(This, Row, Col, Val) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(), Val::wxFont:wxFont(). setCellFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col,#wx_ref{type=ValT,ref=ValRef}) @@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@ setCellFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col,#wx_ref{type=ValT,ref=ValRef wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetCellFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCellRenderer(This, Row, Col, Renderer) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(), Renderer::wxGridCellRenderer:wxGridCellRenderer(). setCellRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col,#wx_ref{type=RendererT,ref=RendererRef}) @@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ setCellRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col,#wx_ref{type=RendererT,r wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetCellRenderer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCellTextColour(This, Col) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Col::wx:wx_colour(). setCellTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) @@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ setCellTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetCellTextColour_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setCellTextColour(This, Val, Row, Col) -> ok when
%% This::wxGrid(), Val::wx:wx_colour(), Row::integer(), Col::integer().
@@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ setCellTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val,Row,Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetCellTextColour_3_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCellValue(This, Coords, S) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Coords::{R::integer(), C::integer()}, S::unicode:chardata(). setCellValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CoordsR,CoordsC},S) @@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@ setCellValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{CoordsR,CoordsC},S) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetCellValue_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setCellValue(This, Val, Row, Col) -> ok when
%% This::wxGrid(), Val::unicode:chardata(), Row::integer(), Col::integer().
@@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ setCellValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val,Row,Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetCellValue_3_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColAttr(This, Col, Attr) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Col::integer(), Attr::wxGridCellAttr:wxGridCellAttr(). setColAttr(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,#wx_ref{type=AttrT,ref=AttrRef}) @@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@ setColAttr(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,#wx_ref{type=AttrT,ref=AttrRef}) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetColAttr, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColFormatBool(This, Col) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Col::integer(). setColFormatBool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) @@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ setColFormatBool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetColFormatBool, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColFormatNumber(This, Col) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Col::integer(). setColFormatNumber(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) @@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ setColFormatFloat(This,Col) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Col) -> setColFormatFloat(This,Col, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColFormatFloat(This, Col, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Col::integer(), Option :: {width, integer()} @@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@ setColFormatFloat(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetColFormatFloat, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColFormatCustom(This, Col, TypeName) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Col::integer(), TypeName::unicode:chardata(). setColFormatCustom(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,TypeName) @@ -1721,7 +1721,7 @@ setColFormatCustom(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,TypeName) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetColFormatCustom, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColLabelAlignment(This, Horiz, Vert) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Horiz::integer(), Vert::integer(). setColLabelAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Horiz,Vert) @@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@ setColLabelAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Horiz,Vert) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetColLabelAlignment, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColLabelSize(This, Height) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Height::integer(). setColLabelSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Height) @@ -1739,7 +1739,7 @@ setColLabelSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Height) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetColLabelSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColLabelValue(This, Col, Val) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Col::integer(), Val::unicode:chardata(). setColLabelValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,Val) @@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ setColLabelValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,Val) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetColLabelValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColMinimalWidth(This, Col, Width) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Col::integer(), Width::integer(). setColMinimalWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,Width) @@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ setColMinimalWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,Width) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetColMinimalWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColMinimalAcceptableWidth(This, Width) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Width::integer(). setColMinimalAcceptableWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width) @@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ setColMinimalAcceptableWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColSize(This, Col, Width) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Col::integer(), Width::integer(). setColSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,Width) @@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@ setColSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,Width) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetColSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefaultCellAlignment(This, Horiz, Vert) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Horiz::integer(), Vert::integer(). setDefaultCellAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Horiz,Vert) @@ -1785,7 +1785,7 @@ setDefaultCellAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Horiz,Vert) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetDefaultCellAlignment, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefaultCellBackgroundColour(This, Val) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Val::wx:wx_colour(). setDefaultCellBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val) @@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ setDefaultCellBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefaultCellFont(This, Val) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Val::wxFont:wxFont(). setDefaultCellFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ValT,ref=ValRef}) -> @@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ setDefaultCellFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ValT,ref=ValRef} wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetDefaultCellFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefaultCellTextColour(This, Val) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Val::wx:wx_colour(). setDefaultCellTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val) @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ setDefaultCellTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetDefaultCellTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefaultEditor(This, Editor) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Editor::wxGridCellEditor:wxGridCellEditor(). setDefaultEditor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=EditorT,ref=EditorRef}) -> @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ setDefaultEditor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=EditorT,ref=Editor wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetDefaultEditor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefaultRenderer(This, Renderer) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Renderer::wxGridCellRenderer:wxGridCellRenderer(). setDefaultRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=RendererT,ref=RendererRef}) -> @@ -1838,7 +1838,7 @@ setDefaultColSize(This,Width) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Width) -> setDefaultColSize(This,Width, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefaultColSize(This, Width, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Width::integer(), Option :: {resizeExistingCols, boolean()}. @@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ setDefaultRowSize(This,Height) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Height) -> setDefaultRowSize(This,Height, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefaultRowSize(This, Height, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Height::integer(), Option :: {resizeExistingRows, boolean()}. @@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ setDefaultRowSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Height, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetDefaultRowSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setGridCursor(This, Row, Col) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). setGridCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ setGridCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetGridCursor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setGridLineColour(This, Val) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Val::wx:wx_colour(). setGridLineColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val) @@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@ setGridLineColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetGridLineColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLabelBackgroundColour(This, Val) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Val::wx:wx_colour(). setLabelBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val) @@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ setLabelBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetLabelBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLabelFont(This, Val) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Val::wxFont:wxFont(). setLabelFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ValT,ref=ValRef}) -> @@ -1908,7 +1908,7 @@ setLabelFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ValT,ref=ValRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetLabelFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLabelTextColour(This, Val) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Val::wx:wx_colour(). setLabelTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val) @@ -1917,7 +1917,7 @@ setLabelTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetLabelTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMargins(This, ExtraWidth, ExtraHeight) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), ExtraWidth::integer(), ExtraHeight::integer(). setMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExtraWidth,ExtraHeight) @@ -1934,7 +1934,7 @@ setReadOnly(This,Row,Col) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Row),is_integer(Col) -> setReadOnly(This,Row,Col, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setReadOnly(This, Row, Col, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(), Option :: {isReadOnly, boolean()}. @@ -1947,7 +1947,7 @@ setReadOnly(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetReadOnly, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRowAttr(This, Row, Attr) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Attr::wxGridCellAttr:wxGridCellAttr(). setRowAttr(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,#wx_ref{type=AttrT,ref=AttrRef}) @@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@ setRowAttr(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,#wx_ref{type=AttrT,ref=AttrRef}) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetRowAttr, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRowLabelAlignment(This, Horiz, Vert) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Horiz::integer(), Vert::integer(). setRowLabelAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Horiz,Vert) @@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ setRowLabelAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Horiz,Vert) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetRowLabelAlignment, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRowLabelSize(This, Width) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Width::integer(). setRowLabelSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width) @@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ setRowLabelSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetRowLabelSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRowLabelValue(This, Row, Val) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Val::unicode:chardata(). setRowLabelValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Val) @@ -1985,7 +1985,7 @@ setRowLabelValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Val) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetRowLabelValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRowMinimalHeight(This, Row, Width) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Width::integer(). setRowMinimalHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Width) @@ -1994,7 +1994,7 @@ setRowMinimalHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Width) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetRowMinimalHeight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRowMinimalAcceptableHeight(This, Width) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Width::integer(). setRowMinimalAcceptableHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width) @@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ setRowMinimalAcceptableHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRowSize(This, Row, Height) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Height::integer(). setRowSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Height) @@ -2012,7 +2012,7 @@ setRowSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Height) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetRowSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setScrollLineX(This, X) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), X::integer(). setScrollLineX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X) @@ -2021,7 +2021,7 @@ setScrollLineX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetScrollLineX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setScrollLineY(This, Y) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Y::integer(). setScrollLineY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Y) @@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ setScrollLineY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Y) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetScrollLineY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelectionBackground(This, C) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), C::wx:wx_colour(). setSelectionBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},C) @@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ setSelectionBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},C) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetSelectionBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelectionForeground(This, C) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), C::wx:wx_colour(). setSelectionForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},C) @@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@ setSelectionForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},C) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetSelectionForeground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Selmode = ?wxGrid_wxGridSelectCells | ?wxGrid_wxGridSelectRows | ?wxGrid_wxGridSelectColumns -spec setSelectionMode(This, Selmode) -> ok when This::wxGrid(), Selmode::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -2058,7 +2058,7 @@ setSelectionMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Selmode) wxe_util:cast(?wxGrid_SetSelectionMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec showCellEditControl(This) -> ok when This::wxGrid(). showCellEditControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2074,7 +2074,7 @@ xToCol(This,X) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(X) -> xToCol(This,X, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec xToCol(This, X, [Option]) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(), X::integer(), Option :: {clipToMinMax, boolean()}. @@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ xToCol(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_XToCol, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec xToEdgeOfCol(This, X) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(), X::integer(). xToEdgeOfCol(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X) @@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ xToEdgeOfCol(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_XToEdgeOfCol, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec yToEdgeOfRow(This, Y) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(), Y::integer(). yToEdgeOfRow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Y) @@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@ yToEdgeOfRow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Y) wxe_util:call(?wxGrid_YToEdgeOfRow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec yToRow(This, Y) -> integer() when This::wxGrid(), Y::integer(). yToRow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Y) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridBagSizer.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridBagSizer.erl index e8a9ff6d76..75bef85d90 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridBagSizer.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridBagSizer.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridBagSizer. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridBagSizer. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxFlexGridSizer} %%
{@link wxGridSizer} @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). new() -> new([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new([Option]) -> wxGridBagSizer() when Option :: {vgap, integer()} | {hgap, integer()}. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ new(Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxGridBagSizer_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec add(This, Item) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when This::wxGridBagSizer(), Item::wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() | wxGBSizerItem:wxGBSizerItem(). add(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) -> @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ add(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) -> wxe_util:call(ItemOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% add(This, Window, Pos) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when
%% This::wxGridBagSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer:wxSizer(), Pos::{R::integer(), C::integer()};
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ add(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}, Options wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% add(This, Width, Height, [Option]) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when
%% This::wxGridBagSizer(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(),
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ add(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},{PosR,Po wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec add(This, Width, Height, Pos, [Option]) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when This::wxGridBagSizer(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Pos::{R::integer(), C::integer()}, Option :: {span, {RS::integer(), CS::integer()}} @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ add(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height,{PosR,PosC}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxGridBagSizer_Add_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec calcMin(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxGridBagSizer(). calcMin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ checkForIntersection(This,Item) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Item, wx_ref) -> checkForIntersection(This,Item, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% checkForIntersection(This, Item, [Option]) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxGridBagSizer(), Item::wxGBSizerItem:wxGBSizerItem(),
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ checkForIntersection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=Item wxe_util:call(?wxGridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec checkForIntersection(This, Pos, Span, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxGridBagSizer(), Pos::{R::integer(), C::integer()}, Span::{RS::integer(), CS::integer()}, Option :: {excludeItem, wxGBSizerItem:wxGBSizerItem()}. @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ checkForIntersection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PosR,PosC},{SpanRS,SpanCS} wxe_util:call(?wxGridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findItem(This, Window) -> wxGBSizerItem:wxGBSizerItem() when This::wxGridBagSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer:wxSizer(). findItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ findItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findItemAtPoint(This, Pt) -> wxGBSizerItem:wxGBSizerItem() when This::wxGridBagSizer(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. findItemAtPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ findItemAtPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:call(?wxGridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findItemAtPosition(This, Pos) -> wxGBSizerItem:wxGBSizerItem() when This::wxGridBagSizer(), Pos::{R::integer(), C::integer()}. findItemAtPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PosR,PosC}) @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ findItemAtPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PosR,PosC}) wxe_util:call(?wxGridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findItemWithData(This, UserData) -> wxGBSizerItem:wxGBSizerItem() when This::wxGridBagSizer(), UserData::wx:wx_object(). findItemWithData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=UserDataT,ref=UserDataRef}) -> @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ findItemWithData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=UserDataT,ref=User wxe_util:call(?wxGridBagSizer_FindItemWithData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCellSize(This, Row, Col) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxGridBagSizer(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). getCellSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ getCellSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col) wxe_util:call(?wxGridBagSizer_GetCellSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEmptyCellSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxGridBagSizer(). getEmptyCellSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ getEmptyCellSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% getItemPosition(This, Window) -> {R::integer(), C::integer()} when
%% This::wxGridBagSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer:wxSizer().
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ getItemPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowR wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% getItemSpan(This, Window) -> {RS::integer(), CS::integer()} when
%% This::wxGridBagSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer:wxSizer().
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ getItemSpan(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setEmptyCellSize(This, Sz) -> ok when This::wxGridBagSizer(), Sz::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setEmptyCellSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SzW,SzH}) @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ setEmptyCellSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SzW,SzH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxGridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setItemPosition(This, Window, Pos) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxGridBagSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer:wxSizer(), Pos::{R::integer(), C::integer()}.
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ setItemPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowR wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setItemSpan(This, Window, Span) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxGridBagSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer:wxSizer(), Span::{RS::integer(), CS::integer()}.
diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellAttr.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellAttr.erl index f03fd99d2a..76e21ef594 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellAttr.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellAttr.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellAttr. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellAttr. %% @type wxGridCellAttr(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGridCellAttr() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTextColour(This, ColText) -> ok when This::wxGridCellAttr(), ColText::wx:wx_colour(). setTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColText) @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ setTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColText) wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellAttr_SetTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBackgroundColour(This, ColBack) -> ok when This::wxGridCellAttr(), ColBack::wx:wx_colour(). setBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColBack) @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ setBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColBack) wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellAttr_SetBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFont(This, Font) -> ok when This::wxGridCellAttr(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(). setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellAttr_SetFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setAlignment(This, HAlign, VAlign) -> ok when This::wxGridCellAttr(), HAlign::integer(), VAlign::integer(). setAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},HAlign,VAlign) @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ setReadOnly(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> setReadOnly(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setReadOnly(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGridCellAttr(), Option :: {isReadOnly, boolean()}. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ setReadOnly(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellAttr_SetReadOnly, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRenderer(This, Renderer) -> ok when This::wxGridCellAttr(), Renderer::wxGridCellRenderer:wxGridCellRenderer(). setRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=RendererT,ref=RendererRef}) -> @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ setRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=RendererT,ref=RendererR wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellAttr_SetRenderer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setEditor(This, Editor) -> ok when This::wxGridCellAttr(), Editor::wxGridCellEditor:wxGridCellEditor(). setEditor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=EditorT,ref=EditorRef}) -> @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ setEditor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=EditorT,ref=EditorRef}) - wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellAttr_SetEditor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasTextColour(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGridCellAttr(). hasTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ hasTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellAttr_HasTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasBackgroundColour(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGridCellAttr(). hasBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ hasBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellAttr_HasBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasFont(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGridCellAttr(). hasFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ hasFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellAttr_HasFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasAlignment(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGridCellAttr(). hasAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ hasAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellAttr_HasAlignment, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasRenderer(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGridCellAttr(). hasRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ hasRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellAttr_HasRenderer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasEditor(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGridCellAttr(). hasEditor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ hasEditor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellAttr_HasEditor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxGridCellAttr(). getTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ getTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellAttr_GetTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBackgroundColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxGridCellAttr(). getBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ getBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellAttr_GetBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFont(This) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxGridCellAttr(). getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellAttr_GetFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getAlignment(This) -> {HAlign::integer(), VAlign::integer()} when This::wxGridCellAttr(). getAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ getAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellAttr_GetAlignment, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRenderer(This, Grid, Row, Col) -> wxGridCellRenderer:wxGridCellRenderer() when This::wxGridCellAttr(), Grid::wxGrid:wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). getRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=GridT,ref=GridRef},Row,Col) @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ getRenderer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=GridT,ref=GridRef},Row, wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellAttr_GetRenderer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEditor(This, Grid, Row, Col) -> wxGridCellEditor:wxGridCellEditor() when This::wxGridCellAttr(), Grid::wxGrid:wxGrid(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). getEditor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=GridT,ref=GridRef},Row,Col) @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ getEditor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=GridT,ref=GridRef},Row,Co wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellAttr_GetEditor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isReadOnly(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGridCellAttr(). isReadOnly(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ isReadOnly(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellAttr_IsReadOnly, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefAttr(This, DefAttr) -> ok when This::wxGridCellAttr(), DefAttr::wxGridCellAttr(). setDefAttr(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DefAttrT,ref=DefAttrRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellBoolEditor.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellBoolEditor.erl index 533554cd54..bf7e21d11d 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellBoolEditor.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellBoolEditor.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellBoolEditor. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellBoolEditor. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGridCellEditor} %%

@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ parent_class(wxGridCellEditor) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGridCellBoolEditor() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxGridCellBoolEditor(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxGridCellBoolEditor_new, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isTrueValue(Value) -> boolean() when Value::unicode:chardata(). isTrueValue(Value) @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ isTrueValue(Value) useStringValues() -> useStringValues([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec useStringValues([Option]) -> ok when Option :: {valueTrue, unicode:chardata()} | {valueFalse, unicode:chardata()}. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.erl index 834f00a623..5a0b16b5df 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellBoolRenderer.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellBoolRenderer. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellBoolRenderer. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGridCellRenderer} %%

@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ parent_class(wxGridCellRenderer) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGridCellBoolRenderer() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxGridCellBoolRenderer(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxGridCellBoolRenderer_new, diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.erl index 6b037e01b3..08c5f9e147 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellChoiceEditor.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellChoiceEditor. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellChoiceEditor. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGridCellEditor} %%

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ new(Choices) when is_list(Choices) -> new(Choices, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Choices, [Option]) -> wxGridCellChoiceEditor() when Choices::[unicode:chardata()], Option :: {allowOthers, boolean()}. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ new(Choices, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxGridCellChoiceEditor_new, <<(length(Choices_UCA)):32/?UI, (<< <<(byte_size(UC_Str)):32/?UI, UC_Str/binary>>|| UC_Str <- Choices_UCA>>)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4 + lists:sum([byte_size(S)+4||S<-Choices_UCA])) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setParameters(This, Params) -> ok when This::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(), Params::unicode:chardata(). setParameters(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Params) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellEditor.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellEditor.erl index 4f86e307b5..657d65762d 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellEditor.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellEditor.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellEditor. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellEditor. %% @type wxGridCellEditor(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGridCellEditor() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, EvtHandler) -> ok when This::wxGridCellEditor(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), EvtHandler::wxEvtHandler:wxEvtHandler(). create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,#wx_ref{type=EvtHandlerT,ref=EvtHandlerRef}) @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,#w wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellEditor_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isCreated(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGridCellEditor(). isCreated(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ isCreated(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellEditor_IsCreated, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSize(This, Rect) -> ok when This::wxGridCellEditor(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}. setSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ show(This,Show) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_boolean(Show) -> show(This,Show, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec show(This, Show, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxGridCellEditor(), Show::boolean(), Option :: {attr, wxGridCellAttr:wxGridCellAttr()}. @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ show(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellEditor_Show, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec paintBackground(This, RectCell, Attr) -> ok when This::wxGridCellEditor(), RectCell::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}, Attr::wxGridCellAttr:wxGridCellAttr(). paintBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectCellX,RectCellY,RectCellW,RectCellH},#wx_ref{type=AttrT,ref=AttrRef}) @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ paintBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectCellX,RectCellY,RectCellW,R wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellEditor_PaintBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec beginEdit(This, Row, Col, Grid) -> ok when This::wxGridCellEditor(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(), Grid::wxGrid:wxGrid(). beginEdit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col,#wx_ref{type=GridT,ref=GridRef}) @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ beginEdit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col,#wx_ref{type=GridT,ref=GridRef wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellEditor_BeginEdit, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec endEdit(This, Row, Col, Grid) -> boolean() when This::wxGridCellEditor(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(), Grid::wxGrid:wxGrid(). endEdit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col,#wx_ref{type=GridT,ref=GridRef}) @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ endEdit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Row,Col,#wx_ref{type=GridT,ref=GridRef}) wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellEditor_EndEdit, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec reset(This) -> ok when This::wxGridCellEditor(). reset(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ reset(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellEditor_Reset, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec startingKey(This, Event) -> ok when This::wxGridCellEditor(), Event::wxKeyEvent:wxKeyEvent(). startingKey(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=EventT,ref=EventRef}) -> @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ startingKey(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=EventT,ref=EventRef}) - wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellEditor_StartingKey, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec startingClick(This) -> ok when This::wxGridCellEditor(). startingClick(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ startingClick(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellEditor_StartingClick, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec handleReturn(This, Event) -> ok when This::wxGridCellEditor(), Event::wxKeyEvent:wxKeyEvent(). handleReturn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=EventT,ref=EventRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellFloatEditor.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellFloatEditor.erl index f6b7dce15e..4b6b3b46e1 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellFloatEditor.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellFloatEditor.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellFloatEditor. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellFloatEditor. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGridCellEditor} %%

@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). new() -> new([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new([Option]) -> wxGridCellFloatEditor() when Option :: {width, integer()} | {precision, integer()}. @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ new(Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxGridCellFloatEditor_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setParameters(This, Params) -> ok when This::wxGridCellFloatEditor(), Params::unicode:chardata(). setParameters(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Params) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.erl index c090a60e74..ea3cd0eebe 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellFloatRenderer.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellFloatRenderer. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellFloatRenderer. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGridCellStringRenderer} %%
{@link wxGridCellRenderer} @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). new() -> new([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new([Option]) -> wxGridCellFloatRenderer() when Option :: {width, integer()} | {precision, integer()}. @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ new(Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxGridCellFloatRenderer_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrecision(This) -> integer() when This::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(). getPrecision(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ getPrecision(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellFloatRenderer_GetPrecision, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWidth(This) -> integer() when This::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(). getWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ getWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellFloatRenderer_GetWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setParameters(This, Params) -> ok when This::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(), Params::unicode:chardata(). setParameters(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Params) @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ setParameters(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Params) wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellFloatRenderer_SetParameters, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPrecision(This, Precision) -> ok when This::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(), Precision::integer(). setPrecision(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Precision) @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ setPrecision(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Precision) wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellFloatRenderer_SetPrecision, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWidth(This, Width) -> ok when This::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(), Width::integer(). setWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellNumberEditor.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellNumberEditor.erl index 68d5670367..04214be6b8 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellNumberEditor.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellNumberEditor.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellNumberEditor. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellNumberEditor. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGridCellTextEditor} %%
{@link wxGridCellEditor} @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). new() -> new([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new([Option]) -> wxGridCellNumberEditor() when Option :: {min, integer()} | {max, integer()}. @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ new(Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxGridCellNumberEditor_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getValue(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxGridCellNumberEditor(). getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridCellNumberEditor_GetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setParameters(This, Params) -> ok when This::wxGridCellNumberEditor(), Params::unicode:chardata(). setParameters(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Params) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.erl index b02b6d48c9..840d6da41d 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellNumberRenderer.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellNumberRenderer. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellNumberRenderer. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGridCellStringRenderer} %%
{@link wxGridCellRenderer} @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ parent_class(wxGridCellRenderer) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGridCellNumberRenderer() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxGridCellNumberRenderer(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxGridCellNumberRenderer_new, diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellRenderer.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellRenderer.erl index 42d376a347..5ed4587153 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellRenderer.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellRenderer.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellRenderer. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellRenderer. %% @type wxGridCellRenderer(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGridCellRenderer() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec draw(This, Grid, Attr, Dc, Rect, Row, Col, IsSelected) -> ok when This::wxGridCellRenderer(), Grid::wxGrid:wxGrid(), Attr::wxGridCellAttr:wxGridCellAttr(), Dc::wxDC:wxDC(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}, Row::integer(), Col::integer(), IsSelected::boolean(). draw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=GridT,ref=GridRef},#wx_ref{type=AttrT,ref=AttrRef},#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH},Row,Col,IsSelected) @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ draw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=GridT,ref=GridRef},#wx_ref{typ wxe_util:cast(?wxGridCellRenderer_Draw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBestSize(This, Grid, Attr, Dc, Row, Col) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxGridCellRenderer(), Grid::wxGrid:wxGrid(), Attr::wxGridCellAttr:wxGridCellAttr(), Dc::wxDC:wxDC(), Row::integer(), Col::integer(). getBestSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=GridT,ref=GridRef},#wx_ref{type=AttrT,ref=AttrRef},#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef},Row,Col) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellStringRenderer.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellStringRenderer.erl index 78fdf558a2..966d5affc0 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellStringRenderer.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellStringRenderer.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellStringRenderer. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellStringRenderer. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGridCellRenderer} %%

@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ parent_class(wxGridCellRenderer) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGridCellStringRenderer() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxGridCellStringRenderer(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxGridCellStringRenderer_new, diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellTextEditor.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellTextEditor.erl index 44a324d5ea..5755be8638 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellTextEditor.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridCellTextEditor.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellTextEditor. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridCellTextEditor. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxGridCellEditor} %%

@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ parent_class(wxGridCellEditor) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGridCellTextEditor() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxGridCellTextEditor(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxGridCellTextEditor_new, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setParameters(This, Params) -> ok when This::wxGridCellTextEditor(), Params::unicode:chardata(). setParameters(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Params) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridEvent.erl index 59c2ad53b5..2ce526244c 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
grid_cell_left_click, grid_cell_right_click, grid_cell_left_dclick, grid_cell_right_dclick, grid_label_left_click, grid_label_right_click, grid_label_left_dclick, grid_label_right_dclick, grid_row_size, grid_col_size, grid_range_select, grid_cell_change, grid_select_cell, grid_editor_shown, grid_editor_hidden, grid_editor_created, grid_cell_begin_drag
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxGrid(). #wxGrid{}} event record type. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxGridEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec altDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGridEvent(). altDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ altDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridEvent_AltDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec controlDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGridEvent(). controlDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ controlDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridEvent_ControlDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCol(This) -> integer() when This::wxGridEvent(). getCol(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ getCol(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridEvent_GetCol, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxGridEvent(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridEvent_GetPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRow(This) -> integer() when This::wxGridEvent(). getRow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ getRow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridEvent_GetRow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec metaDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGridEvent(). metaDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ metaDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridEvent_MetaDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selecting(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGridEvent(). selecting(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ selecting(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridEvent_Selecting, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec shiftDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxGridEvent(). shiftDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridSizer.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridSizer.erl index 10c905f041..0be9bb5e57 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridSizer.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxGridSizer.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridSizer. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxGridSizer. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxSizer} %%

@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ new(Cols) when is_integer(Cols) -> new(Cols, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Cols, [Option]) -> wxGridSizer() when Cols::integer(), Option :: {vgap, integer()} @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ new(Cols, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxGridSizer_new_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Rows, Cols, Vgap, Hgap) -> wxGridSizer() when Rows::integer(), Cols::integer(), Vgap::integer(), Hgap::integer(). new(Rows,Cols,Vgap,Hgap) @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ new(Rows,Cols,Vgap,Hgap) wxe_util:construct(?wxGridSizer_new_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCols(This) -> integer() when This::wxGridSizer(). getCols(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ getCols(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridSizer_GetCols, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHGap(This) -> integer() when This::wxGridSizer(). getHGap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ getHGap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridSizer_GetHGap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRows(This) -> integer() when This::wxGridSizer(). getRows(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ getRows(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridSizer_GetRows, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getVGap(This) -> integer() when This::wxGridSizer(). getVGap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ getVGap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxGridSizer_GetVGap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCols(This, Cols) -> ok when This::wxGridSizer(), Cols::integer(). setCols(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Cols) @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ setCols(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Cols) wxe_util:cast(?wxGridSizer_SetCols, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHGap(This, Gap) -> ok when This::wxGridSizer(), Gap::integer(). setHGap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Gap) @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ setHGap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Gap) wxe_util:cast(?wxGridSizer_SetHGap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRows(This, Rows) -> ok when This::wxGridSizer(), Rows::integer(). setRows(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Rows) @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ setRows(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Rows) wxe_util:cast(?wxGridSizer_SetRows, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setVGap(This, Gap) -> ok when This::wxGridSizer(), Gap::integer(). setVGap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Gap) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHelpEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHelpEvent.erl index 70da136be8..37b4eed154 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHelpEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHelpEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxHelpEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxHelpEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
help, detailed_help
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxHelp(). #wxHelp{}} event record type. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxHelpEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxHelpEvent_Origin_Unknown | ?wxHelpEvent_Origin_Keyboard | ?wxHelpEvent_Origin_HelpButton -spec getOrigin(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxHelpEvent(). @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ getOrigin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxHelpEvent_GetOrigin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxHelpEvent(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxHelpEvent_GetPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Origin = ?wxHelpEvent_Origin_Unknown | ?wxHelpEvent_Origin_Keyboard | ?wxHelpEvent_Origin_HelpButton -spec setOrigin(This, Origin) -> ok when This::wxHelpEvent(), Origin::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ setOrigin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Origin) wxe_util:cast(?wxHelpEvent_SetOrigin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPosition(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxHelpEvent(), Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. setPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PosX,PosY}) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.erl index 2a5506053b..e4e4849fe7 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlEasyPrinting.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxHtmlEasyPrinting. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxHtmlEasyPrinting. %% @type wxHtmlEasyPrinting(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). new() -> new([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new([Option]) -> wxHtmlEasyPrinting() when Option :: {name, unicode:chardata()} | {parentWindow, wxWindow:wxWindow()}. @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ new(Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxHtmlEasyPrinting_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrintData(This) -> wxPrintData:wxPrintData() when This::wxHtmlEasyPrinting(). getPrintData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ getPrintData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlEasyPrinting_GetPrintData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageSetupData(This) -> wxPageSetupDialogData:wxPageSetupDialogData() when This::wxHtmlEasyPrinting(). getPageSetupData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ getPageSetupData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlEasyPrinting_GetPageSetupData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec previewFile(This, Htmlfile) -> boolean() when This::wxHtmlEasyPrinting(), Htmlfile::unicode:chardata(). previewFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Htmlfile) @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ previewText(This,Htmltext) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Htmltext) -> previewText(This,Htmltext, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec previewText(This, Htmltext, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxHtmlEasyPrinting(), Htmltext::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {basepath, unicode:chardata()}. @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ previewText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Htmltext, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlEasyPrinting_PreviewText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec printFile(This, Htmlfile) -> boolean() when This::wxHtmlEasyPrinting(), Htmlfile::unicode:chardata(). printFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Htmlfile) @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ printText(This,Htmltext) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Htmltext) -> printText(This,Htmltext, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec printText(This, Htmltext, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxHtmlEasyPrinting(), Htmltext::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {basepath, unicode:chardata()}. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ printText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Htmltext, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlEasyPrinting_PrintText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec pageSetup(This) -> ok when This::wxHtmlEasyPrinting(). pageSetup(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ setFonts(This,Normal_face,Fixed_face) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Normal_face),is_list(Fixed_face) -> setFonts(This,Normal_face,Fixed_face, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFonts(This, Normal_face, Fixed_face, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxHtmlEasyPrinting(), Normal_face::unicode:chardata(), Fixed_face::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {sizes, [integer()]}. @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ setHeader(This,Header) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Header) -> setHeader(This,Header, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHeader(This, Header, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxHtmlEasyPrinting(), Header::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pg, integer()}. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ setFooter(This,Footer) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Footer) -> setFooter(This,Footer, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFooter(This, Footer, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxHtmlEasyPrinting(), Footer::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pg, integer()}. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlLinkEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlLinkEvent.erl index 94fe670f35..c3a201a626 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlLinkEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlLinkEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxHtmlLinkEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxHtmlLinkEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
command_html_link_clicked
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxHtmlLink(). #wxHtmlLink{}} event record type. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxHtmlLinkEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLinkInfo(This) -> wx:wx_wxHtmlLinkInfo() when This::wxHtmlLinkEvent(). getLinkInfo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlWindow.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlWindow.erl index bbe1445463..fae80c398c 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlWindow.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxHtmlWindow.erl @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxHtmlWindow. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxHtmlWindow. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxScrolledWindow} %%
{@link wxPanel} @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxHtmlWindow() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxHtmlWindow(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxHtmlWindow_new_0, @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxHtmlWindow() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxHtmlWindow_new_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec appendToPage(This, Source) -> boolean() when This::wxHtmlWindow(), Source::unicode:chardata(). appendToPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Source) @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ appendToPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Source) wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlWindow_AppendToPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOpenedAnchor(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxHtmlWindow(). getOpenedAnchor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ getOpenedAnchor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlWindow_GetOpenedAnchor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOpenedPage(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxHtmlWindow(). getOpenedPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ getOpenedPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlWindow_GetOpenedPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOpenedPageTitle(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxHtmlWindow(). getOpenedPageTitle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ getOpenedPageTitle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlWindow_GetOpenedPageTitle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRelatedFrame(This) -> wxFrame:wxFrame() when This::wxHtmlWindow(). getRelatedFrame(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ getRelatedFrame(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlWindow_GetRelatedFrame, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec historyBack(This) -> boolean() when This::wxHtmlWindow(). historyBack(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ historyBack(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlWindow_HistoryBack, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec historyCanBack(This) -> boolean() when This::wxHtmlWindow(). historyCanBack(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ historyCanBack(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlWindow_HistoryCanBack, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec historyCanForward(This) -> boolean() when This::wxHtmlWindow(). historyCanForward(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ historyCanForward(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlWindow_HistoryCanForward, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec historyClear(This) -> ok when This::wxHtmlWindow(). historyClear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ historyClear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxHtmlWindow_HistoryClear, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec historyForward(This) -> boolean() when This::wxHtmlWindow(). historyForward(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ historyForward(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlWindow_HistoryForward, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadFile(This, Filename) -> boolean() when This::wxHtmlWindow(), Filename::unicode:chardata(). loadFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Filename) @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ loadFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Filename) wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlWindow_LoadFile, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadPage(This, Location) -> boolean() when This::wxHtmlWindow(), Location::unicode:chardata(). loadPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Location) @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ loadPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Location) wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlWindow_LoadPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectAll(This) -> ok when This::wxHtmlWindow(). selectAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ selectAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxHtmlWindow_SelectAll, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectionToText(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxHtmlWindow(). selectionToText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ selectionToText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlWindow_SelectionToText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectLine(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxHtmlWindow(), Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. selectLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PosX,PosY}) @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ selectLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PosX,PosY}) wxe_util:cast(?wxHtmlWindow_SelectLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectWord(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxHtmlWindow(), Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. selectWord(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PosX,PosY}) @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ selectWord(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PosX,PosY}) wxe_util:cast(?wxHtmlWindow_SelectWord, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBorders(This, B) -> ok when This::wxHtmlWindow(), B::integer(). setBorders(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},B) @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ setFonts(This,Normal_face,Fixed_face) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Normal_face),is_list(Fixed_face) -> setFonts(This,Normal_face,Fixed_face, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFonts(This, Normal_face, Fixed_face, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxHtmlWindow(), Normal_face::unicode:chardata(), Fixed_face::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {sizes, integer()}. @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ setFonts(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Normal_face,Fixed_face, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxHtmlWindow_SetFonts, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPage(This, Source) -> boolean() when This::wxHtmlWindow(), Source::unicode:chardata(). setPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Source) @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ setPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Source) wxe_util:call(?wxHtmlWindow_SetPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRelatedFrame(This, Frame, Format) -> ok when This::wxHtmlWindow(), Frame::wxFrame:wxFrame(), Format::unicode:chardata(). setRelatedFrame(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FrameT,ref=FrameRef},Format) @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ setRelatedFrame(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FrameT,ref=FrameRef wxe_util:cast(?wxHtmlWindow_SetRelatedFrame, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRelatedStatusBar(This, Bar) -> ok when This::wxHtmlWindow(), Bar::integer(). setRelatedStatusBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Bar) @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ setRelatedStatusBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Bar) wxe_util:cast(?wxHtmlWindow_SetRelatedStatusBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec toText(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxHtmlWindow(). toText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIcon.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIcon.erl index 0f31278732..6986d332d0 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIcon.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIcon.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxIcon. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxIcon. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxBitmap} %%

@@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ parent_class(wxBitmap) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxIcon() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxIcon(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxIcon_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Loc) -> wxIcon() when
%% Loc::wx:wx_object().
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=LocT,ref=LocRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(?wxIcon_new_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Type = ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANI | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_IFF | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_TGA | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY -spec new(Filename, [Option]) -> wxIcon() when Filename::unicode:chardata(), @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ new(Filename, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxIcon_new_2, <<(byte_size(Filename_UC)):32/?UI,(Filename_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Filename_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec copyFromBitmap(This, Bmp) -> ok when This::wxIcon(), Bmp::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). copyFromBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BmpT,ref=BmpRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIconBundle.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIconBundle.erl index 5e8bb7cc74..2ccd722b66 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIconBundle.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIconBundle.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxIconBundle. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxIconBundle. %% @type wxIconBundle(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxIconBundle() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxIconBundle(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxIconBundle_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Ic) -> wxIconBundle() when Ic::wxIconBundle() | wxIcon:wxIcon(). new(#wx_ref{type=IcT,ref=IcRef}) -> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=IcT,ref=IcRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(IcOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(File, Type) -> wxIconBundle() when File::unicode:chardata(), Type::integer(). new(File,Type) @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ new(File,Type) wxe_util:construct(?wxIconBundle_new_2, <<(byte_size(File_UC)):32/?UI,(File_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(File_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8,Type:32/?UI>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addIcon(This, Icon) -> ok when This::wxIconBundle(), Icon::wxIcon:wxIcon(). addIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=IconT,ref=IconRef}) -> @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ addIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=IconT,ref=IconRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxIconBundle_AddIcon_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addIcon(This, File, Type) -> ok when This::wxIconBundle(), File::unicode:chardata(), Type::integer(). addIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},File,Type) @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ getIcon(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> getIcon(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% getIcon(This, Size) -> wxIcon:wxIcon() when
%% This::wxIconBundle(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}.
diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIconizeEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIconizeEvent.erl index f428ebf70f..232e6eb68c 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIconizeEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIconizeEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxIconizeEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxIconizeEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
iconize
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxIconize(). #wxIconize{}} event record type. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxIconizeEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec iconized(This) -> boolean() when This::wxIconizeEvent(). iconized(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIdleEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIdleEvent.erl index a19fdcc48e..e4d6a5a059 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIdleEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxIdleEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxIdleEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxIdleEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
idle
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxIdle(). #wxIdle{}} event record type. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxIdleEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canSend(Win) -> boolean() when Win::wxWindow:wxWindow(). canSend(#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef}) -> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ canSend(#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxIdleEvent_CanSend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxIDLE_PROCESS_ALL | ?wxIDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED -spec getMode() -> wx:wx_enum(). getMode() -> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ requestMore(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> requestMore(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec requestMore(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxIdleEvent(), Option :: {needMore, boolean()}. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ requestMore(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxIdleEvent_RequestMore, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moreRequested(This) -> boolean() when This::wxIdleEvent(). moreRequested(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ moreRequested(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxIdleEvent_MoreRequested, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Mode = ?wxIDLE_PROCESS_ALL | ?wxIDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED -spec setMode(Mode) -> ok when Mode::wx:wx_enum(). diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxImage.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxImage.erl index 0edaee2979..b20cc3d613 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxImage.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxImage.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxImage. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxImage. %% %% All (default) image handlers are initialized. @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxImage() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxImage(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxImage_new_0, @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ new(Name) when is_list(Name) -> new(Name, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Name, [Option]) -> wxImage() when
%% Name::unicode:chardata(),
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ new(Name, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxImage_new_2, <<(byte_size(Name_UC)):32/?UI,(Name_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Name_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Width, Height, [Option]) -> wxImage() when
%% Width::integer(), Height::integer(),
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ new(Name,Mimetype, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxImage_new_3_1, <<(byte_size(Name_UC)):32/?UI,(Name_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Name_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8,(byte_size(Mimetype_UC)):32/?UI,(Mimetype_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Mimetype_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Width, Height, Data, [Option]) -> wxImage() when
%% Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Data::binary(),
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ new(Width,Height,Data, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxImage_new_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Width, Height, Data, Alpha, [Option]) -> wxImage() when Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Data::binary(), Alpha::binary(), Option :: {static_data, boolean()}. @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ new(Width,Height,Data,Alpha, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxImage_new_5, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec blur(This, Radius) -> wxImage() when This::wxImage(), Radius::integer(). blur(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Radius) @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ blur(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Radius) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_Blur, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec blurHorizontal(This, Radius) -> wxImage() when This::wxImage(), Radius::integer(). blurHorizontal(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Radius) @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ blurHorizontal(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Radius) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_BlurHorizontal, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec blurVertical(This, Radius) -> wxImage() when This::wxImage(), Radius::integer(). blurVertical(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Radius) @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ convertAlphaToMask(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> convertAlphaToMask(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec convertAlphaToMask(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxImage(), Option :: {threshold, integer()}. @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ convertToGreyscale(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> convertToGreyscale(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec convertToGreyscale(This, [Option]) -> wxImage() when This::wxImage(), Option :: {lr, number()} @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ convertToGreyscale(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_ConvertToGreyscale, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec convertToMono(This, R, G, B) -> wxImage() when This::wxImage(), R::integer(), G::integer(), B::integer(). convertToMono(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},R,G,B) @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ convertToMono(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},R,G,B) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_ConvertToMono, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec copy(This) -> wxImage() when This::wxImage(). copy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ create(This,Width,Height) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Width),is_integer(Height) -> create(This,Width,Height, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% create(This, Width, Height, [Option]) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxImage(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(),
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_Create_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% create(This, Width, Height, Data, [Option]) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxImage(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Data::binary(),
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height,Data, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_Create_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Width, Height, Data, Alpha, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxImage(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Data::binary(), Alpha::binary(), Option :: {static_data, boolean()}. @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height,Data,Alpha, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_Create_5, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec 'Destroy'(This) -> ok when This::wxImage(). 'Destroy'(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ findFirstUnusedColour(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> findFirstUnusedColour(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findFirstUnusedColour(This, [Option]) -> Result when Result :: {Res ::boolean(), R::integer(), G::integer(), B::integer()}, This::wxImage(), @@ -366,13 +366,13 @@ findFirstUnusedColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_FindFirstUnusedColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getImageExtWildcard() -> unicode:charlist(). getImageExtWildcard() -> wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetImageExtWildcard, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getAlpha(This) -> binary() when This::wxImage(). getAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ getAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetAlpha_0, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getAlpha(This, X, Y) -> integer() when This::wxImage(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). getAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ getAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetAlpha_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBlue(This, X, Y) -> integer() when This::wxImage(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). getBlue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ getBlue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetBlue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getData(This) -> binary() when This::wxImage(). getData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ getData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getGreen(This, X, Y) -> integer() when This::wxImage(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). getGreen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ getImageCount(Name) when is_list(Name) -> getImageCount(Name, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Type = ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANI | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_IFF | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_TGA | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE | ?wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY -spec getImageCount(Name, [Option]) -> integer() when Name::unicode:chardata(), @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ getImageCount(Name, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetImageCount, <<(byte_size(Name_UC)):32/?UI,(Name_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Name_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHeight(This) -> integer() when This::wxImage(). getHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ getHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetHeight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMaskBlue(This) -> integer() when This::wxImage(). getMaskBlue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ getMaskBlue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetMaskBlue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMaskGreen(This) -> integer() when This::wxImage(). getMaskGreen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ getMaskGreen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetMaskGreen, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMaskRed(This) -> integer() when This::wxImage(). getMaskRed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ getMaskRed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetMaskRed, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOrFindMaskColour(This) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::boolean(), R::integer(), G::integer(), B::integer()}, This::wxImage(). @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ getOrFindMaskColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetOrFindMaskColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPalette(This) -> wxPalette:wxPalette() when This::wxImage(). getPalette(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ getPalette(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetPalette, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRed(This, X, Y) -> integer() when This::wxImage(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). getRed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ getRed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetRed, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSubImage(This, Rect) -> wxImage() when This::wxImage(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}. getSubImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ getSubImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetSubImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWidth(This) -> integer() when This::wxImage(). getWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ getWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasAlpha(This) -> boolean() when This::wxImage(). hasAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ hasAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImage_HasAlpha, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasMask(This) -> boolean() when This::wxImage(). hasMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ hasMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImage_HasMask, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOption(This, Name) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxImage(), Name::unicode:chardata(). getOption(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ getOption(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetOption, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOptionInt(This, Name) -> integer() when This::wxImage(), Name::unicode:chardata(). getOptionInt(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ getOptionInt(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_GetOptionInt, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasOption(This, Name) -> boolean() when This::wxImage(), Name::unicode:chardata(). hasOption(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ hasOption(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_HasOption, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec initAlpha(This) -> ok when This::wxImage(). initAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ initAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxImage_InitAlpha, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec initStandardHandlers() -> ok. initStandardHandlers() -> wxe_util:cast(?wxImage_InitStandardHandlers, @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ isTransparent(This,X,Y) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(X),is_integer(Y) -> isTransparent(This,X,Y, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isTransparent(This, X, Y, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxImage(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), Option :: {threshold, integer()}. @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ loadFile(This,Name) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Name) -> loadFile(This,Name, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadFile(This, Name, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxImage(), Name::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {type, integer()} @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ loadFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_LoadFile_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadFile(This, Name, Mimetype, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxImage(), Name::unicode:chardata(), Mimetype::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {index, integer()}. @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ loadFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name,Mimetype, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_LoadFile_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec ok(This) -> boolean() when This::wxImage(). ok(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ ok(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImage_Ok, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec removeHandler(Name) -> boolean() when Name::unicode:chardata(). removeHandler(Name) @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ mirror(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> mirror(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec mirror(This, [Option]) -> wxImage() when This::wxImage(), Option :: {horizontally, boolean()}. @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ mirror(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_Mirror, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec replace(This, R1, G1, B1, R2, G2, B2) -> ok when This::wxImage(), R1::integer(), G1::integer(), B1::integer(), R2::integer(), G2::integer(), B2::integer(). replace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},R1,G1,B1,R2,G2,B2) @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ rescale(This,Width,Height) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Width),is_integer(Height) -> rescale(This,Width,Height, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Quality = integer -spec rescale(This, Width, Height, [Option]) -> wxImage() when This::wxImage(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(), @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ resize(This,Size={SizeW,SizeH},Pos={PosX,PosY}) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(SizeW),is_integer(SizeH),is_integer(PosX),is_integer(PosY) -> resize(This,Size,Pos, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec resize(This, Size, Pos, [Option]) -> wxImage() when This::wxImage(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}, Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Option :: {r, integer()} @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ rotate(This,Angle,Centre_of_rotation={Centre_of_rotationX,Centre_of_rotationY}) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_number(Angle),is_integer(Centre_of_rotationX),is_integer(Centre_of_rotationY) -> rotate(This,Angle,Centre_of_rotation, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec rotate(This, Angle, Centre_of_rotation, [Option]) -> wxImage() when This::wxImage(), Angle::number(), Centre_of_rotation::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Option :: {interpolating, boolean()} @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ rotate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Angle,{Centre_of_rotationX,Centre_of_rota wxe_util:call(?wxImage_Rotate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec rotateHue(This, Angle) -> ok when This::wxImage(), Angle::number(). rotateHue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Angle) @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ rotate90(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> rotate90(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec rotate90(This, [Option]) -> wxImage() when This::wxImage(), Option :: {clockwise, boolean()}. @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ rotate90(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_Rotate90, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec saveFile(This, Name) -> boolean() when This::wxImage(), Name::unicode:chardata(). saveFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ saveFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) wxe_util:call(?wxImage_SaveFile_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% saveFile(This, Name, Mimetype) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxImage(), Name::unicode:chardata(), Mimetype::unicode:chardata().
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ scale(This,Width,Height) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Width),is_integer(Height) -> scale(This,Width,Height, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Quality = integer -spec scale(This, Width, Height, [Option]) -> wxImage() when This::wxImage(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(), @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ size(This,Size={SizeW,SizeH},Pos={PosX,PosY}) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(SizeW),is_integer(SizeH),is_integer(PosX),is_integer(PosY) -> size(This,Size,Pos, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec size(This, Size, Pos, [Option]) -> wxImage() when This::wxImage(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}, Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Option :: {r, integer()} @@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ setAlpha(This,Alpha) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_binary(Alpha) -> setAlpha(This,Alpha, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setAlpha(This, Alpha, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxImage(), Alpha::binary(), Option :: {static_data, boolean()}. @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ setAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Alpha, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxImage_SetAlpha_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setAlpha(This, X, Y, Alpha) -> ok when This::wxImage(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), Alpha::integer(). setAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,Alpha) @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ setData(This,Data) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_binary(Data) -> setData(This,Data, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setData(This, Data, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxImage(), Data::binary(), Option :: {static_data, boolean()}. @@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ setData(This,Data,New_width,New_height) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_binary(Data),is_integer(New_width),is_integer(New_height) -> setData(This,Data,New_width,New_height, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setData(This, Data, New_width, New_height, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxImage(), Data::binary(), New_width::integer(), New_height::integer(), Option :: {static_data, boolean()}. @@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ setMask(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> setMask(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMask(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxImage(), Option :: {mask, boolean()}. @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ setMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxImage_SetMask, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMaskColour(This, R, G, B) -> ok when This::wxImage(), R::integer(), G::integer(), B::integer(). setMaskColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},R,G,B) @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ setMaskColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},R,G,B) wxe_util:cast(?wxImage_SetMaskColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMaskFromImage(This, Mask, Mr, Mg, Mb) -> boolean() when This::wxImage(), Mask::wxImage(), Mr::integer(), Mg::integer(), Mb::integer(). setMaskFromImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MaskT,ref=MaskRef},Mr,Mg,Mb) @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ setMaskFromImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MaskT,ref=MaskRef} wxe_util:call(?wxImage_SetMaskFromImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setOption(This, Name, Value) -> ok when
%% This::wxImage(), Name::unicode:chardata(), Value::unicode:chardata().
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ setOption(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name,Value) wxe_util:cast(?wxImage_SetOption_2_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPalette(This, Palette) -> ok when This::wxImage(), Palette::wxPalette:wxPalette(). setPalette(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PaletteT,ref=PaletteRef}) -> @@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ setPalette(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PaletteT,ref=PaletteRef} wxe_util:cast(?wxImage_SetPalette, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRGB(This, Rect, R, G, B) -> ok when This::wxImage(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}, R::integer(), G::integer(), B::integer(). setRGB(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH},R,G,B) @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ setRGB(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH},R,G,B) wxe_util:cast(?wxImage_SetRGB_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRGB(This, X, Y, R, G, B) -> ok when This::wxImage(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), R::integer(), G::integer(), B::integer(). setRGB(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,R,G,B) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxImageList.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxImageList.erl index e9d936d129..8f33cc78fb 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxImageList.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxImageList.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxImageList. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxImageList. %% @type wxImageList(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxImageList() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxImageList(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxImageList_new_0, @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ new(Width,Height) when is_integer(Width),is_integer(Height) -> new(Width,Height, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Width, Height, [Option]) -> wxImageList() when Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Option :: {mask, boolean()} @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ new(Width,Height, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxImageList_new_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec add(This, Bitmap) -> integer() when This::wxImageList(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). add(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef}) -> @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ add(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImageList_Add_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% add(This, Bitmap, MaskColour) -> integer() when
%% This::wxImageList(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), MaskColour::wx:wx_colour().
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ create(This,Width,Height) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Width),is_integer(Height) -> create(This,Width,Height, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Width, Height, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxImageList(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Option :: {mask, boolean()} @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ draw(This,Index,Dc,X,Y) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Index),is_record(Dc, wx_ref),is_integer(X),is_integer(Y) -> draw(This,Index,Dc,X,Y, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec draw(This, Index, Dc, X, Y, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxImageList(), Index::integer(), Dc::wxDC:wxDC(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), Option :: {flags, integer()} @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ draw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index,#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef},X,Y, Opti wxe_util:call(?wxImageList_Draw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBitmap(This, Index) -> wxBitmap:wxBitmap() when This::wxImageList(), Index::integer(). getBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index) @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ getBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index) wxe_util:call(?wxImageList_GetBitmap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getIcon(This, Index) -> wxIcon:wxIcon() when This::wxImageList(), Index::integer(). getIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index) @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ getIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index) wxe_util:call(?wxImageList_GetIcon, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getImageCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxImageList(). getImageCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ getImageCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImageList_GetImageCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSize(This, Index) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::boolean(), Width::integer(), Height::integer()}, This::wxImageList(), Index::integer(). @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ getSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index) wxe_util:call(?wxImageList_GetSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec remove(This, Index) -> boolean() when This::wxImageList(), Index::integer(). remove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index) @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ remove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index) wxe_util:call(?wxImageList_Remove, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec removeAll(This) -> boolean() when This::wxImageList(). removeAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ removeAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxImageList_RemoveAll, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec replace(This, Index, Bitmap) -> boolean() when This::wxImageList(), Index::integer(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). replace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index,#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef}) @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ replace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index,#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef wxe_util:call(?wxImageList_Replace_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec replace(This, Index, Bitmap, Mask) -> boolean() when This::wxImageList(), Index::integer(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), Mask::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). replace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index,#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef},#wx_ref{type=MaskT,ref=MaskRef}) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxJoystickEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxJoystickEvent.erl index 979c36cd8c..12a8df69c2 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxJoystickEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxJoystickEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxJoystickEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxJoystickEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
joy_button_down, joy_button_up, joy_move, joy_zmove
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxJoystick(). #wxJoystick{}} event record type. @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ buttonDown(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> buttonDown(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec buttonDown(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxJoystickEvent(), Option :: {but, integer()}. @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ buttonIsDown(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> buttonIsDown(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec buttonIsDown(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxJoystickEvent(), Option :: {but, integer()}. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ buttonUp(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> buttonUp(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec buttonUp(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxJoystickEvent(), Option :: {but, integer()}. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ buttonUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxJoystickEvent_ButtonUp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getButtonChange(This) -> integer() when This::wxJoystickEvent(). getButtonChange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ getButtonChange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxJoystickEvent_GetButtonChange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getButtonState(This) -> integer() when This::wxJoystickEvent(). getButtonState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ getButtonState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxJoystickEvent_GetButtonState, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getJoystick(This) -> integer() when This::wxJoystickEvent(). getJoystick(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ getJoystick(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxJoystickEvent_GetJoystick, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxJoystickEvent(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxJoystickEvent_GetPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getZPosition(This) -> integer() when This::wxJoystickEvent(). getZPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ getZPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxJoystickEvent_GetZPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isButton(This) -> boolean() when This::wxJoystickEvent(). isButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ isButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxJoystickEvent_IsButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isMove(This) -> boolean() when This::wxJoystickEvent(). isMove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ isMove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxJoystickEvent_IsMove, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isZMove(This) -> boolean() when This::wxJoystickEvent(). isZMove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxKeyEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxKeyEvent.erl index 107d4be685..6d25b50ea7 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxKeyEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxKeyEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxKeyEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxKeyEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
char, char_hook, key_down, key_up
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxKey(). #wxKey{}} event record type. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxKeyEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec altDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxKeyEvent(). altDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ altDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxKeyEvent_AltDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec cmdDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxKeyEvent(). cmdDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ cmdDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxKeyEvent_CmdDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec controlDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxKeyEvent(). controlDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ controlDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxKeyEvent_ControlDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getKeyCode(This) -> integer() when This::wxKeyEvent(). getKeyCode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ getKeyCode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxKeyEvent_GetKeyCode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getModifiers(This) -> integer() when This::wxKeyEvent(). getModifiers(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ getModifiers(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxKeyEvent_GetModifiers, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxKeyEvent(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxKeyEvent_GetPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRawKeyCode(This) -> integer() when This::wxKeyEvent(). getRawKeyCode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ getRawKeyCode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxKeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRawKeyFlags(This) -> integer() when This::wxKeyEvent(). getRawKeyFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ getRawKeyFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxKeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getUnicodeKey(This) -> integer() when This::wxKeyEvent(). getUnicodeKey(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ getUnicodeKey(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxKeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getX(This) -> integer() when This::wxKeyEvent(). getX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ getX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxKeyEvent_GetX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getY(This) -> integer() when This::wxKeyEvent(). getY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ getY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxKeyEvent_GetY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasModifiers(This) -> boolean() when This::wxKeyEvent(). hasModifiers(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ hasModifiers(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxKeyEvent_HasModifiers, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec metaDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxKeyEvent(). metaDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ metaDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxKeyEvent_MetaDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec shiftDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxKeyEvent(). shiftDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxLayoutAlgorithm.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxLayoutAlgorithm.erl index d0736e2379..c99c6f9a46 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxLayoutAlgorithm.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxLayoutAlgorithm.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxLayoutAlgorithm. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxLayoutAlgorithm. %% @type wxLayoutAlgorithm(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxLayoutAlgorithm() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxLayoutAlgorithm(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxLayoutAlgorithm_new, @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ layoutFrame(This,Frame) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Frame, wx_ref) -> layoutFrame(This,Frame, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec layoutFrame(This, Frame, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxLayoutAlgorithm(), Frame::wxFrame:wxFrame(), Option :: {mainWindow, wxWindow:wxWindow()}. @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ layoutMDIFrame(This,Frame) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Frame, wx_ref) -> layoutMDIFrame(This,Frame, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec layoutMDIFrame(This, Frame, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxLayoutAlgorithm(), Frame::wxMDIParentFrame:wxMDIParentFrame(), Option :: {rect, {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}}. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ layoutWindow(This,Frame) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Frame, wx_ref) -> layoutWindow(This,Frame, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec layoutWindow(This, Frame, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxLayoutAlgorithm(), Frame::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {mainWindow, wxWindow:wxWindow()}. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListBox.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListBox.erl index fa4cbd01d5..732cd351f2 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListBox.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListBox.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxListBox. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxListBox. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControlWithItems} %%
{@link wxControl} @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxListBox() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxListBox(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxListBox_new_0, @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxListBox() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Pos={PosX,PosY},Size={SizeW,SizeH},Choices) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_integer(PosX),is_integer(PosY),is_integer(SizeW),is_integer(SizeH),is_list(Choices) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Pos,Size,Choices, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Pos, Size, Choices, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxListBox(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}, Choices::[unicode:chardata()], Option :: {style, integer()} @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,{P wxe_util:call(?wxListBox_Create, <>|| UC_Str <- Choices_UCA>>)/binary, 0:(((8- ((0 + lists:sum([byte_size(S)+4||S<-Choices_UCA])) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deselect(This, N) -> ok when This::wxListBox(), N::integer(). deselect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ deselect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:cast(?wxListBox_Deselect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelections(This) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::integer(), ASelections::[integer()]}, This::wxListBox(). @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ getSelections(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListBox_GetSelections, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertItems(This, Items, Pos) -> ok when This::wxListBox(), Items::[unicode:chardata()], Pos::integer(). insertItems(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Items,Pos) @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ insertItems(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Items,Pos) wxe_util:cast(?wxListBox_InsertItems, <>|| UC_Str <- Items_UCA>>)/binary, 0:(((8- ((0 + lists:sum([byte_size(S)+4||S<-Items_UCA])) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8,Pos:32/?UI>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isSelected(This, N) -> boolean() when This::wxListBox(), N::integer(). isSelected(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ isSelected(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxListBox_IsSelected, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec set(This, Items) -> ok when This::wxListBox(), Items::[unicode:chardata()]. set(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Items) @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ set(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Items) wxe_util:cast(?wxListBox_Set, <>|| UC_Str <- Items_UCA>>)/binary, 0:(((8- ((0 + lists:sum([byte_size(S)+4||S<-Items_UCA])) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hitTest(This, Point) -> integer() when This::wxListBox(), Point::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. hitTest(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PointX,PointY}) @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ hitTest(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PointX,PointY}) wxe_util:call(?wxListBox_HitTest, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setFirstItem(This, S) -> ok when
%% This::wxListBox(), S::unicode:chardata().
diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListCtrl.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListCtrl.erl index a6288fc02a..f9010eecf9 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListCtrl.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListCtrl.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxListCtrl. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxListCtrl. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ arrange(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> arrange(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec arrange(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Option :: {flag, integer()}. @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ arrange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_Arrange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec assignImageList(This, ImageList, Which) -> ok when This::wxListCtrl(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(), Which::integer(). assignImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef},Which) @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ assignImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=Imag wxe_util:cast(?wxListCtrl_AssignImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clearAll(This) -> ok when This::wxListCtrl(). clearAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Opti wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteAllItems(This) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(). deleteAllItems(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ deleteAllItems(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_DeleteAllItems, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteColumn(This, Col) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Col::integer(). deleteColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ deleteColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_DeleteColumn, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteItem(This, Item) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(). deleteItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ deleteItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_DeleteItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec editLabel(This, Item) -> wxTextCtrl:wxTextCtrl() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(). editLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ editLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_EditLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec ensureVisible(This, Item) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(). ensureVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ findItem(This,Start,Str) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Start),is_list(Str) -> findItem(This,Start,Str, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% findItem(This, Start, Pt, Direction) -> integer() when
%% This::wxListCtrl(), Start::integer(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Direction::integer().
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ findItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Start,{PtX,PtY},Direction) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_FindItem_3_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColumn(This, Col, Item) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Col::integer(), Item::wxListItem:wxListItem(). getColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ getColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetColumn, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColumnCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxListCtrl(). getColumnCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ getColumnCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetColumnCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColumnWidth(This, Col) -> integer() when This::wxListCtrl(), Col::integer(). getColumnWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ getColumnWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetColumnWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCountPerPage(This) -> integer() when This::wxListCtrl(). getCountPerPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ getCountPerPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetCountPerPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEditControl(This) -> wxTextCtrl:wxTextCtrl() when This::wxListCtrl(). getEditControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ getEditControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetEditControl, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getImageList(This, Which) -> wxImageList:wxImageList() when This::wxListCtrl(), Which::integer(). getImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Which) @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ getImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Which) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItem(This, Info) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Info::wxListItem:wxListItem(). getItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=InfoT,ref=InfoRef}) -> @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ getItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=InfoT,ref=InfoRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemBackgroundColour(This, Item) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(). getItemBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ getItemBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetItemBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxListCtrl(). getItemCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ getItemCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetItemCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemData(This, Item) -> integer() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(). getItemData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ getItemData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetItemData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemFont(This, Item) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(). getItemFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ getItemFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetItemFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemPosition(This, Item) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::boolean(), Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}}, This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(). @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ getItemRect(This,Item) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Item) -> getItemRect(This,Item, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemRect(This, Item, [Option]) -> Result when Result :: {Res ::boolean(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}}, This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(), @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ getItemRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetItemRect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemSpacing(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxListCtrl(). getItemSpacing(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ getItemSpacing(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetItemSpacing, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemState(This, Item, StateMask) -> integer() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(), StateMask::integer(). getItemState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,StateMask) @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ getItemState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,StateMask) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetItemState, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemText(This, Item) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(). getItemText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ getItemText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetItemText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemTextColour(This, Item) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(). getItemTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ getNextItem(This,Item) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Item) -> getNextItem(This,Item, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getNextItem(This, Item, [Option]) -> integer() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(), Option :: {geometry, integer()} @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ getNextItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetNextItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelectedItemCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxListCtrl(). getSelectedItemCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ getSelectedItemCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetSelectedItemCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxListCtrl(). getTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ getTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTopItem(This) -> integer() when This::wxListCtrl(). getTopItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ getTopItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetTopItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getViewRect(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxListCtrl(). getViewRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ getViewRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_GetViewRect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hitTest(This, Point, Flags) -> integer() when This::wxListCtrl(), Point::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Flags::integer(). hitTest(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PointX,PointY},Flags) @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ hitTest(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PointX,PointY},Flags) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_HitTest, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% insertColumn(This, Col, Info) -> integer() when
%% This::wxListCtrl(), Col::integer(), Info::wxListItem:wxListItem().
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ insertColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,#wx_ref{type=InfoT,ref=InfoRef} wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_InsertColumn_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertColumn(This, Col, Heading, [Option]) -> integer() when This::wxListCtrl(), Col::integer(), Heading::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {format, integer()} @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ insertColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,Heading, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_InsertColumn_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertItem(This, Info) -> integer() when This::wxListCtrl(), Info::wxListItem:wxListItem(). insertItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=InfoT,ref=InfoRef}) -> @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ insertItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=InfoT,ref=InfoRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_InsertItem_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% insertItem(This, Index, Label) -> integer() when
%% This::wxListCtrl(), Index::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata().
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ insertItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index,Label) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_InsertItem_2_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertItem(This, Index, Label, ImageIndex) -> integer() when This::wxListCtrl(), Index::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), ImageIndex::integer(). insertItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index,Label,ImageIndex) @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ insertItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index,Label,ImageIndex) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_InsertItem_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec refreshItem(This, Item) -> ok when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(). refreshItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ refreshItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:cast(?wxListCtrl_RefreshItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec refreshItems(This, ItemFrom, ItemTo) -> ok when This::wxListCtrl(), ItemFrom::integer(), ItemTo::integer(). refreshItems(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ItemFrom,ItemTo) @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ refreshItems(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ItemFrom,ItemTo) wxe_util:cast(?wxListCtrl_RefreshItems, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec scrollList(This, Dx, Dy) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Dx::integer(), Dy::integer(). scrollList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Dx,Dy) @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ scrollList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Dx,Dy) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_ScrollList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBackgroundColour(This, Colour) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Colour::wx:wx_colour(). setBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ setBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_SetBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColumn(This, Col, Item) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Col::integer(), Item::wxListItem:wxListItem(). setColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ setColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_SetColumn, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColumnWidth(This, Col, Width) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Col::integer(), Width::integer(). setColumnWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,Width) @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ setColumnWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,Width) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_SetColumnWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setImageList(This, ImageList, Which) -> ok when This::wxListCtrl(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(), Which::integer(). setImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef},Which) @@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ setImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageLi wxe_util:cast(?wxListCtrl_SetImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItem(This, Info) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Info::wxListItem:wxListItem(). setItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=InfoT,ref=InfoRef}) -> @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ setItem(This,Index,Col,Label) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Index),is_integer(Col),is_list(Label) -> setItem(This,Index,Col,Label, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItem(This, Index, Col, Label, [Option]) -> integer() when This::wxListCtrl(), Index::integer(), Col::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {imageId, integer()}. @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ setItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index,Col,Label, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_SetItem_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemBackgroundColour(This, Item, Col) -> ok when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(), Col::wx:wx_colour(). setItemBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Col) @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ setItemBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxListCtrl_SetItemBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemCount(This, Count) -> ok when This::wxListCtrl(), Count::integer(). setItemCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Count) @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ setItemCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Count) wxe_util:cast(?wxListCtrl_SetItemCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemData(This, Item, Data) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(), Data::integer(). setItemData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Data) @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ setItemData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Data) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_SetItemData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemFont(This, Item, F) -> ok when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(), F::wxFont:wxFont(). setItemFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,#wx_ref{type=FT,ref=FRef}) @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ setItemImage(This,Item,Image) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Item),is_integer(Image) -> setItemImage(This,Item,Image, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemImage(This, Item, Image, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(), Image::integer(), Option :: {selImage, integer()}. @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ setItemImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Image, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_SetItemImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemColumnImage(This, Item, Column, Image) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(), Column::integer(), Image::integer(). setItemColumnImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Column,Image) @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ setItemColumnImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Column,Image) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_SetItemColumnImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemPosition(This, Item, Pos) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(), Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. setItemPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,{PosX,PosY}) @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ setItemPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,{PosX,PosY}) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_SetItemPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemState(This, Item, State, StateMask) -> boolean() when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(), State::integer(), StateMask::integer(). setItemState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,State,StateMask) @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ setItemState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,State,StateMask) wxe_util:call(?wxListCtrl_SetItemState, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemText(This, Item, Str) -> ok when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(), Str::unicode:chardata(). setItemText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Str) @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ setItemText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Str) wxe_util:cast(?wxListCtrl_SetItemText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemTextColour(This, Item, Col) -> ok when This::wxListCtrl(), Item::integer(), Col::wx:wx_colour(). setItemTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Col) @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ setSingleStyle(This,Style) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Style) -> setSingleStyle(This,Style, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSingleStyle(This, Style, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxListCtrl(), Style::integer(), Option :: {add, boolean()}. @@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ setSingleStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxListCtrl_SetSingleStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTextColour(This, Col) -> ok when This::wxListCtrl(), Col::wx:wx_colour(). setTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ setTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxListCtrl_SetTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWindowStyleFlag(This, Style) -> ok when This::wxListCtrl(), Style::integer(). setWindowStyleFlag(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListEvent.erl index 9cbb816096..9ce3b19288 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxListEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxListEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
command_list_begin_drag, command_list_begin_rdrag, command_list_begin_label_edit, command_list_end_label_edit, command_list_delete_item, command_list_delete_all_items, command_list_key_down, command_list_insert_item, command_list_col_click, command_list_col_right_click, command_list_col_begin_drag, command_list_col_dragging, command_list_col_end_drag, command_list_item_selected, command_list_item_deselected, command_list_item_right_click, command_list_item_middle_click, command_list_item_activated, command_list_item_focused, command_list_cache_hint
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxList(). #wxList{}} event record type. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxListEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCacheFrom(This) -> integer() when This::wxListEvent(). getCacheFrom(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ getCacheFrom(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListEvent_GetCacheFrom, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCacheTo(This) -> integer() when This::wxListEvent(). getCacheTo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ getCacheTo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListEvent_GetCacheTo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getKeyCode(This) -> integer() when This::wxListEvent(). getKeyCode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ getKeyCode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListEvent_GetKeyCode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getIndex(This) -> integer() when This::wxListEvent(). getIndex(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ getIndex(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListEvent_GetIndex, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColumn(This) -> integer() when This::wxListEvent(). getColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ getColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListEvent_GetColumn, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPoint(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxListEvent(). getPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ getPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListEvent_GetPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLabel(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxListEvent(). getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListEvent_GetLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getText(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxListEvent(). getText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ getText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListEvent_GetText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getImage(This) -> integer() when This::wxListEvent(). getImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ getImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListEvent_GetImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getData(This) -> integer() when This::wxListEvent(). getData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ getData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListEvent_GetData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMask(This) -> integer() when This::wxListEvent(). getMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ getMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListEvent_GetMask, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItem(This) -> wxListItem:wxListItem() when This::wxListEvent(). getItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ getItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListEvent_GetItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isEditCancelled(This) -> boolean() when This::wxListEvent(). isEditCancelled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListItem.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListItem.erl index 787d686135..5b3c8c2f5f 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListItem.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListItem.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxListItem. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxListItem. %% @type wxListItem(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxListItem() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxListItem(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxListItem_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Item) -> wxListItem() when Item::wxListItem(). new(#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) -> @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(?wxListItem_new_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clear(This) -> ok when This::wxListItem(). clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxListItem_Clear, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT | ?wxLIST_FORMAT_RIGHT | ?wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE | ?wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTER -spec getAlign(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxListItem(). @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ getAlign(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItem_GetAlign, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBackgroundColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxListItem(). getBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ getBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItem_GetBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColumn(This) -> integer() when This::wxListItem(). getColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ getColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItem_GetColumn, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFont(This) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxListItem(). getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItem_GetFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getId(This) -> integer() when This::wxListItem(). getId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ getId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItem_GetId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getImage(This) -> integer() when This::wxListItem(). getImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ getImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItem_GetImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMask(This) -> integer() when This::wxListItem(). getMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ getMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItem_GetMask, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getState(This) -> integer() when This::wxListItem(). getState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ getState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItem_GetState, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getText(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxListItem(). getText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ getText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItem_GetText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxListItem(). getTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ getTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItem_GetTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWidth(This) -> integer() when This::wxListItem(). getWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ getWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItem_GetWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Align = ?wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT | ?wxLIST_FORMAT_RIGHT | ?wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE | ?wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTER -spec setAlign(This, Align) -> ok when This::wxListItem(), Align::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ setAlign(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Align) wxe_util:cast(?wxListItem_SetAlign, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBackgroundColour(This, ColBack) -> ok when This::wxListItem(), ColBack::wx:wx_colour(). setBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColBack) @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ setBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColBack) wxe_util:cast(?wxListItem_SetBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColumn(This, Col) -> ok when This::wxListItem(), Col::integer(). setColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ setColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxListItem_SetColumn, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFont(This, Font) -> ok when This::wxListItem(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(). setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxListItem_SetFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setId(This, Id) -> ok when This::wxListItem(), Id::integer(). setId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Id) @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ setId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Id) wxe_util:cast(?wxListItem_SetId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setImage(This, Image) -> ok when This::wxListItem(), Image::integer(). setImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Image) @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ setImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Image) wxe_util:cast(?wxListItem_SetImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMask(This, Mask) -> ok when This::wxListItem(), Mask::integer(). setMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mask) @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ setMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mask) wxe_util:cast(?wxListItem_SetMask, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setState(This, State) -> ok when This::wxListItem(), State::integer(). setState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},State) @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ setState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},State) wxe_util:cast(?wxListItem_SetState, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStateMask(This, StateMask) -> ok when This::wxListItem(), StateMask::integer(). setStateMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},StateMask) @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ setStateMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},StateMask) wxe_util:cast(?wxListItem_SetStateMask, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setText(This, Text) -> ok when This::wxListItem(), Text::unicode:chardata(). setText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ setText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxListItem_SetText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTextColour(This, ColText) -> ok when This::wxListItem(), ColText::wx:wx_colour(). setTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColText) @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ setTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColText) wxe_util:cast(?wxListItem_SetTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWidth(This, Width) -> ok when This::wxListItem(), Width::integer(). setWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListItemAttr.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListItemAttr.erl index daf5ebe96a..54f3255e05 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListItemAttr.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListItemAttr.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxListItemAttr. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxListItemAttr. %% @type wxListItemAttr(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxListItemAttr() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxListItemAttr(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxListItemAttr_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(ColText, ColBack, Font) -> wxListItemAttr() when ColText::wx:wx_colour(), ColBack::wx:wx_colour(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(). new(ColText,ColBack,#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ new(ColText,ColBack,#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) wxe_util:construct(?wxListItemAttr_new_3, <<(wxe_util:colour_bin(ColText)):16/binary,(wxe_util:colour_bin(ColBack)):16/binary,FontRef:32/?UI>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBackgroundColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxListItemAttr(). getBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ getBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItemAttr_GetBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFont(This) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxListItemAttr(). getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItemAttr_GetFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxListItemAttr(). getTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ getTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItemAttr_GetTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasBackgroundColour(This) -> boolean() when This::wxListItemAttr(). hasBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ hasBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItemAttr_HasBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasFont(This) -> boolean() when This::wxListItemAttr(). hasFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ hasFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItemAttr_HasFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasTextColour(This) -> boolean() when This::wxListItemAttr(). hasTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ hasTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListItemAttr_HasTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBackgroundColour(This, ColBack) -> ok when This::wxListItemAttr(), ColBack::wx:wx_colour(). setBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColBack) @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ setBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColBack) wxe_util:cast(?wxListItemAttr_SetBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFont(This, Font) -> ok when This::wxListItemAttr(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(). setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxListItemAttr_SetFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTextColour(This, ColText) -> ok when This::wxListItemAttr(), ColText::wx:wx_colour(). setTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColText) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListView.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListView.erl index 87cc28cd15..b8b10e0e62 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListView.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListView.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxListView. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxListView. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxListView() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clearColumnImage(This, Col) -> ok when This::wxListView(), Col::integer(). clearColumnImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ clearColumnImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxListView_ClearColumnImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec focus(This, Index) -> ok when This::wxListView(), Index::integer(). focus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index) @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ focus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index) wxe_util:cast(?wxListView_Focus, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFirstSelected(This) -> integer() when This::wxListView(). getFirstSelected(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ getFirstSelected(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListView_GetFirstSelected, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFocusedItem(This) -> integer() when This::wxListView(). getFocusedItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ getFocusedItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListView_GetFocusedItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getNextSelected(This, Item) -> integer() when This::wxListView(), Item::integer(). getNextSelected(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ getNextSelected(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxListView_GetNextSelected, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isSelected(This, Index) -> boolean() when This::wxListView(), Index::integer(). isSelected(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index) @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ select(This,N) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(N) -> select(This,N, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec select(This, N, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxListView(), N::integer(), Option :: {on, boolean()}. @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ select(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxListView_Select, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColumnImage(This, Col, Image) -> ok when This::wxListView(), Col::integer(), Image::integer(). setColumnImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Col,Image) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListbook.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListbook.erl index 0907d554f4..4c8d51c0a3 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListbook.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxListbook.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxListbook. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxListbook. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxListbook() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxListbook(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxListbook_new_0, @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxListbook() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ addPage(This,Page,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Page, wx_ref),is_list(Text) -> addPage(This,Page,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addPage(This, Page, Text, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxListbook(), Page::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {bSelect, boolean()} @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ advanceSelection(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> advanceSelection(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec advanceSelection(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxListbook(), Option :: {forward, boolean()}. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ advanceSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxListbook_AdvanceSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec assignImageList(This, ImageList) -> ok when This::wxListbook(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(). assignImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef}) -> @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> create(This,Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxListbook(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, O wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteAllPages(This) -> boolean() when This::wxListbook(). deleteAllPages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ deleteAllPages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_DeleteAllPages, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deletePage(This, N) -> boolean() when This::wxListbook(), N::integer(). deletePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ deletePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_DeletePage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec removePage(This, N) -> boolean() when This::wxListbook(), N::integer(). removePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ removePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_RemovePage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCurrentPage(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxListbook(). getCurrentPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ getCurrentPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_GetCurrentPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getImageList(This) -> wxImageList:wxImageList() when This::wxListbook(). getImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ getImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_GetImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPage(This, N) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxListbook(), N::integer(). getPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ getPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_GetPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxListbook(). getPageCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ getPageCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_GetPageCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageImage(This, N) -> integer() when This::wxListbook(), N::integer(). getPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ getPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_GetPageImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageText(This, N) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxListbook(), N::integer(). getPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ getPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_GetPageText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxListbook(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_GetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hitTest(This, Pt) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::integer(), Flags::integer()}, This::wxListbook(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ insertPage(This,N,Page,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(N),is_record(Page, wx_ref),is_list(Text) -> insertPage(This,N,Page,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertPage(This, N, Page, Text, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxListbook(), N::integer(), Page::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {bSelect, boolean()} @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ insertPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,#wx_ref{type=PageT,ref=PageRef},Tex wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_InsertPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setImageList(This, ImageList) -> ok when This::wxListbook(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(). setImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef}) -> @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ setImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageLi wxe_util:cast(?wxListbook_SetImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageSize(This, Size) -> ok when This::wxListbook(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ setPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxListbook_SetPageSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageImage(This, N, ImageId) -> boolean() when This::wxListbook(), N::integer(), ImageId::integer(). setPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,ImageId) @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ setPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,ImageId) wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_SetPageImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageText(This, N, StrText) -> boolean() when This::wxListbook(), N::integer(), StrText::unicode:chardata(). setPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,StrText) @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ setPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,StrText) wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_SetPageText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, N) -> integer() when This::wxListbook(), N::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxListbook_SetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec changeSelection(This, N) -> integer() when This::wxListbook(), N::integer(). changeSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxLogNull.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxLogNull.erl index 0ac4e8f9a3..6e2a3b7100 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxLogNull.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxLogNull.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxLogNull. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxLogNull. %% @type wxLogNull(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxLogNull() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxLogNull(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxLogNull_new, diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIChildFrame.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIChildFrame.erl index 861beba34f..11d11e313e 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIChildFrame.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIChildFrame.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMDIChildFrame. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMDIChildFrame. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxFrame} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxMDIChildFrame() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxMDIChildFrame(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxMDIChildFrame_new_0, @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Title) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Title) -> new(Parent,Id,Title, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Title, [Option]) -> wxMDIChildFrame() when Parent::wxMDIParentFrame:wxMDIParentFrame(), Id::integer(), Title::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,Title, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxMDIChildFrame_new_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec activate(This) -> ok when This::wxMDIChildFrame(). activate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Title) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Title) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Title, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Title, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxMDIChildFrame(), Parent::wxMDIParentFrame:wxMDIParentFrame(), Id::integer(), Title::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ maximize(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> maximize(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec maximize(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxMDIChildFrame(), Option :: {maximize, boolean()}. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ maximize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxMDIChildFrame_Maximize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec restore(This) -> ok when This::wxMDIChildFrame(). restore(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIClientWindow.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIClientWindow.erl index bfdba336f8..1710aa54b2 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIClientWindow.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIClientWindow.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMDIClientWindow. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMDIClientWindow. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxWindow} %%
{@link wxEvtHandler} @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxMDIClientWindow() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxMDIClientWindow(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxMDIClientWindow_new_0, @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxMDIClientWindow() when Parent::wxMDIParentFrame:wxMDIParentFrame(), Option :: {style, integer()}. @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ createClient(This,Parent) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> createClient(This,Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createClient(This, Parent, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxMDIClientWindow(), Parent::wxMDIParentFrame:wxMDIParentFrame(), Option :: {style, integer()}. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIParentFrame.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIParentFrame.erl index 1a7e7387b9..35473d09c1 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIParentFrame.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMDIParentFrame.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMDIParentFrame. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMDIParentFrame. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxFrame} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxMDIParentFrame() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxMDIParentFrame(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxMDIParentFrame_new_0, @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Title) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Title) -> new(Parent,Id,Title, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Title, [Option]) -> wxMDIParentFrame() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Title::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,Title, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxMDIParentFrame_new_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec activateNext(This) -> ok when This::wxMDIParentFrame(). activateNext(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ activateNext(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxMDIParentFrame_ActivateNext, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec activatePrevious(This) -> ok when This::wxMDIParentFrame(). activatePrevious(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ activatePrevious(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxMDIParentFrame_ActivatePrevious, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec arrangeIcons(This) -> ok when This::wxMDIParentFrame(). arrangeIcons(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ arrangeIcons(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxMDIParentFrame_ArrangeIcons, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec cascade(This) -> ok when This::wxMDIParentFrame(). cascade(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Title) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Title) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Title, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Title, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxMDIParentFrame(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Title::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,Ti wxe_util:call(?wxMDIParentFrame_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getActiveChild(This) -> wxMDIChildFrame:wxMDIChildFrame() when This::wxMDIParentFrame(). getActiveChild(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ getActiveChild(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMDIParentFrame_GetActiveChild, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getClientWindow(This) -> wxMDIClientWindow:wxMDIClientWindow() when This::wxMDIParentFrame(). getClientWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ tile(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> tile(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Orient = ?wxHORIZONTAL | ?wxVERTICAL | ?wxBOTH -spec tile(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxMDIParentFrame(), diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMask.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMask.erl index 296c7cbc83..491dc2db79 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMask.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMask.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMask. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMask. %% @type wxMask(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxMask() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxMask(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxMask_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Bitmap) -> wxMask() when Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). new(#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef}) -> @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(?wxMask_new_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Bitmap, Colour) -> wxMask() when
%% Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), Colour::wx:wx_colour().
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef},Colour) wxe_util:construct(?wxMask_new_2_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Bitmap) -> boolean() when This::wxMask(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef}) -> @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMask_Create_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% create(This, Bitmap, Colour) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxMask(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), Colour::wx:wx_colour().
diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMaximizeEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMaximizeEvent.erl index 5f7b7e890d..8db7c8a07a 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMaximizeEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMaximizeEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMaximizeEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMaximizeEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
maximize
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxMaximize(). #wxMaximize{}} event record type. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMemoryDC.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMemoryDC.erl index cac20094a0..c123f0e35d 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMemoryDC.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMemoryDC.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMemoryDC. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMemoryDC. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDC} %%

@@ -58,13 +58,13 @@ parent_class(wxDC) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxMemoryDC() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxMemoryDC(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxMemoryDC_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Dc) -> wxMemoryDC() when Dc::wxDC:wxDC() | wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). new(#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}) -> @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(DcOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectObject(This, Bmp) -> ok when This::wxMemoryDC(), Bmp::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). selectObject(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BmpT,ref=BmpRef}) -> @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ selectObject(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BmpT,ref=BmpRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxMemoryDC_SelectObject, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectObjectAsSource(This, Bmp) -> ok when This::wxMemoryDC(), Bmp::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). selectObjectAsSource(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BmpT,ref=BmpRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenu.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenu.erl index d91863de82..a29480cb5e 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenu.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenu.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMenu. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMenu. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxEvtHandler} %%

@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). new() -> new([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new([Option]) -> wxMenu() when Option :: {style, integer()}. new(Options) @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ new(Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxMenu_new_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Title, [Option]) -> wxMenu() when Title::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {style, integer()}. @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ new(Title, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxMenu_new_2, <<(byte_size(Title_UC)):32/?UI,(Title_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Title_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec append(This, Item) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when This::wxMenu(), Item::wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem(). append(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) -> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ append(This,Itemid,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Itemid),is_list(Text) -> append(This,Itemid,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% append(This, Itemid, Text, [Option]) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when
%% This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(),
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ append(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,Text, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_Append_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% append(This, Itemid, Text, Submenu, [Option]) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when
%% This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Submenu::wxMenu(),
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ appendCheckItem(This,Itemid,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Itemid),is_list(Text) -> appendCheckItem(This,Itemid,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec appendCheckItem(This, Itemid, Text, [Option]) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {help, unicode:chardata()}. @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ appendRadioItem(This,Itemid,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Itemid),is_list(Text) -> appendRadioItem(This,Itemid,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec appendRadioItem(This, Itemid, Text, [Option]) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {help, unicode:chardata()}. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ appendRadioItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,Text, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_AppendRadioItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec appendSeparator(This) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when This::wxMenu(). appendSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ appendSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_AppendSeparator, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec break(This) -> ok when This::wxMenu(). break(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ break(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxMenu_Break, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec check(This, Itemid, Check) -> ok when This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(), Check::boolean(). check(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,Check) @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ check(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,Check) wxe_util:cast(?wxMenu_Check, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% delete(This, Item) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxMenu(), Item::wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem().
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ delete(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_Delete_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% 'Destroy'(This, Item) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxMenu(), Item::wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem().
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ delete(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_Destroy_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enable(This, Itemid, Enable) -> ok when This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(), Enable::boolean(). enable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,Enable) @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ enable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,Enable) wxe_util:cast(?wxMenu_Enable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% findItem(This, Item) -> integer() when
%% This::wxMenu(), Item::unicode:chardata().
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ findItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_FindItem_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findItemByPosition(This, Position) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when This::wxMenu(), Position::integer(). findItemByPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Position) @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ findItemByPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Position) wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_FindItemByPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHelpString(This, Itemid) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(). getHelpString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ getHelpString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_GetHelpString, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLabel(This, Itemid) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(). getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_GetLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMenuItemCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxMenu(). getMenuItemCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ getMenuItemCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_GetMenuItemCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMenuItems(This) -> [wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem()] when This::wxMenu(). getMenuItems(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ getMenuItems(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_GetMenuItems, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTitle(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxMenu(). getTitle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ getTitle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_GetTitle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% insert(This, Pos, Item) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when
%% This::wxMenu(), Pos::integer(), Item::wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem().
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ insert(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_Insert_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Kind = ?wxITEM_SEPARATOR | ?wxITEM_NORMAL | ?wxITEM_CHECK | ?wxITEM_RADIO | ?wxITEM_MAX -spec insert(This, Pos, Itemid, [Option]) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when This::wxMenu(), Pos::integer(), Itemid::integer(), @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ insert(This,Pos,Itemid,Text,Submenu) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Pos),is_integer(Itemid),is_list(Text),is_record(Submenu, wx_ref) -> insert(This,Pos,Itemid,Text,Submenu, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% insert(This, Pos, Itemid, Text, Submenu, [Option]) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when
%% This::wxMenu(), Pos::integer(), Itemid::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Submenu::wxMenu(),
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ insertCheckItem(This,Pos,Itemid,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Pos),is_integer(Itemid),is_list(Text) -> insertCheckItem(This,Pos,Itemid,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertCheckItem(This, Pos, Itemid, Text, [Option]) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when This::wxMenu(), Pos::integer(), Itemid::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {help, unicode:chardata()}. @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ insertRadioItem(This,Pos,Itemid,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Pos),is_integer(Itemid),is_list(Text) -> insertRadioItem(This,Pos,Itemid,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertRadioItem(This, Pos, Itemid, Text, [Option]) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when This::wxMenu(), Pos::integer(), Itemid::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {help, unicode:chardata()}. @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ insertRadioItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,Itemid,Text, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_InsertRadioItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertSeparator(This, Pos) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when This::wxMenu(), Pos::integer(). insertSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ insertSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_InsertSeparator, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isChecked(This, Itemid) -> boolean() when This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(). isChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ isChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_IsChecked, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isEnabled(This, Itemid) -> boolean() when This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(). isEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ isEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_IsEnabled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% prepend(This, Item) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when
%% This::wxMenu(), Item::wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem().
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ prepend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_Prepend_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Kind = ?wxITEM_SEPARATOR | ?wxITEM_NORMAL | ?wxITEM_CHECK | ?wxITEM_RADIO | ?wxITEM_MAX -spec prepend(This, Itemid, [Option]) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(), @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ prepend(This,Itemid,Text,Submenu) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Itemid),is_list(Text),is_record(Submenu, wx_ref) -> prepend(This,Itemid,Text,Submenu, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% prepend(This, Itemid, Text, Submenu, [Option]) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when
%% This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Submenu::wxMenu(),
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ prependCheckItem(This,Itemid,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Itemid),is_list(Text) -> prependCheckItem(This,Itemid,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec prependCheckItem(This, Itemid, Text, [Option]) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {help, unicode:chardata()}. @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ prependRadioItem(This,Itemid,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Itemid),is_list(Text) -> prependRadioItem(This,Itemid,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec prependRadioItem(This, Itemid, Text, [Option]) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {help, unicode:chardata()}. @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ prependRadioItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,Text, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_PrependRadioItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec prependSeparator(This) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when This::wxMenu(). prependSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ prependSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_PrependSeparator, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% remove(This, Item) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when
%% This::wxMenu(), Item::wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem().
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ remove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenu_Remove_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHelpString(This, Itemid, HelpString) -> ok when This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(), HelpString::unicode:chardata(). setHelpString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,HelpString) @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ setHelpString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,HelpString) wxe_util:cast(?wxMenu_SetHelpString, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLabel(This, Itemid, Label) -> ok when This::wxMenu(), Itemid::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(). setLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,Label) @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ setLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,Label) wxe_util:cast(?wxMenu_SetLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTitle(This, Title) -> ok when This::wxMenu(), Title::unicode:chardata(). setTitle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Title) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuBar.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuBar.erl index b0253292bd..937a5e4afc 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuBar.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuBar.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMenuBar. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMenuBar. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxWindow} %%
{@link wxEvtHandler} @@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxMenuBar() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxMenuBar(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxMenuBar_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Style) -> wxMenuBar() when Style::integer(). new(Style) @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ new(Style) wxe_util:construct(?wxMenuBar_new_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec append(This, Menu, Title) -> boolean() when This::wxMenuBar(), Menu::wxMenu:wxMenu(), Title::unicode:chardata(). append(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef},Title) @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ append(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef},Title) wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_Append, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec check(This, Itemid, Check) -> ok when This::wxMenuBar(), Itemid::integer(), Check::boolean(). check(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,Check) @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ enable(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> enable(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enable(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxMenuBar(), Option :: {enable, boolean()}. @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ enable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_Enable_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enable(This, Itemid, Enable) -> ok when This::wxMenuBar(), Itemid::integer(), Enable::boolean(). enable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,Enable) @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ enable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,Enable) wxe_util:cast(?wxMenuBar_Enable_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableTop(This, Pos, Flag) -> ok when This::wxMenuBar(), Pos::integer(), Flag::boolean(). enableTop(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,Flag) @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ enableTop(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxMenuBar_EnableTop, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findMenu(This, Title) -> integer() when This::wxMenuBar(), Title::unicode:chardata(). findMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Title) @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ findMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Title) wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_FindMenu, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findMenuItem(This, MenuString, ItemString) -> integer() when This::wxMenuBar(), MenuString::unicode:chardata(), ItemString::unicode:chardata(). findMenuItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MenuString,ItemString) @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ findMenuItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MenuString,ItemString) wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_FindMenuItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findItem(This, Id) -> wxMenuItem:wxMenuItem() when This::wxMenuBar(), Id::integer(). findItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Id) @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ findItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Id) wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_FindItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHelpString(This, Itemid) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxMenuBar(), Itemid::integer(). getHelpString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ getHelpString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_GetHelpString, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLabel(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxMenuBar(). getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_GetLabel_0, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLabel(This, Itemid) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxMenuBar(), Itemid::integer(). getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_GetLabel_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLabelTop(This, Pos) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxMenuBar(), Pos::integer(). getLabelTop(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ getLabelTop(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_GetLabelTop, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMenu(This, Pos) -> wxMenu:wxMenu() when This::wxMenuBar(), Pos::integer(). getMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ getMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_GetMenu, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMenuCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxMenuBar(). getMenuCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ getMenuCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_GetMenuCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insert(This, Pos, Menu, Title) -> boolean() when This::wxMenuBar(), Pos::integer(), Menu::wxMenu:wxMenu(), Title::unicode:chardata(). insert(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef},Title) @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ insert(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef},Title wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_Insert, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isChecked(This, Itemid) -> boolean() when This::wxMenuBar(), Itemid::integer(). isChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ isChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_IsChecked, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isEnabled(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMenuBar(). isEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ isEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_IsEnabled_0, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isEnabled(This, Itemid) -> boolean() when This::wxMenuBar(), Itemid::integer(). isEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ isEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid) wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_IsEnabled_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec remove(This, Pos) -> wxMenu:wxMenu() when This::wxMenuBar(), Pos::integer(). remove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ remove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_Remove, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec replace(This, Pos, Menu, Title) -> wxMenu:wxMenu() when This::wxMenuBar(), Pos::integer(), Menu::wxMenu:wxMenu(), Title::unicode:chardata(). replace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef},Title) @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ replace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef},Titl wxe_util:call(?wxMenuBar_Replace, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHelpString(This, Itemid, HelpString) -> ok when This::wxMenuBar(), Itemid::integer(), HelpString::unicode:chardata(). setHelpString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,HelpString) @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ setHelpString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,HelpString) wxe_util:cast(?wxMenuBar_SetHelpString, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLabel(This, S) -> ok when This::wxMenuBar(), S::unicode:chardata(). setLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},S) @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ setLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},S) wxe_util:cast(?wxMenuBar_SetLabel_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLabel(This, Itemid, Label) -> ok when This::wxMenuBar(), Itemid::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(). setLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,Label) @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ setLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Itemid,Label) wxe_util:cast(?wxMenuBar_SetLabel_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLabelTop(This, Pos, Label) -> ok when This::wxMenuBar(), Pos::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(). setLabelTop(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,Label) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuEvent.erl index 84c4760aa6..7e3905d3e4 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMenuEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMenuEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
menu_open, menu_close, menu_highlight
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxMenu(). #wxMenu{}} event record type. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxMenuEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMenu(This) -> wxMenu:wxMenu() when This::wxMenuEvent(). getMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ getMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuEvent_GetMenu, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMenuId(This) -> integer() when This::wxMenuEvent(). getMenuId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ getMenuId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuEvent_GetMenuId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isPopup(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMenuEvent(). isPopup(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuItem.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuItem.erl index 7ad71a2858..5a7d210d15 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuItem.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMenuItem.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMenuItem. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMenuItem. %% @type wxMenuItem(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). new() -> new([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Kind = ?wxITEM_SEPARATOR | ?wxITEM_NORMAL | ?wxITEM_CHECK | ?wxITEM_RADIO | ?wxITEM_MAX -spec new([Option]) -> wxMenuItem() when Option :: {parentMenu, wxMenu:wxMenu()} @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ check(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> check(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec check(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxMenuItem(), Option :: {check, boolean()}. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ enable(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> enable(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enable(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxMenuItem(), Option :: {enable, boolean()}. @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ enable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxMenuItem_Enable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBitmap(This) -> wxBitmap:wxBitmap() when This::wxMenuItem(). getBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ getBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuItem_GetBitmap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHelp(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxMenuItem(). getHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ getHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuItem_GetHelp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getId(This) -> integer() when This::wxMenuItem(). getId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ getId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuItem_GetId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxITEM_SEPARATOR | ?wxITEM_NORMAL | ?wxITEM_CHECK | ?wxITEM_RADIO | ?wxITEM_MAX -spec getKind(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxMenuItem(). @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ getKind(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuItem_GetKind, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLabel(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxMenuItem(). getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuItem_GetLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLabelFromText(Text) -> unicode:charlist() when Text::unicode:chardata(). getLabelFromText(Text) @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ getLabelFromText(Text) wxe_util:call(?wxMenuItem_GetLabelFromText, <<(byte_size(Text_UC)):32/?UI,(Text_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Text_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMenu(This) -> wxMenu:wxMenu() when This::wxMenuItem(). getMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ getMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuItem_GetMenu, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getText(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxMenuItem(). getText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ getText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuItem_GetText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSubMenu(This) -> wxMenu:wxMenu() when This::wxMenuItem(). getSubMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ getSubMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuItem_GetSubMenu, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isCheckable(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMenuItem(). isCheckable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ isCheckable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuItem_IsCheckable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isChecked(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMenuItem(). isChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ isChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuItem_IsChecked, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isEnabled(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMenuItem(). isEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ isEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuItem_IsEnabled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isSeparator(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMenuItem(). isSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ isSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuItem_IsSeparator, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isSubMenu(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMenuItem(). isSubMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ isSubMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMenuItem_IsSubMenu, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBitmap(This, Bitmap) -> ok when This::wxMenuItem(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). setBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef}) -> @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ setBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef}) - wxe_util:cast(?wxMenuItem_SetBitmap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHelp(This, Str) -> ok when This::wxMenuItem(), Str::unicode:chardata(). setHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Str) @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ setHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Str) wxe_util:cast(?wxMenuItem_SetHelp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMenu(This, Menu) -> ok when This::wxMenuItem(), Menu::wxMenu:wxMenu(). setMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef}) -> @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ setMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxMenuItem_SetMenu, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSubMenu(This, Menu) -> ok when This::wxMenuItem(), Menu::wxMenu:wxMenu(). setSubMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef}) -> @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ setSubMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxMenuItem_SetSubMenu, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setText(This, Str) -> ok when This::wxMenuItem(), Str::unicode:chardata(). setText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Str) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMessageDialog.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMessageDialog.erl index 83c3e67d01..71dacf2b42 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMessageDialog.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMessageDialog.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMessageDialog. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMessageDialog. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDialog} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ new(Parent,Message) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_list(Message) -> new(Parent,Message, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Message, [Option]) -> wxMessageDialog() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Message::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {caption, unicode:chardata()} diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMiniFrame.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMiniFrame.erl index 3521c6458c..40671d1361 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMiniFrame.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMiniFrame.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMiniFrame. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMiniFrame. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxFrame} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxMiniFrame() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxMiniFrame(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxMiniFrame_new_0, @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Title) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Title) -> new(Parent,Id,Title, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Title, [Option]) -> wxMiniFrame() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Title::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Title) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Title) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Title, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Title, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxMiniFrame(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Title::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMirrorDC.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMirrorDC.erl index 1fdb90e4eb..cfae34cb36 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMirrorDC.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMirrorDC.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMirrorDC. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMirrorDC. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDC} %%

@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ parent_class(wxDC) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxMirrorDC() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Dc, Mirror) -> wxMirrorDC() when Dc::wxDC:wxDC(), Mirror::boolean(). new(#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef},Mirror) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.erl index 659582b611..6b0a4500b0 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
mouse_capture_changed
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxMouseCaptureChanged(). #wxMouseCaptureChanged{}} event record type. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCapturedWindow(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent(). getCapturedWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMouseEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMouseEvent.erl index 29a4f13ba8..f267b437a0 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMouseEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMouseEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMouseEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMouseEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
left_down, left_up, middle_down, middle_up, right_down, right_up, motion, enter_window, leave_window, left_dclick, middle_dclick, right_dclick, mousewheel
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxMouse(). #wxMouse{}} event record type. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxMouseEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec altDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). altDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ altDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_AltDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec button(This, But) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(), But::integer(). button(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},But) @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ buttonDClick(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> buttonDClick(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec buttonDClick(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(), Option :: {but, integer()}. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ buttonDown(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> buttonDown(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec buttonDown(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(), Option :: {but, integer()}. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ buttonUp(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> buttonUp(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec buttonUp(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(), Option :: {but, integer()}. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ buttonUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_ButtonUp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec cmdDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). cmdDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ cmdDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_CmdDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec controlDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). controlDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ controlDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_ControlDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec dragging(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). dragging(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ dragging(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_Dragging, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec entering(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). entering(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ entering(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_Entering, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getButton(This) -> integer() when This::wxMouseEvent(). getButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ getButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_GetButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxMouseEvent(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_GetPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLogicalPosition(This, Dc) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxMouseEvent(), Dc::wxDC:wxDC(). getLogicalPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}) -> @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ getLogicalPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}) wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLinesPerAction(This) -> integer() when This::wxMouseEvent(). getLinesPerAction(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ getLinesPerAction(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWheelRotation(This) -> integer() when This::wxMouseEvent(). getWheelRotation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ getWheelRotation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_GetWheelRotation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWheelDelta(This) -> integer() when This::wxMouseEvent(). getWheelDelta(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ getWheelDelta(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_GetWheelDelta, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getX(This) -> integer() when This::wxMouseEvent(). getX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ getX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_GetX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getY(This) -> integer() when This::wxMouseEvent(). getY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ getY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_GetY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isButton(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). isButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ isButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_IsButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isPageScroll(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). isPageScroll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ isPageScroll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_IsPageScroll, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec leaving(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). leaving(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ leaving(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_Leaving, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec leftDClick(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). leftDClick(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ leftDClick(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_LeftDClick, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec leftDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). leftDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ leftDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_LeftDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec leftIsDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). leftIsDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ leftIsDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_LeftIsDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec leftUp(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). leftUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ leftUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_LeftUp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec metaDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). metaDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ metaDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_MetaDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec middleDClick(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). middleDClick(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ middleDClick(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_MiddleDClick, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec middleDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). middleDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ middleDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_MiddleDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec middleIsDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). middleIsDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ middleIsDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_MiddleIsDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec middleUp(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). middleUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ middleUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_MiddleUp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moving(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). moving(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ moving(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_Moving, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec rightDClick(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). rightDClick(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ rightDClick(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_RightDClick, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec rightDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). rightDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ rightDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_RightDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec rightIsDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). rightIsDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ rightIsDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_RightIsDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec rightUp(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). rightUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ rightUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMouseEvent_RightUp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec shiftDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxMouseEvent(). shiftDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMoveEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMoveEvent.erl index b2f2fa74df..429f35411e 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMoveEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMoveEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMoveEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMoveEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
move
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxMove(). #wxMove{}} event record type. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxMoveEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxMoveEvent(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMultiChoiceDialog.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMultiChoiceDialog.erl index 6a6a6b833a..4a83bb52d9 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMultiChoiceDialog.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxMultiChoiceDialog.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxMultiChoiceDialog. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxMultiChoiceDialog. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDialog} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxMultiChoiceDialog() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxMultiChoiceDialog(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxMultiChoiceDialog_new_0, @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ new(Parent,Message,Caption,Choices) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_list(Message),is_list(Caption),is_list(Choices) -> new(Parent,Message,Caption,Choices, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Message, Caption, Choices, [Option]) -> wxMultiChoiceDialog() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Message::unicode:chardata(), Caption::unicode:chardata(), Choices::[unicode:chardata()], Option :: {style, integer()} @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Message,Caption,Choices, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxMultiChoiceDialog_new_5, <>|| UC_Str <- Choices_UCA>>)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4 + lists:sum([byte_size(S)+4||S<-Choices_UCA])) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelections(This) -> [integer()] when This::wxMultiChoiceDialog(). getSelections(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ getSelections(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxMultiChoiceDialog_GetSelections, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelections(This, Selections) -> ok when This::wxMultiChoiceDialog(), Selections::[integer()]. setSelections(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Selections) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNavigationKeyEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNavigationKeyEvent.erl index 7559639fcd..314d2814ef 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNavigationKeyEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNavigationKeyEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxNavigationKeyEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxNavigationKeyEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
navigation_key
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxNavigationKey(). #wxNavigationKey{}} event record type. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxNavigationKeyEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDirection(This) -> boolean() when This::wxNavigationKeyEvent(). getDirection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ getDirection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxNavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDirection(This, BForward) -> ok when This::wxNavigationKeyEvent(), BForward::boolean(). setDirection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},BForward) @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ setDirection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},BForward) wxe_util:cast(?wxNavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isWindowChange(This) -> boolean() when This::wxNavigationKeyEvent(). isWindowChange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ isWindowChange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxNavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWindowChange(This, BIs) -> ok when This::wxNavigationKeyEvent(), BIs::boolean(). setWindowChange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},BIs) @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ setWindowChange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},BIs) wxe_util:cast(?wxNavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isFromTab(This) -> boolean() when This::wxNavigationKeyEvent(). isFromTab(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ isFromTab(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxNavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFromTab(This, BIs) -> ok when This::wxNavigationKeyEvent(), BIs::boolean(). setFromTab(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},BIs) @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ setFromTab(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},BIs) wxe_util:cast(?wxNavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCurrentFocus(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxNavigationKeyEvent(). getCurrentFocus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ getCurrentFocus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxNavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCurrentFocus(This, Win) -> ok when This::wxNavigationKeyEvent(), Win::wxWindow:wxWindow(). setCurrentFocus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotebook.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotebook.erl index 04ab62b047..036e13c3c7 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotebook.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotebook.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxNotebook. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxNotebook. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxNotebook() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxNotebook(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxNotebook_new_0, @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ new(Parent,Winid) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Winid) -> new(Parent,Winid, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Winid, [Option]) -> wxNotebook() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Winid::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ addPage(This,Page,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Page, wx_ref),is_list(Text) -> addPage(This,Page,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addPage(This, Page, Text, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxNotebook(), Page::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {bSelect, boolean()} @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ advanceSelection(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> advanceSelection(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec advanceSelection(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxNotebook(), Option :: {forward, boolean()}. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ advanceSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxNotebook_AdvanceSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec assignImageList(This, ImageList) -> ok when This::wxNotebook(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(). assignImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef}) -> @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> create(This,Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxNotebook(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, O wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteAllPages(This) -> boolean() when This::wxNotebook(). deleteAllPages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ deleteAllPages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_DeleteAllPages, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deletePage(This, NPage) -> boolean() when This::wxNotebook(), NPage::integer(). deletePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage) @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ deletePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage) wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_DeletePage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec removePage(This, NPage) -> boolean() when This::wxNotebook(), NPage::integer(). removePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage) @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ removePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage) wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_RemovePage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCurrentPage(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxNotebook(). getCurrentPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ getCurrentPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_GetCurrentPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getImageList(This) -> wxImageList:wxImageList() when This::wxNotebook(). getImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ getImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_GetImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPage(This, N) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxNotebook(), N::integer(). getPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ getPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_GetPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxNotebook(). getPageCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ getPageCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_GetPageCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageImage(This, NPage) -> integer() when This::wxNotebook(), NPage::integer(). getPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage) @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ getPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage) wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_GetPageImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageText(This, NPage) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxNotebook(), NPage::integer(). getPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage) @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ getPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage) wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_GetPageText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRowCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxNotebook(). getRowCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ getRowCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_GetRowCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxNotebook(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_GetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getThemeBackgroundColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxNotebook(). getThemeBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ getThemeBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_GetThemeBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hitTest(This, Pt) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::integer(), Flags::integer()}, This::wxNotebook(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ insertPage(This,Position,Win,StrText) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Position),is_record(Win, wx_ref),is_list(StrText) -> insertPage(This,Position,Win,StrText, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertPage(This, Position, Win, StrText, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxNotebook(), Position::integer(), Win::wxWindow:wxWindow(), StrText::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {bSelect, boolean()} @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ insertPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Position,#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_InsertPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setImageList(This, ImageList) -> ok when This::wxNotebook(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(). setImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef}) -> @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ setImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageLi wxe_util:cast(?wxNotebook_SetImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPadding(This, Padding) -> ok when This::wxNotebook(), Padding::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setPadding(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PaddingW,PaddingH}) @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ setPadding(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PaddingW,PaddingH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxNotebook_SetPadding, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageSize(This, Size) -> ok when This::wxNotebook(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ setPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxNotebook_SetPageSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageImage(This, NPage, NImage) -> boolean() when This::wxNotebook(), NPage::integer(), NImage::integer(). setPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage,NImage) @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ setPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage,NImage) wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_SetPageImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageText(This, NPage, StrText) -> boolean() when This::wxNotebook(), NPage::integer(), StrText::unicode:chardata(). setPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage,StrText) @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ setPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage,StrText) wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_SetPageText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, NPage) -> integer() when This::wxNotebook(), NPage::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage) @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage) wxe_util:call(?wxNotebook_SetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec changeSelection(This, NPage) -> integer() when This::wxNotebook(), NPage::integer(). changeSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NPage) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotebookEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotebookEvent.erl index 72c0bb9cf4..d7fbf7b4a4 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotebookEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotebookEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxNotebookEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxNotebookEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
command_notebook_page_changed, command_notebook_page_changing
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxNotebook(). #wxNotebook{}} event record type. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxNotebookEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOldSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxNotebookEvent(). getOldSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ getOldSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxNotebookEvent_GetOldSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxNotebookEvent(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxNotebookEvent_GetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setOldSelection(This, NOldSel) -> ok when This::wxNotebookEvent(), NOldSel::integer(). setOldSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NOldSel) @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ setOldSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NOldSel) wxe_util:cast(?wxNotebookEvent_SetOldSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, NSel) -> ok when This::wxNotebookEvent(), NSel::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},NSel) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotifyEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotifyEvent.erl index 7ba23469be..b78f2ed348 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotifyEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxNotifyEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxNotifyEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxNotifyEvent. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxCommandEvent} %%
{@link wxEvent} @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxNotifyEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec allow(This) -> ok when This::wxNotifyEvent(). allow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ allow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxNotifyEvent_Allow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isAllowed(This) -> boolean() when This::wxNotifyEvent(). isAllowed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ isAllowed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxNotifyEvent_IsAllowed, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec veto(This) -> ok when This::wxNotifyEvent(). veto(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPageSetupDialog.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPageSetupDialog.erl index 653ba5f015..6b190eac28 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPageSetupDialog.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPageSetupDialog.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPageSetupDialog. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPageSetupDialog. %% @type wxPageSetupDialog(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxPageSetupDialog() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {data, wxPageSetupDialogData:wxPageSetupDialogData()}. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxPageSetupDialog_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageSetupData(This) -> wxPageSetupDialogData:wxPageSetupDialogData() when This::wxPageSetupDialog(). getPageSetupData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ getPageSetupData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialog_GetPageSetupData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec showModal(This) -> integer() when This::wxPageSetupDialog(). showModal(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPageSetupDialogData.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPageSetupDialogData.erl index 4850e62925..de8e36ccae 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPageSetupDialogData.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPageSetupDialogData.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPageSetupDialogData. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPageSetupDialogData. %% @type wxPageSetupDialogData(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxPageSetupDialogData() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxPageSetupDialogData(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxPageSetupDialogData_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(PrintData) -> wxPageSetupDialogData() when PrintData::wxPrintData:wxPrintData() | wxPageSetupDialogData(). new(#wx_ref{type=PrintDataT,ref=PrintDataRef}) -> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=PrintDataT,ref=PrintDataRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(PrintDataOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableHelp(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(), Flag::boolean(). enableHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ enableHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPageSetupDialogData_EnableHelp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableMargins(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(), Flag::boolean(). enableMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ enableMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPageSetupDialogData_EnableMargins, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableOrientation(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(), Flag::boolean(). enableOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ enableOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPageSetupDialogData_EnableOrientation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enablePaper(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(), Flag::boolean(). enablePaper(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ enablePaper(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPageSetupDialogData_EnablePaper, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enablePrinter(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(), Flag::boolean(). enablePrinter(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ enablePrinter(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPageSetupDialogData_EnablePrinter, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultMinMargins(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). getDefaultMinMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ getDefaultMinMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_GetDefaultMinMargins, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEnableMargins(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). getEnableMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ getEnableMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_GetEnableMargins, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEnableOrientation(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). getEnableOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ getEnableOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_GetEnableOrientation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEnablePaper(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). getEnablePaper(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ getEnablePaper(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_GetEnablePaper, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEnablePrinter(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). getEnablePrinter(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ getEnablePrinter(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_GetEnablePrinter, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEnableHelp(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). getEnableHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ getEnableHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_GetEnableHelp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultInfo(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). getDefaultInfo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ getDefaultInfo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_GetDefaultInfo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMarginTopLeft(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). getMarginTopLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ getMarginTopLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_GetMarginTopLeft, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMarginBottomRight(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). getMarginBottomRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ getMarginBottomRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_GetMarginBottomRight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMinMarginTopLeft(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). getMinMarginTopLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ getMinMarginTopLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_GetMinMarginTopLeft, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMinMarginBottomRight(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). getMinMarginBottomRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ getMinMarginBottomRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_GetMinMarginBottomRight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxPAPER_NONE | ?wxPAPER_LETTER | ?wxPAPER_LEGAL | ?wxPAPER_A4 | ?wxPAPER_CSHEET | ?wxPAPER_DSHEET | ?wxPAPER_ESHEET | ?wxPAPER_LETTERSMALL | ?wxPAPER_TABLOID | ?wxPAPER_LEDGER | ?wxPAPER_STATEMENT | ?wxPAPER_EXECUTIVE | ?wxPAPER_A3 | ?wxPAPER_A4SMALL | ?wxPAPER_A5 | ?wxPAPER_B4 | ?wxPAPER_B5 | ?wxPAPER_FOLIO | ?wxPAPER_QUARTO | ?wxPAPER_10X14 | ?wxPAPER_11X17 | ?wxPAPER_NOTE | ?wxPAPER_ENV_9 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_10 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_11 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_12 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_14 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_DL | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C5 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C3 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C4 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C6 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C65 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_B4 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_B5 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_B6 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_ITALY | ?wxPAPER_ENV_MONARCH | ?wxPAPER_ENV_PERSONAL | ?wxPAPER_FANFOLD_US | ?wxPAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN | ?wxPAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN | ?wxPAPER_ISO_B4 | ?wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD | ?wxPAPER_9X11 | ?wxPAPER_10X11 | ?wxPAPER_15X11 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_INVITE | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_A4_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_B_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_A4_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_A5_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_B5_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_A2 | ?wxPAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD | ?wxPAPER_A6 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4 | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A5_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A6_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_B6_JIS | ?wxPAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_12X11 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_P16K | ?wxPAPER_P32K | ?wxPAPER_P32KBIG | ?wxPAPER_PENV_1 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_2 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_3 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_4 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_5 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_6 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_7 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_8 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_9 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_10 | ?wxPAPER_P16K_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_P32K_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED -spec getPaperId(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ getPaperId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_GetPaperId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPaperSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). getPaperSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ getPaperSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_GetPaperSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrintData(This) -> wxPrintData:wxPrintData() when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). getPrintData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ getPrintData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_GetPrintData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isOk(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(). isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPageSetupDialogData_IsOk, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefaultInfo(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(), Flag::boolean(). setDefaultInfo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ setDefaultInfo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPageSetupDialogData_SetDefaultInfo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefaultMinMargins(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(), Flag::boolean(). setDefaultMinMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ setDefaultMinMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPageSetupDialogData_SetDefaultMinMargins, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMarginTopLeft(This, Pt) -> ok when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. setMarginTopLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ setMarginTopLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:cast(?wxPageSetupDialogData_SetMarginTopLeft, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMarginBottomRight(This, Pt) -> ok when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. setMarginBottomRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ setMarginBottomRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:cast(?wxPageSetupDialogData_SetMarginBottomRight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMinMarginTopLeft(This, Pt) -> ok when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. setMinMarginTopLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ setMinMarginTopLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:cast(?wxPageSetupDialogData_SetMinMarginTopLeft, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMinMarginBottomRight(This, Pt) -> ok when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. setMinMarginBottomRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ setMinMarginBottomRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:cast(?wxPageSetupDialogData_SetMinMarginBottomRight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Id = ?wxPAPER_NONE | ?wxPAPER_LETTER | ?wxPAPER_LEGAL | ?wxPAPER_A4 | ?wxPAPER_CSHEET | ?wxPAPER_DSHEET | ?wxPAPER_ESHEET | ?wxPAPER_LETTERSMALL | ?wxPAPER_TABLOID | ?wxPAPER_LEDGER | ?wxPAPER_STATEMENT | ?wxPAPER_EXECUTIVE | ?wxPAPER_A3 | ?wxPAPER_A4SMALL | ?wxPAPER_A5 | ?wxPAPER_B4 | ?wxPAPER_B5 | ?wxPAPER_FOLIO | ?wxPAPER_QUARTO | ?wxPAPER_10X14 | ?wxPAPER_11X17 | ?wxPAPER_NOTE | ?wxPAPER_ENV_9 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_10 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_11 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_12 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_14 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_DL | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C5 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C3 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C4 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C6 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C65 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_B4 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_B5 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_B6 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_ITALY | ?wxPAPER_ENV_MONARCH | ?wxPAPER_ENV_PERSONAL | ?wxPAPER_FANFOLD_US | ?wxPAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN | ?wxPAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN | ?wxPAPER_ISO_B4 | ?wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD | ?wxPAPER_9X11 | ?wxPAPER_10X11 | ?wxPAPER_15X11 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_INVITE | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_A4_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_B_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_A4_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_A5_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_B5_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_A2 | ?wxPAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD | ?wxPAPER_A6 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4 | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A5_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A6_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_B6_JIS | ?wxPAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_12X11 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_P16K | ?wxPAPER_P32K | ?wxPAPER_P32KBIG | ?wxPAPER_PENV_1 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_2 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_3 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_4 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_5 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_6 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_7 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_8 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_9 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_10 | ?wxPAPER_P16K_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_P32K_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED -spec setPaperId(This, Id) -> ok when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(), Id::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ setPaperId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Id) wxe_util:cast(?wxPageSetupDialogData_SetPaperId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setPaperSize(This, Sz) -> ok when
%% This::wxPageSetupDialogData(), Sz::{W::integer(), H::integer()}.
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ setPaperSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SzW,SzH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxPageSetupDialogData_SetPaperSize_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPrintData(This, PrintData) -> ok when This::wxPageSetupDialogData(), PrintData::wxPrintData:wxPrintData(). setPrintData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PrintDataT,ref=PrintDataRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaintDC.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaintDC.erl index 6648f278bb..3c9b321496 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaintDC.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaintDC.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPaintDC. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPaintDC. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxWindowDC} %%
{@link wxDC} @@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ parent_class(wxDC) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxPaintDC() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxPaintDC(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxPaintDC_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Win) -> wxPaintDC() when Win::wxWindow:wxWindow(). new(#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaintEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaintEvent.erl index 80ac7d78ce..951756f76e 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaintEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaintEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPaintEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPaintEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
paint
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxPaint(). #wxPaint{}} event record type. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPalette.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPalette.erl index 991f706acb..753aa04dd9 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPalette.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPalette.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPalette. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPalette. %% @type wxPalette(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxPalette() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxPalette(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxPalette_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Red, Green, Blue) -> wxPalette() when Red::binary(), Green::binary(), Blue::binary(). new(Red,Green,Blue) @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ new(Red,Green,Blue) wxe_util:construct(?wxPalette_new_4, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Red, Green, Blue) -> boolean() when This::wxPalette(), Red::binary(), Green::binary(), Blue::binary(). create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Red,Green,Blue) @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Red,Green,Blue) wxe_util:call(?wxPalette_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColoursCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxPalette(). getColoursCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ getColoursCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPalette_GetColoursCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPixel(This, Red, Green, Blue) -> integer() when This::wxPalette(), Red::integer(), Green::integer(), Blue::integer(). getPixel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Red,Green,Blue) @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ getPixel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Red,Green,Blue) wxe_util:call(?wxPalette_GetPixel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRGB(This, Pixel) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::boolean(), Red::integer(), Green::integer(), Blue::integer()}, This::wxPalette(), Pixel::integer(). @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ getRGB(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pixel) wxe_util:call(?wxPalette_GetRGB, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isOk(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPalette(). isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaletteChangedEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaletteChangedEvent.erl index aa9ae68ec2..16013536aa 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaletteChangedEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPaletteChangedEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPaletteChangedEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPaletteChangedEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
palette_changed
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxPaletteChanged(). #wxPaletteChanged{}} event record type. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxPaletteChangedEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setChangedWindow(This, Win) -> ok when This::wxPaletteChangedEvent(), Win::wxWindow:wxWindow(). setChangedWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef}) -> @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ setChangedWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef}) wxe_util:cast(?wxPaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getChangedWindow(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxPaletteChangedEvent(). getChangedWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPanel.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPanel.erl index 30a0e32ffc..eeadbee2f8 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPanel.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPanel.erl @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPanel. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPanel. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxWindow} %%
{@link wxEvtHandler} @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxPanel() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxPanel(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxPanel_new_0, @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxPanel() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {winid, integer()} @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ new(Parent,X,Y,Width,Height) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(X),is_integer(Y),is_integer(Width),is_integer(Height) -> new(Parent,X,Y,Width,Height, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, X, Y, Width, Height, [Option]) -> wxPanel() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Option :: {style, integer()}. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},X,Y,Width,Height, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxPanel_new_6, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec initDialog(This) -> ok when This::wxPanel(). initDialog(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ initDialog(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxPanel_InitDialog, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFocusIgnoringChildren(This) -> ok when This::wxPanel(). setFocusIgnoringChildren(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPasswordEntryDialog.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPasswordEntryDialog.erl index d5a9f6150a..67c9b10e8b 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPasswordEntryDialog.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPasswordEntryDialog.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPasswordEntryDialog. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPasswordEntryDialog. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxTextEntryDialog} %%
{@link wxDialog} @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ new(Parent,Message) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_list(Message) -> new(Parent,Message, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Message, [Option]) -> wxPasswordEntryDialog() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Message::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {caption, unicode:chardata()} diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPen.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPen.erl index 681a7edebc..f19106c630 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPen.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPen.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPen. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPen. %% @type wxPen(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxPen() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxPen(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxPen_new_0, @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ new(Colour) when tuple_size(Colour) =:= 3; tuple_size(Colour) =:= 4 -> new(Colour, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Colour, [Option]) -> wxPen() when Colour::wx:wx_colour(), Option :: {width, integer()} @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ new(Colour, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxPen_new_2, <<(wxe_util:colour_bin(Colour)):16/binary, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCap(This) -> integer() when This::wxPen(). getCap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ getCap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPen_GetCap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxPen(). getColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ getColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPen_GetColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getJoin(This) -> integer() when This::wxPen(). getJoin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ getJoin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPen_GetJoin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStyle(This) -> integer() when This::wxPen(). getStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ getStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPen_GetStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWidth(This) -> integer() when This::wxPen(). getWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ getWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPen_GetWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isOk(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPen(). isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPen_IsOk, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
CapStyle = integer -spec setCap(This, CapStyle) -> ok when This::wxPen(), CapStyle::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ setCap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CapStyle) wxe_util:cast(?wxPen_SetCap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColour(This, Colour) -> ok when This::wxPen(), Colour::wx:wx_colour(). setColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ setColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) wxe_util:cast(?wxPen_SetColour_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColour(This, Red, Green, Blue) -> ok when This::wxPen(), Red::integer(), Green::integer(), Blue::integer(). setColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Red,Green,Blue) @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ setColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Red,Green,Blue) wxe_util:cast(?wxPen_SetColour_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
JoinStyle = integer -spec setJoin(This, JoinStyle) -> ok when This::wxPen(), JoinStyle::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ setJoin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},JoinStyle) wxe_util:cast(?wxPen_SetJoin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStyle(This, Style) -> ok when This::wxPen(), Style::integer(). setStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style) @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ setStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style) wxe_util:cast(?wxPen_SetStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWidth(This, Width) -> ok when This::wxPen(), Width::integer(). setWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPickerBase.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPickerBase.erl index 2253127d84..bdd488d65a 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPickerBase.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPickerBase.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPickerBase. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPickerBase. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxPickerBase() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setInternalMargin(This, Newmargin) -> ok when This::wxPickerBase(), Newmargin::integer(). setInternalMargin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Newmargin) @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ setInternalMargin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Newmargin) wxe_util:cast(?wxPickerBase_SetInternalMargin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getInternalMargin(This) -> integer() when This::wxPickerBase(). getInternalMargin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ getInternalMargin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPickerBase_GetInternalMargin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTextCtrlProportion(This, Prop) -> ok when This::wxPickerBase(), Prop::integer(). setTextCtrlProportion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Prop) @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ setTextCtrlProportion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Prop) wxe_util:cast(?wxPickerBase_SetTextCtrlProportion, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPickerCtrlProportion(This, Prop) -> ok when This::wxPickerBase(), Prop::integer(). setPickerCtrlProportion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Prop) @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ setPickerCtrlProportion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Prop) wxe_util:cast(?wxPickerBase_SetPickerCtrlProportion, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextCtrlProportion(This) -> integer() when This::wxPickerBase(). getTextCtrlProportion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ getTextCtrlProportion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPickerBase_GetTextCtrlProportion, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPickerCtrlProportion(This) -> integer() when This::wxPickerBase(). getPickerCtrlProportion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ getPickerCtrlProportion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPickerBase_GetPickerCtrlProportion, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasTextCtrl(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPickerBase(). hasTextCtrl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ hasTextCtrl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPickerBase_HasTextCtrl, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextCtrl(This) -> wxTextCtrl:wxTextCtrl() when This::wxPickerBase(). getTextCtrl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ getTextCtrl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPickerBase_GetTextCtrl, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isTextCtrlGrowable(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPickerBase(). isTextCtrlGrowable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ setPickerCtrlGrowable(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> setPickerCtrlGrowable(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPickerCtrlGrowable(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxPickerBase(), Option :: {grow, boolean()}. @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ setTextCtrlGrowable(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> setTextCtrlGrowable(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTextCtrlGrowable(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxPickerBase(), Option :: {grow, boolean()}. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ setTextCtrlGrowable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxPickerBase_SetTextCtrlGrowable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isPickerCtrlGrowable(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPickerBase(). isPickerCtrlGrowable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPostScriptDC.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPostScriptDC.erl index 5329d4562e..e0b22c87eb 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPostScriptDC.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPostScriptDC.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPostScriptDC. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPostScriptDC. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDC} %%

@@ -60,13 +60,13 @@ parent_class(wxDC) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxPostScriptDC() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxPostScriptDC(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxPostScriptDC_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(PrintData) -> wxPostScriptDC() when PrintData::wxPrintData:wxPrintData(). new(#wx_ref{type=PrintDataT,ref=PrintDataRef}) -> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=PrintDataT,ref=PrintDataRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(?wxPostScriptDC_new_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setResolution(Ppi) -> ok when Ppi::integer(). setResolution(Ppi) @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ setResolution(Ppi) wxe_util:cast(?wxPostScriptDC_SetResolution, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getResolution() -> integer(). getResolution() -> wxe_util:call(?wxPostScriptDC_GetResolution, diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewCanvas.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewCanvas.erl index 7d25ee4bc4..33ec12c371 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewCanvas.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewCanvas.erl @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPreviewCanvas. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPreviewCanvas. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxScrolledWindow} %%
{@link wxPanel} diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewControlBar.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewControlBar.erl index a56adf9ebe..22608197b5 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewControlBar.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewControlBar.erl @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPreviewControlBar. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPreviewControlBar. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxPanel} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ new(Preview,Buttons,Parent) when is_record(Preview, wx_ref),is_integer(Buttons),is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Preview,Buttons,Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Preview, Buttons, Parent, [Option]) -> wxPreviewControlBar() when Preview::wxPrintPreview:wxPrintPreview(), Buttons::integer(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=PreviewT,ref=PreviewRef},Buttons,#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=Paren wxe_util:construct(?wxPreviewControlBar_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createButtons(This) -> ok when This::wxPreviewControlBar(). createButtons(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ createButtons(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxPreviewControlBar_CreateButtons, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrintPreview(This) -> wxPrintPreview:wxPrintPreview() when This::wxPreviewControlBar(). getPrintPreview(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ getPrintPreview(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPreviewControlBar_GetPrintPreview, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getZoomControl(This) -> integer() when This::wxPreviewControlBar(). getZoomControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ getZoomControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPreviewControlBar_GetZoomControl, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setZoomControl(This, Zoom) -> ok when This::wxPreviewControlBar(), Zoom::integer(). setZoomControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Zoom) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewFrame.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewFrame.erl index 41bb0bf2bb..70cc62635a 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewFrame.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPreviewFrame.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPreviewFrame. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPreviewFrame. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxFrame} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ new(Preview,Parent) when is_record(Preview, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Preview,Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Preview, Parent, [Option]) -> wxPreviewFrame() when Preview::wxPrintPreview:wxPrintPreview(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {title, unicode:chardata()} @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=PreviewT,ref=PreviewRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, O wxe_util:construct(?wxPreviewFrame_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createControlBar(This) -> ok when This::wxPreviewFrame(). createControlBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ createControlBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxPreviewFrame_CreateControlBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createCanvas(This) -> ok when This::wxPreviewFrame(). createCanvas(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ createCanvas(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxPreviewFrame_CreateCanvas, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec initialize(This) -> ok when This::wxPreviewFrame(). initialize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ initialize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxPreviewFrame_Initialize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec onCloseWindow(This, Event) -> ok when This::wxPreviewFrame(), Event::wxCloseEvent:wxCloseEvent(). onCloseWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=EventT,ref=EventRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintData.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintData.erl index 79ba26afab..dc3b0048c5 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintData.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintData.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPrintData. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPrintData. %% @type wxPrintData(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxPrintData() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxPrintData(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxPrintData_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(PrintData) -> wxPrintData() when PrintData::wxPrintData(). new(#wx_ref{type=PrintDataT,ref=PrintDataRef}) -> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=PrintDataT,ref=PrintDataRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(?wxPrintData_new_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCollate(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPrintData(). getCollate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ getCollate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintData_GetCollate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxPRINTBIN_DEFAULT | ?wxPRINTBIN_ONLYONE | ?wxPRINTBIN_LOWER | ?wxPRINTBIN_MIDDLE | ?wxPRINTBIN_MANUAL | ?wxPRINTBIN_ENVELOPE | ?wxPRINTBIN_ENVMANUAL | ?wxPRINTBIN_AUTO | ?wxPRINTBIN_TRACTOR | ?wxPRINTBIN_SMALLFMT | ?wxPRINTBIN_LARGEFMT | ?wxPRINTBIN_LARGECAPACITY | ?wxPRINTBIN_CASSETTE | ?wxPRINTBIN_FORMSOURCE | ?wxPRINTBIN_USER -spec getBin(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxPrintData(). @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ getBin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintData_GetBin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColour(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPrintData(). getColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ getColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintData_GetColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxDUPLEX_SIMPLEX | ?wxDUPLEX_HORIZONTAL | ?wxDUPLEX_VERTICAL -spec getDuplex(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxPrintData(). @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ getDuplex(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintData_GetDuplex, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getNoCopies(This) -> integer() when This::wxPrintData(). getNoCopies(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ getNoCopies(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintData_GetNoCopies, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOrientation(This) -> integer() when This::wxPrintData(). getOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ getOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintData_GetOrientation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxPAPER_NONE | ?wxPAPER_LETTER | ?wxPAPER_LEGAL | ?wxPAPER_A4 | ?wxPAPER_CSHEET | ?wxPAPER_DSHEET | ?wxPAPER_ESHEET | ?wxPAPER_LETTERSMALL | ?wxPAPER_TABLOID | ?wxPAPER_LEDGER | ?wxPAPER_STATEMENT | ?wxPAPER_EXECUTIVE | ?wxPAPER_A3 | ?wxPAPER_A4SMALL | ?wxPAPER_A5 | ?wxPAPER_B4 | ?wxPAPER_B5 | ?wxPAPER_FOLIO | ?wxPAPER_QUARTO | ?wxPAPER_10X14 | ?wxPAPER_11X17 | ?wxPAPER_NOTE | ?wxPAPER_ENV_9 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_10 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_11 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_12 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_14 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_DL | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C5 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C3 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C4 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C6 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C65 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_B4 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_B5 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_B6 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_ITALY | ?wxPAPER_ENV_MONARCH | ?wxPAPER_ENV_PERSONAL | ?wxPAPER_FANFOLD_US | ?wxPAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN | ?wxPAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN | ?wxPAPER_ISO_B4 | ?wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD | ?wxPAPER_9X11 | ?wxPAPER_10X11 | ?wxPAPER_15X11 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_INVITE | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_A4_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_B_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_A4_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_A5_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_B5_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_A2 | ?wxPAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD | ?wxPAPER_A6 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4 | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A5_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A6_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_B6_JIS | ?wxPAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_12X11 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_P16K | ?wxPAPER_P32K | ?wxPAPER_P32KBIG | ?wxPAPER_PENV_1 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_2 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_3 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_4 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_5 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_6 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_7 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_8 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_9 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_10 | ?wxPAPER_P16K_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_P32K_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED -spec getPaperId(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxPrintData(). @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ getPaperId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintData_GetPaperId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrinterName(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxPrintData(). getPrinterName(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ getPrinterName(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintData_GetPrinterName, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getQuality(This) -> integer() when This::wxPrintData(). getQuality(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ getQuality(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintData_GetQuality, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isOk(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPrintData(). isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintData_IsOk, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Bin = ?wxPRINTBIN_DEFAULT | ?wxPRINTBIN_ONLYONE | ?wxPRINTBIN_LOWER | ?wxPRINTBIN_MIDDLE | ?wxPRINTBIN_MANUAL | ?wxPRINTBIN_ENVELOPE | ?wxPRINTBIN_ENVMANUAL | ?wxPRINTBIN_AUTO | ?wxPRINTBIN_TRACTOR | ?wxPRINTBIN_SMALLFMT | ?wxPRINTBIN_LARGEFMT | ?wxPRINTBIN_LARGECAPACITY | ?wxPRINTBIN_CASSETTE | ?wxPRINTBIN_FORMSOURCE | ?wxPRINTBIN_USER -spec setBin(This, Bin) -> ok when This::wxPrintData(), Bin::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ setBin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Bin) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintData_SetBin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCollate(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPrintData(), Flag::boolean(). setCollate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ setCollate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintData_SetCollate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setColour(This, Colour) -> ok when This::wxPrintData(), Colour::boolean(). setColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ setColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintData_SetColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Duplex = ?wxDUPLEX_SIMPLEX | ?wxDUPLEX_HORIZONTAL | ?wxDUPLEX_VERTICAL -spec setDuplex(This, Duplex) -> ok when This::wxPrintData(), Duplex::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ setDuplex(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Duplex) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintData_SetDuplex, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setNoCopies(This, V) -> ok when This::wxPrintData(), V::integer(). setNoCopies(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},V) @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ setNoCopies(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},V) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintData_SetNoCopies, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setOrientation(This, Orient) -> ok when This::wxPrintData(), Orient::integer(). setOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Orient) @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ setOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Orient) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintData_SetOrientation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
SizeId = ?wxPAPER_NONE | ?wxPAPER_LETTER | ?wxPAPER_LEGAL | ?wxPAPER_A4 | ?wxPAPER_CSHEET | ?wxPAPER_DSHEET | ?wxPAPER_ESHEET | ?wxPAPER_LETTERSMALL | ?wxPAPER_TABLOID | ?wxPAPER_LEDGER | ?wxPAPER_STATEMENT | ?wxPAPER_EXECUTIVE | ?wxPAPER_A3 | ?wxPAPER_A4SMALL | ?wxPAPER_A5 | ?wxPAPER_B4 | ?wxPAPER_B5 | ?wxPAPER_FOLIO | ?wxPAPER_QUARTO | ?wxPAPER_10X14 | ?wxPAPER_11X17 | ?wxPAPER_NOTE | ?wxPAPER_ENV_9 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_10 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_11 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_12 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_14 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_DL | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C5 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C3 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C4 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C6 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_C65 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_B4 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_B5 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_B6 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_ITALY | ?wxPAPER_ENV_MONARCH | ?wxPAPER_ENV_PERSONAL | ?wxPAPER_FANFOLD_US | ?wxPAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN | ?wxPAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN | ?wxPAPER_ISO_B4 | ?wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD | ?wxPAPER_9X11 | ?wxPAPER_10X11 | ?wxPAPER_15X11 | ?wxPAPER_ENV_INVITE | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_A4_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_B_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_A4_PLUS | ?wxPAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_A5_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_B5_EXTRA | ?wxPAPER_A2 | ?wxPAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE | ?wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD | ?wxPAPER_A6 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4 | ?wxPAPER_LETTER_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A5_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_A6_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_B6_JIS | ?wxPAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_12X11 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4 | ?wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_P16K | ?wxPAPER_P32K | ?wxPAPER_P32KBIG | ?wxPAPER_PENV_1 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_2 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_3 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_4 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_5 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_6 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_7 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_8 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_9 | ?wxPAPER_PENV_10 | ?wxPAPER_P16K_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_P32K_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED | ?wxPAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED -spec setPaperId(This, SizeId) -> ok when This::wxPrintData(), SizeId::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ setPaperId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},SizeId) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintData_SetPaperId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPrinterName(This, Name) -> ok when This::wxPrintData(), Name::unicode:chardata(). setPrinterName(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ setPrinterName(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintData_SetPrinterName, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setQuality(This, Quality) -> ok when This::wxPrintData(), Quality::integer(). setQuality(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Quality) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintDialog.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintDialog.erl index 34c8310e12..bf1fd7d179 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintDialog.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintDialog.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPrintDialog. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPrintDialog. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDialog} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Parent, Data) -> wxPrintDialog() when
%% Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Data::wxPrintData:wxPrintData().
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(?wxPrintDialog_new_2_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrintDialogData(This) -> wxPrintDialogData:wxPrintDialogData() when This::wxPrintDialog(). getPrintDialogData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ getPrintDialogData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintDialog_GetPrintDialogData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrintDC(This) -> wxDC:wxDC() when This::wxPrintDialog(). getPrintDC(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintDialogData.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintDialogData.erl index 3368349164..797ea3e5ec 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintDialogData.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintDialogData.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPrintDialogData. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPrintDialogData. %% @type wxPrintDialogData(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxPrintDialogData() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxPrintDialogData(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxPrintDialogData_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(DialogData) -> wxPrintDialogData() when DialogData::wxPrintDialogData() | wxPrintData:wxPrintData(). new(#wx_ref{type=DialogDataT,ref=DialogDataRef}) -> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=DialogDataT,ref=DialogDataRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(DialogDataOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableHelp(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPrintDialogData(), Flag::boolean(). enableHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ enableHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintDialogData_EnableHelp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enablePageNumbers(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPrintDialogData(), Flag::boolean(). enablePageNumbers(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ enablePageNumbers(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintDialogData_EnablePageNumbers, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enablePrintToFile(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPrintDialogData(), Flag::boolean(). enablePrintToFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ enablePrintToFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintDialogData_EnablePrintToFile, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableSelection(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPrintDialogData(), Flag::boolean(). enableSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ enableSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintDialogData_EnableSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getAllPages(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPrintDialogData(). getAllPages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ getAllPages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintDialogData_GetAllPages, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCollate(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPrintDialogData(). getCollate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ getCollate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintDialogData_GetCollate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFromPage(This) -> integer() when This::wxPrintDialogData(). getFromPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ getFromPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintDialogData_GetFromPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMaxPage(This) -> integer() when This::wxPrintDialogData(). getMaxPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ getMaxPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintDialogData_GetMaxPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMinPage(This) -> integer() when This::wxPrintDialogData(). getMinPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ getMinPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintDialogData_GetMinPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getNoCopies(This) -> integer() when This::wxPrintDialogData(). getNoCopies(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ getNoCopies(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintDialogData_GetNoCopies, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrintData(This) -> wxPrintData:wxPrintData() when This::wxPrintDialogData(). getPrintData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ getPrintData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintDialogData_GetPrintData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrintToFile(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPrintDialogData(). getPrintToFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ getPrintToFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintDialogData_GetPrintToFile, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPrintDialogData(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintDialogData_GetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getToPage(This) -> integer() when This::wxPrintDialogData(). getToPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ getToPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintDialogData_GetToPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isOk(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPrintDialogData(). isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintDialogData_IsOk, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCollate(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPrintDialogData(), Flag::boolean(). setCollate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ setCollate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintDialogData_SetCollate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFromPage(This, V) -> ok when This::wxPrintDialogData(), V::integer(). setFromPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},V) @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ setFromPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},V) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintDialogData_SetFromPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMaxPage(This, V) -> ok when This::wxPrintDialogData(), V::integer(). setMaxPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},V) @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ setMaxPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},V) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintDialogData_SetMaxPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMinPage(This, V) -> ok when This::wxPrintDialogData(), V::integer(). setMinPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},V) @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ setMinPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},V) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintDialogData_SetMinPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setNoCopies(This, V) -> ok when This::wxPrintDialogData(), V::integer(). setNoCopies(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},V) @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ setNoCopies(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},V) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintDialogData_SetNoCopies, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPrintData(This, PrintData) -> ok when This::wxPrintDialogData(), PrintData::wxPrintData:wxPrintData(). setPrintData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PrintDataT,ref=PrintDataRef}) -> @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ setPrintData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PrintDataT,ref=PrintDa wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintDialogData_SetPrintData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPrintToFile(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPrintDialogData(), Flag::boolean(). setPrintToFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ setPrintToFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintDialogData_SetPrintToFile, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxPrintDialogData(), Flag::boolean(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintDialogData_SetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setToPage(This, V) -> ok when This::wxPrintDialogData(), V::integer(). setToPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},V) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintPreview.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintPreview.erl index 49ab506526..da0f76af0e 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintPreview.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintPreview.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPrintPreview. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPrintPreview. %% @type wxPrintPreview(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ new(Printout) when is_record(Printout, wx_ref) -> new(Printout, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Printout, [Option]) -> wxPrintPreview() when Printout::wxPrintout:wxPrintout(), Option :: {printoutForPrinting, wxPrintout:wxPrintout()} @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=PrintoutT,ref=PrintoutRef}, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxPrintPreview_new_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Printout, PrintoutForPrinting, Data) -> wxPrintPreview() when Printout::wxPrintout:wxPrintout(), PrintoutForPrinting::wxPrintout:wxPrintout(), Data::wxPrintData:wxPrintData(). new(#wx_ref{type=PrintoutT,ref=PrintoutRef},#wx_ref{type=PrintoutForPrintingT,ref=PrintoutForPrintingRef},#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=PrintoutT,ref=PrintoutRef},#wx_ref{type=PrintoutForPrintingT,re wxe_util:construct(?wxPrintPreview_new_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCanvas(This) -> wxPreviewCanvas:wxPreviewCanvas() when This::wxPrintPreview(). getCanvas(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ getCanvas(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintPreview_GetCanvas, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCurrentPage(This) -> integer() when This::wxPrintPreview(). getCurrentPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ getCurrentPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintPreview_GetCurrentPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFrame(This) -> wxFrame:wxFrame() when This::wxPrintPreview(). getFrame(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ getFrame(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintPreview_GetFrame, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMaxPage(This) -> integer() when This::wxPrintPreview(). getMaxPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ getMaxPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintPreview_GetMaxPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMinPage(This) -> integer() when This::wxPrintPreview(). getMinPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ getMinPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintPreview_GetMinPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrintout(This) -> wxPrintout:wxPrintout() when This::wxPrintPreview(). getPrintout(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ getPrintout(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintPreview_GetPrintout, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrintoutForPrinting(This) -> wxPrintout:wxPrintout() when This::wxPrintPreview(). getPrintoutForPrinting(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ getPrintoutForPrinting(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintPreview_GetPrintoutForPrinting, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isOk(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPrintPreview(). isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ isOk(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintPreview_IsOk, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec paintPage(This, Canvas, Dc) -> boolean() when This::wxPrintPreview(), Canvas::wxPreviewCanvas:wxPreviewCanvas(), Dc::wxDC:wxDC(). paintPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=CanvasT,ref=CanvasRef},#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}) -> @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ paintPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=CanvasT,ref=CanvasRef},#w wxe_util:call(?wxPrintPreview_PaintPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec print(This, Interactive) -> boolean() when This::wxPrintPreview(), Interactive::boolean(). print(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Interactive) @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ print(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Interactive) wxe_util:call(?wxPrintPreview_Print, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec renderPage(This, PageNum) -> boolean() when This::wxPrintPreview(), PageNum::integer(). renderPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PageNum) @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ renderPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PageNum) wxe_util:call(?wxPrintPreview_RenderPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCanvas(This, Canvas) -> ok when This::wxPrintPreview(), Canvas::wxPreviewCanvas:wxPreviewCanvas(). setCanvas(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=CanvasT,ref=CanvasRef}) -> @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ setCanvas(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=CanvasT,ref=CanvasRef}) - wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintPreview_SetCanvas, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCurrentPage(This, PageNum) -> boolean() when This::wxPrintPreview(), PageNum::integer(). setCurrentPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PageNum) @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ setCurrentPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PageNum) wxe_util:call(?wxPrintPreview_SetCurrentPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFrame(This, Frame) -> ok when This::wxPrintPreview(), Frame::wxFrame:wxFrame(). setFrame(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FrameT,ref=FrameRef}) -> @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ setFrame(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FrameT,ref=FrameRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintPreview_SetFrame, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPrintout(This, Printout) -> ok when This::wxPrintPreview(), Printout::wxPrintout:wxPrintout(). setPrintout(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PrintoutT,ref=PrintoutRef}) -> @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ setPrintout(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PrintoutT,ref=PrintoutR wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintPreview_SetPrintout, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setZoom(This, Percent) -> ok when This::wxPrintPreview(), Percent::integer(). setZoom(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Percent) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrinter.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrinter.erl index 031483da4d..b21f6df2d7 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrinter.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrinter.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPrinter. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPrinter. %% @type wxPrinter(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). new() -> new([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new([Option]) -> wxPrinter() when Option :: {data, wxPrintDialogData:wxPrintDialogData()}. new(Options) @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ new(Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxPrinter_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec createAbortWindow(This, Parent, Printout) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxPrinter(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Printout::wxPrintout:wxPrintout(). createAbortWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},#wx_ref{type=PrintoutT,ref=PrintoutRef}) -> @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ createAbortWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=Paren wxe_util:call(?wxPrinter_CreateAbortWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getAbort(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPrinter(). getAbort(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -70,14 +70,14 @@ getAbort(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrinter_GetAbort, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxPRINTER_NO_ERROR | ?wxPRINTER_CANCELLED | ?wxPRINTER_ERROR -spec getLastError() -> wx:wx_enum(). getLastError() -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrinter_GetLastError, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrintDialogData(This) -> wxPrintDialogData:wxPrintDialogData() when This::wxPrinter(). getPrintDialogData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ print(This,Parent,Printout) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_record(Printout, wx_ref) -> print(This,Parent,Printout, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec print(This, Parent, Printout, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxPrinter(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Printout::wxPrintout:wxPrintout(), Option :: {prompt, boolean()}. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ print(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},#wx_re wxe_util:call(?wxPrinter_Print, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec printDialog(This, Parent) -> wxDC:wxDC() when This::wxPrinter(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(). printDialog(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}) -> @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ printDialog(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}) wxe_util:call(?wxPrinter_PrintDialog, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec reportError(This, Parent, Printout, Message) -> ok when This::wxPrinter(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Printout::wxPrintout:wxPrintout(), Message::unicode:chardata(). reportError(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},#wx_ref{type=PrintoutT,ref=PrintoutRef},Message) @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ reportError(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, wxe_util:cast(?wxPrinter_ReportError, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setup(This, Parent) -> boolean() when This::wxPrinter(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(). setup(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintout.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintout.erl index c75edd2b5a..c357c74bf3 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintout.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxPrintout.erl @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxPrintout. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxPrintout. %% @type wxPrintout(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ new(Title, OnPrintPage, Opts) when is_list(Title), is_function(OnPrintPage), is_ OnPrintPageId:32/?UI, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDC(This) -> wxDC:wxDC() when This::wxPrintout(). getDC(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ getDC(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintout_GetDC, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageSizeMM(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxPrintout(). getPageSizeMM(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ getPageSizeMM(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintout_GetPageSizeMM, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageSizePixels(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxPrintout(). getPageSizePixels(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ getPageSizePixels(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintout_GetPageSizePixels, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPaperRectPixels(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxPrintout(). getPaperRectPixels(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ getPaperRectPixels(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintout_GetPaperRectPixels, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPPIPrinter(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxPrintout(). getPPIPrinter(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ getPPIPrinter(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintout_GetPPIPrinter, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPPIScreen(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxPrintout(). getPPIScreen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ getPPIScreen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintout_GetPPIScreen, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTitle(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxPrintout(). getTitle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ getTitle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintout_GetTitle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isPreview(This) -> boolean() when This::wxPrintout(). isPreview(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ isPreview(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintout_IsPreview, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec fitThisSizeToPaper(This, ImageSize) -> ok when This::wxPrintout(), ImageSize::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. fitThisSizeToPaper(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{ImageSizeW,ImageSizeH}) @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ fitThisSizeToPaper(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{ImageSizeW,ImageSizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintout_FitThisSizeToPaper, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec fitThisSizeToPage(This, ImageSize) -> ok when This::wxPrintout(), ImageSize::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. fitThisSizeToPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{ImageSizeW,ImageSizeH}) @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ fitThisSizeToPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{ImageSizeW,ImageSizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintout_FitThisSizeToPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec fitThisSizeToPageMargins(This, ImageSize, PageSetupData) -> ok when This::wxPrintout(), ImageSize::{W::integer(), H::integer()}, PageSetupData::wxPageSetupDialogData:wxPageSetupDialogData(). fitThisSizeToPageMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{ImageSizeW,ImageSizeH},#wx_ref{type=PageSetupDataT,ref=PageSetupDataRef}) @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ fitThisSizeToPageMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{ImageSizeW,ImageSizeH} wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintout_FitThisSizeToPageMargins, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec mapScreenSizeToPaper(This) -> ok when This::wxPrintout(). mapScreenSizeToPaper(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ mapScreenSizeToPaper(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintout_MapScreenSizeToPaper, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec mapScreenSizeToPage(This) -> ok when This::wxPrintout(). mapScreenSizeToPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ mapScreenSizeToPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintout_MapScreenSizeToPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec mapScreenSizeToPageMargins(This, PageSetupData) -> ok when This::wxPrintout(), PageSetupData::wxPageSetupDialogData:wxPageSetupDialogData(). mapScreenSizeToPageMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PageSetupDataT,ref=PageSetupDataRef}) -> @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ mapScreenSizeToPageMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PageSetu wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintout_MapScreenSizeToPageMargins, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec mapScreenSizeToDevice(This) -> ok when This::wxPrintout(). mapScreenSizeToDevice(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ mapScreenSizeToDevice(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintout_MapScreenSizeToDevice, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLogicalPaperRect(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxPrintout(). getLogicalPaperRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ getLogicalPaperRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintout_GetLogicalPaperRect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLogicalPageRect(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxPrintout(). getLogicalPageRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ getLogicalPageRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxPrintout_GetLogicalPageRect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLogicalPageMarginsRect(This, PageSetupData) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxPrintout(), PageSetupData::wxPageSetupDialogData:wxPageSetupDialogData(). getLogicalPageMarginsRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PageSetupDataT,ref=PageSetupDataRef}) -> @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ getLogicalPageMarginsRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PageSetup wxe_util:call(?wxPrintout_GetLogicalPageMarginsRect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLogicalOrigin(This, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxPrintout(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). setLogicalOrigin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ setLogicalOrigin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:cast(?wxPrintout_SetLogicalOrigin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec offsetLogicalOrigin(This, Xoff, Yoff) -> ok when This::wxPrintout(), Xoff::integer(), Yoff::integer(). offsetLogicalOrigin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Xoff,Yoff) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxProgressDialog.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxProgressDialog.erl index 0f42c1d68f..b88e7ac75e 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxProgressDialog.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxProgressDialog.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxProgressDialog. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxProgressDialog. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDialog} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ new(Title,Message) when is_list(Title),is_list(Message) -> new(Title,Message, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Title, Message, [Option]) -> wxProgressDialog() when Title::unicode:chardata(), Message::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {maximum, integer()} @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ new(Title,Message, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxProgressDialog_new, <<(byte_size(Title_UC)):32/?UI,(Title_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Title_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8,(byte_size(Message_UC)):32/?UI,(Message_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Message_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec resume(This) -> ok when This::wxProgressDialog(). resume(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ resume(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxProgressDialog_Resume, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec update(This) -> ok when This::wxProgressDialog(). update(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ update(This,Value) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Value) -> update(This,Value, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec update(This, Value, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxProgressDialog(), Value::integer(), Option :: {newmsg, unicode:chardata()}. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.erl index 8123d62fe1..606566a6e7 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxQueryNewPaletteEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxQueryNewPaletteEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxQueryNewPaletteEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
query_new_palette
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxQueryNewPalette(). #wxQueryNewPalette{}} event record type. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxQueryNewPaletteEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPaletteRealized(This, Realized) -> ok when This::wxQueryNewPaletteEvent(), Realized::boolean(). setPaletteRealized(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Realized) @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ setPaletteRealized(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Realized) wxe_util:cast(?wxQueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPaletteRealized(This) -> boolean() when This::wxQueryNewPaletteEvent(). getPaletteRealized(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxRadioBox.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxRadioBox.erl index b7f52d7d9c..98769ff11b 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxRadioBox.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxRadioBox.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxRadioBox. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxRadioBox. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Title,Pos={PosX,PosY},Size={SizeW,SizeH},Choices) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Title),is_integer(PosX),is_integer(PosY),is_integer(SizeW),is_integer(SizeH),is_list(Choices) -> new(Parent,Id,Title,Pos,Size,Choices, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Title, Pos, Size, Choices, [Option]) -> wxRadioBox() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Title::unicode:chardata(), Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}, Choices::[unicode:chardata()], Option :: {majorDim, integer()} @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Title,Pos={PosX,PosY},Size={SizeW,SizeH},Choices) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Title),is_integer(PosX),is_integer(PosY),is_integer(SizeW),is_integer(SizeH),is_list(Choices) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Title,Pos,Size,Choices, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Title, Pos, Size, Choices, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxRadioBox(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Title::unicode:chardata(), Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}, Choices::[unicode:chardata()], Option :: {majorDim, integer()} @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ enable(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> enable(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% enable(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxRadioBox(),
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ enable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxRadioBox_Enable_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enable(This, N, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxRadioBox(), N::integer(), Option :: {enable, boolean()}. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ enable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxRadioBox_Enable_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxRadioBox(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxRadioBox_GetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getString(This, N) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxRadioBox(), N::integer(). getString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ getString(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxRadioBox_GetString, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, N) -> ok when This::wxRadioBox(), N::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ show(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> show(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% show(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxRadioBox(),
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ show(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxRadioBox_Show_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec show(This, N, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxRadioBox(), N::integer(), Option :: {show, boolean()}. @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ show(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxRadioBox_Show_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColumnCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxRadioBox(). getColumnCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ getColumnCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxRadioBox_GetColumnCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemHelpText(This, N) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxRadioBox(), N::integer(). getItemHelpText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ getItemHelpText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxRadioBox_GetItemHelpText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemToolTip(This, Item) -> wxToolTip:wxToolTip() when This::wxRadioBox(), Item::integer(). getItemToolTip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ getItemToolTip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxRadioBox_GetItemToolTip, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemFromPoint(This, Pt) -> integer() when This::wxRadioBox(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. getItemFromPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ getItemFromPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:call(?wxRadioBox_GetItemFromPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRowCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxRadioBox(). getRowCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ getRowCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxRadioBox_GetRowCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isItemEnabled(This, N) -> boolean() when This::wxRadioBox(), N::integer(). isItemEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ isItemEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxRadioBox_IsItemEnabled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isItemShown(This, N) -> boolean() when This::wxRadioBox(), N::integer(). isItemShown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ isItemShown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxRadioBox_IsItemShown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemHelpText(This, N, HelpText) -> ok when This::wxRadioBox(), N::integer(), HelpText::unicode:chardata(). setItemHelpText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,HelpText) @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ setItemHelpText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,HelpText) wxe_util:cast(?wxRadioBox_SetItemHelpText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemToolTip(This, Item, Text) -> ok when This::wxRadioBox(), Item::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(). setItemToolTip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Text) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxRadioButton.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxRadioButton.erl index beb052b873..ead0fe32e8 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxRadioButton.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxRadioButton.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxRadioButton. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxRadioButton. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxRadioButton() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxRadioButton(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxRadioButton_new_0, @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Label) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Label) -> new(Parent,Id,Label, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Label, [Option]) -> wxRadioButton() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Label) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Label) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Label, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Label, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxRadioButton(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,La wxe_util:call(?wxRadioButton_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getValue(This) -> boolean() when This::wxRadioButton(). getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxRadioButton_GetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setValue(This, Val) -> ok when This::wxRadioButton(), Val::boolean(). setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxRegion.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxRegion.erl index 3e23623741..addb752680 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxRegion.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxRegion.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxRegion. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxRegion. %% @type wxRegion(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxRegion() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxRegion(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxRegion_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Rect) -> wxRegion() when
%% Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}.
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ new({RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) wxe_util:construct(?wxRegion_new_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(TopLeft, BottomRight) -> wxRegion() when TopLeft::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, BottomRight::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. new({TopLeftX,TopLeftY},{BottomRightX,BottomRightY}) @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ new({TopLeftX,TopLeftY},{BottomRightX,BottomRightY}) wxe_util:construct(?wxRegion_new_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(X, Y, W, H) -> wxRegion() when X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer(). new(X,Y,W,H) @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ new(X,Y,W,H) wxe_util:construct(?wxRegion_new_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clear(This) -> ok when This::wxRegion(). clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxRegion_Clear, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% contains(This, Rect) -> wx:wx_enum() when
%% This::wxRegion(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}.
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ contains(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_Contains_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxOutRegion | ?wxPartRegion | ?wxInRegion -spec contains(This, X, Y) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxRegion(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ contains(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_Contains_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxOutRegion | ?wxPartRegion | ?wxInRegion -spec contains(This, X, Y, W, H) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxRegion(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer(). @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ contains(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_Contains_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec convertToBitmap(This) -> wxBitmap:wxBitmap() when This::wxRegion(). convertToBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ convertToBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_ConvertToBitmap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBox(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxRegion(). getBox(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ getBox(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_GetBox, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% intersect(This, Rect) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxRegion(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}.
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ intersect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_Intersect_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec intersect(This, X, Y, W, H) -> boolean() when This::wxRegion(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer(). intersect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ intersect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_Intersect_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isEmpty(This) -> boolean() when This::wxRegion(). isEmpty(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ isEmpty(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_IsEmpty, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% subtract(This, Rect) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxRegion(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}.
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ subtract(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_Subtract_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec subtract(This, X, Y, W, H) -> boolean() when This::wxRegion(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer(). subtract(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ subtract(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_Subtract_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec offset(This, Pt) -> boolean() when This::wxRegion(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. offset(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ offset(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_Offset_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec offset(This, X, Y) -> boolean() when This::wxRegion(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). offset(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ offset(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_Offset_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% union(This, Rect) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxRegion(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}.
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ union(This,Bmp,Transp) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Bmp, wx_ref),tuple_size(Transp) =:= 3; tuple_size(Transp) =:= 4 -> union(This,Bmp,Transp, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec union(This, Bmp, Transp, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxRegion(), Bmp::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), Transp::wx:wx_colour(), Option :: {tolerance, integer()}. @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ union(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BmpT,ref=BmpRef},Transp, Opti wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_Union_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec union(This, X, Y, W, H) -> boolean() when This::wxRegion(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer(). union(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ union(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_Union_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% 'Xor'(This, Rect) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxRegion(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}.
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ union(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) wxe_util:call(?wxRegion_Xor_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec 'Xor'(This, X, Y, W, H) -> boolean() when This::wxRegion(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer(). 'Xor'(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashEvent.erl index 6ca4bf73ea..028b8ba067 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSashEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSashEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
sash_dragged
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxSash(). #wxSash{}} event record type. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSashEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxSASH_TOP | ?wxSASH_RIGHT | ?wxSASH_BOTTOM | ?wxSASH_LEFT | ?wxSASH_NONE -spec getEdge(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxSashEvent(). @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ getEdge(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSashEvent_GetEdge, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDragRect(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxSashEvent(). getDragRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ getDragRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSashEvent_GetDragRect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxSASH_STATUS_OK | ?wxSASH_STATUS_OUT_OF_RANGE -spec getDragStatus(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxSashEvent(). diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashLayoutWindow.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashLayoutWindow.erl index f833f59479..c7c0c7d1ab 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashLayoutWindow.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashLayoutWindow.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSashLayoutWindow. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSashLayoutWindow. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxSashWindow} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSashLayoutWindow() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxSashLayoutWindow(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxSashLayoutWindow_new_0, @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxSashLayoutWindow() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ create(This,Parent) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> create(This,Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxSashLayoutWindow(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Opti wxe_util:call(?wxSashLayoutWindow_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxLAYOUT_NONE | ?wxLAYOUT_TOP | ?wxLAYOUT_LEFT | ?wxLAYOUT_RIGHT | ?wxLAYOUT_BOTTOM -spec getAlignment(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxSashLayoutWindow(). @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ getAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSashLayoutWindow_GetAlignment, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxLAYOUT_HORIZONTAL | ?wxLAYOUT_VERTICAL -spec getOrientation(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxSashLayoutWindow(). @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ getOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSashLayoutWindow_GetOrientation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Align = ?wxLAYOUT_NONE | ?wxLAYOUT_TOP | ?wxLAYOUT_LEFT | ?wxLAYOUT_RIGHT | ?wxLAYOUT_BOTTOM -spec setAlignment(This, Align) -> ok when This::wxSashLayoutWindow(), Align::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ setAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Align) wxe_util:cast(?wxSashLayoutWindow_SetAlignment, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefaultSize(This, Size) -> ok when This::wxSashLayoutWindow(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setDefaultSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ setDefaultSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxSashLayoutWindow_SetDefaultSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Orient = ?wxLAYOUT_HORIZONTAL | ?wxLAYOUT_VERTICAL -spec setOrientation(This, Orient) -> ok when This::wxSashLayoutWindow(), Orient::wx:wx_enum(). diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashWindow.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashWindow.erl index 7d85e05af8..9404d73b6c 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashWindow.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSashWindow.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSashWindow. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSashWindow. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxWindow} %%
{@link wxEvtHandler} @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSashWindow() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxSashWindow(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxSashWindow_new_0, @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxSashWindow() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxSashWindow_new_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Edge = ?wxSASH_TOP | ?wxSASH_RIGHT | ?wxSASH_BOTTOM | ?wxSASH_LEFT | ?wxSASH_NONE -spec getSashVisible(This, Edge) -> boolean() when This::wxSashWindow(), Edge::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ getSashVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Edge) wxe_util:call(?wxSashWindow_GetSashVisible, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMaximumSizeX(This) -> integer() when This::wxSashWindow(). getMaximumSizeX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ getMaximumSizeX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSashWindow_GetMaximumSizeX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMaximumSizeY(This) -> integer() when This::wxSashWindow(). getMaximumSizeY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ getMaximumSizeY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSashWindow_GetMaximumSizeY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMinimumSizeX(This) -> integer() when This::wxSashWindow(). getMinimumSizeX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ getMinimumSizeX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSashWindow_GetMinimumSizeX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMinimumSizeY(This) -> integer() when This::wxSashWindow(). getMinimumSizeY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ getMinimumSizeY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSashWindow_GetMinimumSizeY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMaximumSizeX(This, Max) -> ok when This::wxSashWindow(), Max::integer(). setMaximumSizeX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Max) @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ setMaximumSizeX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Max) wxe_util:cast(?wxSashWindow_SetMaximumSizeX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMaximumSizeY(This, Max) -> ok when This::wxSashWindow(), Max::integer(). setMaximumSizeY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Max) @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ setMaximumSizeY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Max) wxe_util:cast(?wxSashWindow_SetMaximumSizeY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMinimumSizeX(This, Min) -> ok when This::wxSashWindow(), Min::integer(). setMinimumSizeX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Min) @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ setMinimumSizeX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Min) wxe_util:cast(?wxSashWindow_SetMinimumSizeX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMinimumSizeY(This, Min) -> ok when This::wxSashWindow(), Min::integer(). setMinimumSizeY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Min) @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ setMinimumSizeY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Min) wxe_util:cast(?wxSashWindow_SetMinimumSizeY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Edge = ?wxSASH_TOP | ?wxSASH_RIGHT | ?wxSASH_BOTTOM | ?wxSASH_LEFT | ?wxSASH_NONE -spec setSashVisible(This, Edge, Sash) -> ok when This::wxSashWindow(), Edge::wx:wx_enum(), Sash::boolean(). diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScreenDC.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScreenDC.erl index f9ab60d389..54bdc2d351 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScreenDC.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScreenDC.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxScreenDC. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxScreenDC. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDC} %%

@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ parent_class(wxDC) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxScreenDC() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxScreenDC(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxScreenDC_new, diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollBar.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollBar.erl index 4370bd1635..8907b15ee9 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollBar.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollBar.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxScrollBar. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxScrollBar. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxScrollBar() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxScrollBar(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxScrollBar_new_0, @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxScrollBar() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> create(This,Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxScrollBar(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, O wxe_util:call(?wxScrollBar_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRange(This) -> integer() when This::wxScrollBar(). getRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ getRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxScrollBar_GetRange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageSize(This) -> integer() when This::wxScrollBar(). getPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ getPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxScrollBar_GetPageSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getThumbPosition(This) -> integer() when This::wxScrollBar(). getThumbPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ getThumbPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxScrollBar_GetThumbPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getThumbSize(This) -> integer() when This::wxScrollBar(). getThumbSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ getThumbSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxScrollBar_GetThumbSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setThumbPosition(This, ViewStart) -> ok when This::wxScrollBar(), ViewStart::integer(). setThumbPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ViewStart) @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ setScrollbar(This,Position,ThumbSize,Range,PageSize) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Position),is_integer(ThumbSize),is_integer(Range),is_integer(PageSize) -> setScrollbar(This,Position,ThumbSize,Range,PageSize, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setScrollbar(This, Position, ThumbSize, Range, PageSize, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxScrollBar(), Position::integer(), ThumbSize::integer(), Range::integer(), PageSize::integer(), Option :: {refresh, boolean()}. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollEvent.erl index 6939859d92..a2a8a59caa 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxScrollEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxScrollEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
scroll_top, scroll_bottom, scroll_lineup, scroll_linedown, scroll_pageup, scroll_pagedown, scroll_thumbtrack, scroll_thumbrelease, scroll_changed
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxScroll(). #wxScroll{}} event record type. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxScrollEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOrientation(This) -> integer() when This::wxScrollEvent(). getOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ getOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxScrollEvent_GetOrientation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> integer() when This::wxScrollEvent(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollWinEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollWinEvent.erl index c899d37dff..eb8d191b5f 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollWinEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrollWinEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxScrollWinEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxScrollWinEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
scrollwin_top, scrollwin_bottom, scrollwin_lineup, scrollwin_linedown, scrollwin_pageup, scrollwin_pagedown, scrollwin_thumbtrack, scrollwin_thumbrelease
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxScrollWin(). #wxScrollWin{}} event record type. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxScrollWinEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOrientation(This) -> integer() when This::wxScrollWinEvent(). getOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ getOrientation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> integer() when This::wxScrollWinEvent(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrolledWindow.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrolledWindow.erl index dbc5eb010e..e154643d05 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrolledWindow.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxScrolledWindow.erl @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxScrolledWindow. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxScrolledWindow. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxPanel} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxScrolledWindow() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxScrolledWindow(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxScrolledWindow_new_0, @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxScrolledWindow() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {winid, integer()} @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxScrolledWindow_new_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec calcScrolledPosition(This, Pt) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxScrolledWindow(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. calcScrolledPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ calcScrolledPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:call(?wxScrolledWindow_CalcScrolledPosition_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec calcScrolledPosition(This, X, Y) -> {Xx::integer(), Yy::integer()} when This::wxScrolledWindow(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). calcScrolledPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ calcScrolledPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:call(?wxScrolledWindow_CalcScrolledPosition_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec calcUnscrolledPosition(This, Pt) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxScrolledWindow(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. calcUnscrolledPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ calcUnscrolledPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:call(?wxScrolledWindow_CalcUnscrolledPosition_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec calcUnscrolledPosition(This, X, Y) -> {Xx::integer(), Yy::integer()} when This::wxScrolledWindow(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). calcUnscrolledPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ calcUnscrolledPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:call(?wxScrolledWindow_CalcUnscrolledPosition_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableScrolling(This, X_scrolling, Y_scrolling) -> ok when This::wxScrolledWindow(), X_scrolling::boolean(), Y_scrolling::boolean(). enableScrolling(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X_scrolling,Y_scrolling) @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ enableScrolling(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X_scrolling,Y_scrolling) wxe_util:cast(?wxScrolledWindow_EnableScrolling, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getScrollPixelsPerUnit(This) -> {PixelsPerUnitX::integer(), PixelsPerUnitY::integer()} when This::wxScrolledWindow(). getScrollPixelsPerUnit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ getScrollPixelsPerUnit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxScrolledWindow_GetScrollPixelsPerUnit, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getViewStart(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxScrolledWindow(). getViewStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ getViewStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxScrolledWindow_GetViewStart, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec doPrepareDC(This, Dc) -> ok when This::wxScrolledWindow(), Dc::wxDC:wxDC(). doPrepareDC(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}) -> @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ doPrepareDC(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxScrolledWindow_DoPrepareDC, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec prepareDC(This, Dc) -> ok when This::wxScrolledWindow(), Dc::wxDC:wxDC(). prepareDC(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}) -> @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ prepareDC(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DcT,ref=DcRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxScrolledWindow_PrepareDC, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec scroll(This, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxScrolledWindow(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). scroll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ setScrollbars(This,PixelsPerUnitX,PixelsPerUnitY,NoUnitsX,NoUnitsY) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(PixelsPerUnitX),is_integer(PixelsPerUnitY),is_integer(NoUnitsX),is_integer(NoUnitsY) -> setScrollbars(This,PixelsPerUnitX,PixelsPerUnitY,NoUnitsX,NoUnitsY, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setScrollbars(This, PixelsPerUnitX, PixelsPerUnitY, NoUnitsX, NoUnitsY, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxScrolledWindow(), PixelsPerUnitX::integer(), PixelsPerUnitY::integer(), NoUnitsX::integer(), NoUnitsY::integer(), Option :: {xPos, integer()} @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ setScrollbars(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PixelsPerUnitX,PixelsPerUnitY,NoUn wxe_util:cast(?wxScrolledWindow_SetScrollbars, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setScrollRate(This, Xstep, Ystep) -> ok when This::wxScrolledWindow(), Xstep::integer(), Ystep::integer(). setScrollRate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Xstep,Ystep) @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ setScrollRate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Xstep,Ystep) wxe_util:cast(?wxScrolledWindow_SetScrollRate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTargetWindow(This, Target) -> ok when This::wxScrolledWindow(), Target::wxWindow:wxWindow(). setTargetWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=TargetT,ref=TargetRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSetCursorEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSetCursorEvent.erl index 23ff963001..389966af82 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSetCursorEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSetCursorEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSetCursorEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSetCursorEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
set_cursor
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxSetCursor(). #wxSetCursor{}} event record type. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSetCursorEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCursor(This) -> wxCursor:wxCursor() when This::wxSetCursorEvent(). getCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ getCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSetCursorEvent_GetCursor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getX(This) -> integer() when This::wxSetCursorEvent(). getX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ getX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSetCursorEvent_GetX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getY(This) -> integer() when This::wxSetCursorEvent(). getY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ getY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSetCursorEvent_GetY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasCursor(This) -> boolean() when This::wxSetCursorEvent(). hasCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ hasCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSetCursorEvent_HasCursor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCursor(This, Cursor) -> ok when This::wxSetCursorEvent(), Cursor::wxCursor:wxCursor(). setCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=CursorT,ref=CursorRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxShowEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxShowEvent.erl index ffafa0978f..f476f476f7 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxShowEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxShowEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxShowEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxShowEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
show
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxShow(). #wxShow{}} event record type. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxShowEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setShow(This, Show) -> ok when This::wxShowEvent(), Show::boolean(). setShow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show) @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ setShow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show) wxe_util:cast(?wxShowEvent_SetShow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getShow(This) -> boolean() when This::wxShowEvent(). getShow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSingleChoiceDialog.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSingleChoiceDialog.erl index db6b41ae75..79969f92a6 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSingleChoiceDialog.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSingleChoiceDialog.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSingleChoiceDialog. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSingleChoiceDialog. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDialog} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSingleChoiceDialog() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxSingleChoiceDialog(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxSingleChoiceDialog_new_0, @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ new(Parent,Message,Caption,Choices) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_list(Message),is_list(Caption),is_list(Choices) -> new(Parent,Message,Caption,Choices, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Message, Caption, Choices, [Option]) -> wxSingleChoiceDialog() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Message::unicode:chardata(), Caption::unicode:chardata(), Choices::[unicode:chardata()], Option :: {style, integer()} @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Message,Caption,Choices, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxSingleChoiceDialog_new_5, <>|| UC_Str <- Choices_UCA>>)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4 + lists:sum([byte_size(S)+4||S<-Choices_UCA])) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxSingleChoiceDialog(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSingleChoiceDialog_GetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStringSelection(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxSingleChoiceDialog(). getStringSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ getStringSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSingleChoiceDialog_GetStringSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, Sel) -> ok when This::wxSingleChoiceDialog(), Sel::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Sel) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizeEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizeEvent.erl index c51e48bc59..5ecd021f29 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizeEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizeEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSizeEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSizeEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
size
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxSize(). #wxSize{}} event record type. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSizeEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxSizeEvent(). getSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizer.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizer.erl index 7edc01aa2a..bc89350f6e 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizer.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizer.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSizer. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSizer. %% @type wxSizer(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ add(This,Window) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Window, wx_ref) -> add(This,Window, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% add(This, Window, [Option]) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when
%% This::wxSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer(),
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ add(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},#wx_ref{ wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec add(This, Width, Height, [Option]) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when This::wxSizer(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Option :: {proportion, integer()} @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ add(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_Add_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addSpacer(This, Size) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when This::wxSizer(), Size::integer(). addSpacer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Size) @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ addStretchSpacer(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> addStretchSpacer(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addStretchSpacer(This, [Option]) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when This::wxSizer(), Option :: {prop, integer()}. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ addStretchSpacer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_AddStretchSpacer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec calcMin(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxSizer(). calcMin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ clear(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> clear(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clear(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxSizer(), Option :: {delete_windows, boolean()}. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizer_Clear, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% detach(This, Window) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer().
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ detach(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec fit(This, Window) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(). fit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ fit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_Fit, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec fitInside(This, Window) -> ok when This::wxSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(). fitInside(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ fitInside(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) - wxe_util:cast(?wxSizer_FitInside, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getChildren(This) -> [wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem()] when This::wxSizer(). getChildren(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ getChildren(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_GetChildren, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% getItem(This, Index) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when
%% This::wxSizer(), Index::integer().
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ getItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index) wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_GetItem_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItem(This, Window, [Option]) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when This::wxSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer(), Option :: {recursive, boolean()}. @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ getItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}, Opt wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxSizer(). getSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ getSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_GetSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxSizer(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_GetPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMinSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxSizer(). getMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ getMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_GetMinSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% hide(This, Index) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxSizer(), Index::integer().
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ hide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index) wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_Hide_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hide(This, Window, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer(), Option :: {recursive, boolean()}. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ hide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}, Option wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insert(This, Index, Item) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when This::wxSizer(), Index::integer(), Item::wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem(). insert(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index,#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ insert(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index,#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_Insert_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% insert(This, Index, Window, [Option]) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when
%% This::wxSizer(), Index::integer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer(),
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ insert(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index,#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef} wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insert(This, Index, Width, Height, [Option]) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when This::wxSizer(), Index::integer(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Option :: {proportion, integer()} @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ insert(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index,Width,Height, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_Insert_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertSpacer(This, Index, Size) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when This::wxSizer(), Index::integer(), Size::integer(). insertSpacer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index,Size) @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ insertStretchSpacer(This,Index) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Index) -> insertStretchSpacer(This,Index, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertStretchSpacer(This, Index, [Option]) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when This::wxSizer(), Index::integer(), Option :: {prop, integer()}. @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ insertStretchSpacer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_InsertStretchSpacer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% isShown(This, Window) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer().
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ isShown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec layout(This) -> ok when This::wxSizer(). layout(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ layout(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxSizer_Layout, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec prepend(This, Item) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when This::wxSizer(), Item::wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem(). prepend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) -> @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ prepend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ItemT,ref=ItemRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_Prepend_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% prepend(This, Window, [Option]) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when
%% This::wxSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer(),
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ prepend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},#wx_ wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec prepend(This, Width, Height, [Option]) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when This::wxSizer(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Option :: {proportion, integer()} @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ prepend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_Prepend_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec prependSpacer(This, Size) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when This::wxSizer(), Size::integer(). prependSpacer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Size) @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ prependStretchSpacer(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> prependStretchSpacer(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec prependStretchSpacer(This, [Option]) -> wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem() when This::wxSizer(), Option :: {prop, integer()}. @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ prependStretchSpacer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_PrependStretchSpacer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec recalcSizes(This) -> ok when This::wxSizer(). recalcSizes(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ recalcSizes(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxSizer_RecalcSizes, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% remove(This, Sizer) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxSizer(), Sizer::wxSizer().
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ remove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=SizerT,ref=SizerRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_Remove_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% replace(This, Index, Newitem) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxSizer(), Index::integer(), Newitem::wxSizerItem:wxSizerItem().
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ replace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Index,#wx_ref{type=NewitemT,ref=NewitemR wxe_util:call(?wxSizer_Replace_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec replace(This, Oldwin, Newwin, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxSizer(), Oldwin::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer(), Newwin::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer(), Option :: {recursive, boolean()}. @@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ replace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=OldwinT,ref=OldwinRef},#wx_ wxe_util:call(OldwinOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDimension(This, X, Y, Width, Height) -> ok when This::wxSizer(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(). setDimension(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,Width,Height) @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ setDimension(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,Width,Height) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizer_SetDimension, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMinSize(This, Size) -> ok when This::wxSizer(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ setMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizer_SetMinSize_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMinSize(This, Width, Height) -> ok when This::wxSizer(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(). setMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height) @@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ setMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizer_SetMinSize_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setItemMinSize(This, Window, Size) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}.
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ setItemMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRe wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setItemMinSize(This, Window, Width, Height) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer(), Width::integer(), Height::integer().
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ setItemMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRe wxe_util:call(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSizeHints(This, Window) -> ok when This::wxSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(). setSizeHints(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ setSizeHints(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef} wxe_util:cast(?wxSizer_SetSizeHints, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setVirtualSizeHints(This, Window) -> ok when This::wxSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(). setVirtualSizeHints(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ setVirtualSizeHints(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=Win wxe_util:cast(?wxSizer_SetVirtualSizeHints, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% show(This, Window) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer();
@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ show(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizer_Show_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% show(This, Window, [Option]) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxSizer(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer(),
diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizerFlags.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizerFlags.erl index 08d36d1a80..e6aaa18b8a 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizerFlags.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizerFlags.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSizerFlags. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSizerFlags. %% @type wxSizerFlags(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). new() -> new([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new([Option]) -> wxSizerFlags() when Option :: {proportion, integer()}. new(Options) @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ new(Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxSizerFlags_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec align(This, Alignment) -> wxSizerFlags() when This::wxSizerFlags(), Alignment::integer(). align(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Alignment) @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ border(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> border(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec border(This, [Option]) -> wxSizerFlags() when This::wxSizerFlags(), Option :: {direction, integer()}. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ border(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxSizerFlags_Border_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec border(This, Direction, BorderInPixels) -> wxSizerFlags() when This::wxSizerFlags(), Direction::integer(), BorderInPixels::integer(). border(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Direction,BorderInPixels) @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ border(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Direction,BorderInPixels) wxe_util:call(?wxSizerFlags_Border_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec center(This) -> wxSizerFlags() when This::wxSizerFlags(). center(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ center(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerFlags_Center, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec centre(This) -> wxSizerFlags() when This::wxSizerFlags(). centre(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ centre(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerFlags_Centre, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec expand(This) -> wxSizerFlags() when This::wxSizerFlags(). expand(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ expand(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerFlags_Expand, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec left(This) -> wxSizerFlags() when This::wxSizerFlags(). left(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ left(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerFlags_Left, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec proportion(This, Proportion) -> wxSizerFlags() when This::wxSizerFlags(), Proportion::integer(). proportion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Proportion) @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ proportion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Proportion) wxe_util:call(?wxSizerFlags_Proportion, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec right(This) -> wxSizerFlags() when This::wxSizerFlags(). right(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizerItem.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizerItem.erl index 62655864d1..4711caff11 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizerItem.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSizerItem.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSizerItem. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSizerItem. %% @type wxSizerItem(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -40,13 +40,13 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSizerItem() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxSizerItem(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxSizerItem_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Window, Flags) -> wxSizerItem() when Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer:wxSizer(), Flags::wxSizerFlags:wxSizerFlags(). new(#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},#wx_ref{type=FlagsT,ref=FlagsRef}) -> @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},#wx_ref{type=FlagsT,ref=FlagsRef}) -> wxe_util:construct(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Width, Height, Flags) -> wxSizerItem() when Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Flags::wxSizerFlags:wxSizerFlags(). new(Width,Height,#wx_ref{type=FlagsT,ref=FlagsRef}) @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ new(Width,Height,#wx_ref{type=FlagsT,ref=FlagsRef}) wxe_util:construct(?wxSizerItem_new_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Window, Proportion, Flag, Border, UserData) -> wxSizerItem() when Window::wxWindow:wxWindow() | wxSizer:wxSizer(), Proportion::integer(), Flag::integer(), Border::integer(), UserData::wx:wx_object(). new(#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},Proportion,Flag,Border,#wx_ref{type=UserDataT,ref=UserDataRef}) @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef},Proportion,Flag,Border,#wx_ref{type=User wxe_util:construct(WindowOP, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Width, Height, Proportion, Flag, Border, UserData) -> wxSizerItem() when Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Proportion::integer(), Flag::integer(), Border::integer(), UserData::wx:wx_object(). new(Width,Height,Proportion,Flag,Border,#wx_ref{type=UserDataT,ref=UserDataRef}) @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ new(Width,Height,Proportion,Flag,Border,#wx_ref{type=UserDataT,ref=UserDataRef}) wxe_util:construct(?wxSizerItem_new_6, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec calcMin(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxSizerItem(). calcMin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ calcMin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_CalcMin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteWindows(This) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(). deleteWindows(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ deleteWindows(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_DeleteWindows, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec detachSizer(This) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(). detachSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ detachSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_DetachSizer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBorder(This) -> integer() when This::wxSizerItem(). getBorder(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ getBorder(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_GetBorder, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFlag(This) -> integer() when This::wxSizerItem(). getFlag(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ getFlag(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_GetFlag, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMinSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxSizerItem(). getMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ getMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_GetMinSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxSizerItem(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_GetPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getProportion(This) -> integer() when This::wxSizerItem(). getProportion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ getProportion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_GetProportion, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRatio(This) -> number() when This::wxSizerItem(). getRatio(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ getRatio(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_GetRatio, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRect(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxSizerItem(). getRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ getRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_GetRect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxSizerItem(). getSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ getSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_GetSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSizer(This) -> wxSizer:wxSizer() when This::wxSizerItem(). getSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ getSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_GetSizer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSpacer(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxSizerItem(). getSpacer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ getSpacer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_GetSpacer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getUserData(This) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxSizerItem(). getUserData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ getUserData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_GetUserData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWindow(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxSizerItem(). getWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ getWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_GetWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isSizer(This) -> boolean() when This::wxSizerItem(). isSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ isSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_IsSizer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isShown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxSizerItem(). isShown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ isShown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_IsShown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isSpacer(This) -> boolean() when This::wxSizerItem(). isSpacer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ isSpacer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_IsSpacer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isWindow(This) -> boolean() when This::wxSizerItem(). isWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ isWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSizerItem_IsWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBorder(This, Border) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(), Border::integer(). setBorder(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Border) @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ setBorder(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Border) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_SetBorder, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDimension(This, Pos, Size) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(), Pos::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}, Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setDimension(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PosX,PosY},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ setDimension(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PosX,PosY},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_SetDimension, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFlag(This, Flag) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(), Flag::integer(). setFlag(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ setFlag(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_SetFlag, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setInitSize(This, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). setInitSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ setInitSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_SetInitSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMinSize(This, Size) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ setMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_SetMinSize_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMinSize(This, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). setMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ setMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_SetMinSize_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setProportion(This, Proportion) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(), Proportion::integer(). setProportion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Proportion) @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ setProportion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Proportion) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_SetProportion, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setRatio(This, Size) -> ok when
%% This::wxSizerItem(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}.
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ setRatio(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_SetRatio_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRatio(This, Width, Height) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(). setRatio(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height) @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ setRatio(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_SetRatio_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSizer(This, Sizer) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(), Sizer::wxSizer:wxSizer(). setSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=SizerT,ref=SizerRef}) -> @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ setSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=SizerT,ref=SizerRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_SetSizer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSpacer(This, Size) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setSpacer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ setSpacer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_SetSpacer_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSpacer(This, Width, Height) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(). setSpacer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height) @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ setSpacer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height) wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_SetSpacer_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWindow(This, Window) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(). setWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ setWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) - wxe_util:cast(?wxSizerItem_SetWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec show(This, Show) -> ok when This::wxSizerItem(), Show::boolean(). show(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSlider.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSlider.erl index 459e9b9c35..752253eaca 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSlider.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSlider.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSlider. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSlider. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSlider() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxSlider(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxSlider_new_0, @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Value,MinValue,MaxValue) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_integer(Value),is_integer(MinValue),is_integer(MaxValue) -> new(Parent,Id,Value,MinValue,MaxValue, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Value, MinValue, MaxValue, [Option]) -> wxSlider() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Value::integer(), MinValue::integer(), MaxValue::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Value,MinValue,MaxValue) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_integer(Value),is_integer(MinValue),is_integer(MaxValue) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Value,MinValue,MaxValue, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Value, MinValue, MaxValue, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxSlider(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Value::integer(), MinValue::integer(), MaxValue::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,Va wxe_util:call(?wxSlider_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLineSize(This) -> integer() when This::wxSlider(). getLineSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ getLineSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSlider_GetLineSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMax(This) -> integer() when This::wxSlider(). getMax(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ getMax(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSlider_GetMax, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMin(This) -> integer() when This::wxSlider(). getMin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ getMin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSlider_GetMin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageSize(This) -> integer() when This::wxSlider(). getPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ getPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSlider_GetPageSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getThumbLength(This) -> integer() when This::wxSlider(). getThumbLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ getThumbLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSlider_GetThumbLength, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getValue(This) -> integer() when This::wxSlider(). getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSlider_GetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLineSize(This, LineSize) -> ok when This::wxSlider(), LineSize::integer(). setLineSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineSize) @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ setLineSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineSize) wxe_util:cast(?wxSlider_SetLineSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageSize(This, PageSize) -> ok when This::wxSlider(), PageSize::integer(). setPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PageSize) @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ setPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PageSize) wxe_util:cast(?wxSlider_SetPageSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRange(This, MinValue, MaxValue) -> ok when This::wxSlider(), MinValue::integer(), MaxValue::integer(). setRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MinValue,MaxValue) @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ setRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MinValue,MaxValue) wxe_util:cast(?wxSlider_SetRange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setThumbLength(This, LenPixels) -> ok when This::wxSlider(), LenPixels::integer(). setThumbLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LenPixels) @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ setThumbLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LenPixels) wxe_util:cast(?wxSlider_SetThumbLength, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setValue(This, Value) -> ok when This::wxSlider(), Value::integer(). setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Value) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinButton.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinButton.erl index 0f1dea75b6..a09d041798 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinButton.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinButton.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSpinButton. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSpinButton. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSpinButton() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxSpinButton(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxSpinButton_new_0, @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxSpinButton() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ create(This,Parent) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> create(This,Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxSpinButton(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Opti wxe_util:call(?wxSpinButton_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMax(This) -> integer() when This::wxSpinButton(). getMax(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ getMax(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSpinButton_GetMax, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMin(This) -> integer() when This::wxSpinButton(). getMin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ getMin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSpinButton_GetMin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getValue(This) -> integer() when This::wxSpinButton(). getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSpinButton_GetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRange(This, MinVal, MaxVal) -> ok when This::wxSpinButton(), MinVal::integer(), MaxVal::integer(). setRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MinVal,MaxVal) @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ setRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MinVal,MaxVal) wxe_util:cast(?wxSpinButton_SetRange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setValue(This, Value) -> ok when This::wxSpinButton(), Value::integer(). setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Value) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinCtrl.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinCtrl.erl index 82e49da46d..2e34024a41 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinCtrl.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinCtrl.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSpinCtrl. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSpinCtrl. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSpinCtrl() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxSpinCtrl(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxSpinCtrl_new_0, @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxSpinCtrl() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ create(This,Parent) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> create(This,Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxSpinCtrl(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Opti wxe_util:call(?wxSpinCtrl_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setValue(This, Text) -> ok when
%% This::wxSpinCtrl(), Text::unicode:chardata().
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxSpinCtrl_SetValue_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getValue(This) -> integer() when This::wxSpinCtrl(). getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSpinCtrl_GetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRange(This, MinVal, MaxVal) -> ok when This::wxSpinCtrl(), MinVal::integer(), MaxVal::integer(). setRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MinVal,MaxVal) @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ setRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MinVal,MaxVal) wxe_util:cast(?wxSpinCtrl_SetRange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, From, To) -> ok when This::wxSpinCtrl(), From::integer(), To::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To) @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To) wxe_util:cast(?wxSpinCtrl_SetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMin(This) -> integer() when This::wxSpinCtrl(). getMin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ getMin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSpinCtrl_GetMin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMax(This) -> integer() when This::wxSpinCtrl(). getMax(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinEvent.erl index ecbe557c7b..ea1f7b8718 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSpinEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSpinEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSpinEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
command_spinctrl_updated, spin_up, spin_down, spin
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxSpin(). #wxSpin{}} event record type. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSpinEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> integer() when This::wxSpinEvent(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSpinEvent_GetPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPosition(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxSpinEvent(), Pos::integer(). setPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplashScreen.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplashScreen.erl index 2222f5e64e..10c1d4a2e7 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplashScreen.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplashScreen.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSplashScreen. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSplashScreen. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxFrame} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSplashScreen() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxSplashScreen(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxSplashScreen_new_0, @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ new(Bitmap,SplashStyle,Milliseconds,Parent,Id) when is_record(Bitmap, wx_ref),is_integer(SplashStyle),is_integer(Milliseconds),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Bitmap,SplashStyle,Milliseconds,Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Bitmap, SplashStyle, Milliseconds, Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxSplashScreen() when Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), SplashStyle::integer(), Milliseconds::integer(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef},SplashStyle,Milliseconds,#wx_ref{type=Pa wxe_util:construct(?wxSplashScreen_new_6, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSplashStyle(This) -> integer() when This::wxSplashScreen(). getSplashStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ getSplashStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSplashScreen_GetSplashStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTimeout(This) -> integer() when This::wxSplashScreen(). getTimeout(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplitterEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplitterEvent.erl index bba9b13abd..0b67a6867f 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplitterEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplitterEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSplitterEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSplitterEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
command_splitter_sash_pos_changed, command_splitter_sash_pos_changing, command_splitter_doubleclicked, command_splitter_unsplit
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxSplitter(). #wxSplitter{}} event record type. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSplitterEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSashPosition(This) -> integer() when This::wxSplitterEvent(). getSashPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ getSashPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSplitterEvent_GetSashPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getX(This) -> integer() when This::wxSplitterEvent(). getX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ getX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSplitterEvent_GetX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getY(This) -> integer() when This::wxSplitterEvent(). getY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ getY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSplitterEvent_GetY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWindowBeingRemoved(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxSplitterEvent(). getWindowBeingRemoved(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ getWindowBeingRemoved(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSplitterEvent_GetWindowBeingRemoved, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSashPosition(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxSplitterEvent(), Pos::integer(). setSashPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplitterWindow.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplitterWindow.erl index 231f93911f..1b54bfdebc 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplitterWindow.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSplitterWindow.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSplitterWindow. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSplitterWindow. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxWindow} %%
{@link wxEvtHandler} @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSplitterWindow() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxSplitterWindow(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxSplitterWindow_new_0, @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxSplitterWindow() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ create(This,Parent) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> create(This,Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxSplitterWindow(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Opti wxe_util:call(?wxSplitterWindow_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMinimumPaneSize(This) -> integer() when This::wxSplitterWindow(). getMinimumPaneSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ getMinimumPaneSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSplitterWindow_GetMinimumPaneSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSashGravity(This) -> number() when This::wxSplitterWindow(). getSashGravity(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ getSashGravity(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSplitterWindow_GetSashGravity, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSashPosition(This) -> integer() when This::wxSplitterWindow(). getSashPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ getSashPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSplitterWindow_GetSashPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxSPLIT_HORIZONTAL | ?wxSPLIT_VERTICAL -spec getSplitMode(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxSplitterWindow(). @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ getSplitMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSplitterWindow_GetSplitMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWindow1(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxSplitterWindow(). getWindow1(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ getWindow1(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSplitterWindow_GetWindow1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWindow2(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxSplitterWindow(). getWindow2(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ getWindow2(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSplitterWindow_GetWindow2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec initialize(This, Window) -> ok when This::wxSplitterWindow(), Window::wxWindow:wxWindow(). initialize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) -> @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ initialize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WindowT,ref=WindowRef}) wxe_util:cast(?wxSplitterWindow_Initialize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isSplit(This) -> boolean() when This::wxSplitterWindow(). isSplit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ isSplit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxSplitterWindow_IsSplit, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec replaceWindow(This, WinOld, WinNew) -> boolean() when This::wxSplitterWindow(), WinOld::wxWindow:wxWindow(), WinNew::wxWindow:wxWindow(). replaceWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WinOldT,ref=WinOldRef},#wx_ref{type=WinNewT,ref=WinNewRef}) -> @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ replaceWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WinOldT,ref=WinOldRef wxe_util:call(?wxSplitterWindow_ReplaceWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSashGravity(This, Gravity) -> ok when This::wxSplitterWindow(), Gravity::number(). setSashGravity(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Gravity) @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ setSashPosition(This,Position) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Position) -> setSashPosition(This,Position, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSashPosition(This, Position, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxSplitterWindow(), Position::integer(), Option :: {redraw, boolean()}. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ setSashPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Position, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxSplitterWindow_SetSashPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSashSize(This, Width) -> ok when This::wxSplitterWindow(), Width::integer(). setSashSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width) @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ setSashSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width) wxe_util:cast(?wxSplitterWindow_SetSashSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMinimumPaneSize(This, Min) -> ok when This::wxSplitterWindow(), Min::integer(). setMinimumPaneSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Min) @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ setMinimumPaneSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Min) wxe_util:cast(?wxSplitterWindow_SetMinimumPaneSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSplitMode(This, Mode) -> ok when This::wxSplitterWindow(), Mode::integer(). setSplitMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mode) @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ splitHorizontally(This,Window1,Window2) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Window1, wx_ref),is_record(Window2, wx_ref) -> splitHorizontally(This,Window1,Window2, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec splitHorizontally(This, Window1, Window2, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxSplitterWindow(), Window1::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Window2::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {sashPosition, integer()}. @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ splitVertically(This,Window1,Window2) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Window1, wx_ref),is_record(Window2, wx_ref) -> splitVertically(This,Window1,Window2, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec splitVertically(This, Window1, Window2, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxSplitterWindow(), Window1::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Window2::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {sashPosition, integer()}. @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ unsplit(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> unsplit(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec unsplit(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxSplitterWindow(), Option :: {toRemove, wxWindow:wxWindow()}. @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ unsplit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxSplitterWindow_Unsplit, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec updateSize(This) -> ok when This::wxSplitterWindow(). updateSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBitmap.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBitmap.erl index 02272c8107..40114da423 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBitmap.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBitmap.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxStaticBitmap. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxStaticBitmap. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxStaticBitmap() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxStaticBitmap(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxStaticBitmap_new_0, @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Label) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_record(Label, wx_ref) -> new(Parent,Id,Label, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Label, [Option]) -> wxStaticBitmap() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Label::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Label) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_record(Label, wx_ref) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Label, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Label, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxStaticBitmap(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Label::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,#w wxe_util:call(?wxStaticBitmap_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBitmap(This) -> wxBitmap:wxBitmap() when This::wxStaticBitmap(). getBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ getBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStaticBitmap_GetBitmap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBitmap(This, Bitmap) -> ok when This::wxStaticBitmap(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). setBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBox.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBox.erl index e4e390610a..e82d64a5c3 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBox.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBox.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxStaticBox. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxStaticBox. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxStaticBox() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxStaticBox(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxStaticBox_new_0, @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Label) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Label) -> new(Parent,Id,Label, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Label, [Option]) -> wxStaticBox() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Label) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Label) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Label, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Label, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxStaticBox(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBoxSizer.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBoxSizer.erl index fc8afc1146..22f8c83ad5 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBoxSizer.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticBoxSizer.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxStaticBoxSizer. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxStaticBoxSizer. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxBoxSizer} %%
{@link wxSizer} @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ parent_class(wxSizer) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxStaticBoxSizer() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% new(Box, Orient) -> wxStaticBoxSizer() when
%% Box::wxStaticBox:wxStaticBox(), Orient::integer().
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=BoxT,ref=BoxRef},Orient) wxe_util:construct(?wxStaticBoxSizer_new_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Orient, Win, [Option]) -> wxStaticBoxSizer() when Orient::integer(), Win::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {label, unicode:chardata()}. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ new(Orient,#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef}, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxStaticBoxSizer_new_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStaticBox(This) -> wxStaticBox:wxStaticBox() when This::wxStaticBoxSizer(). getStaticBox(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticLine.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticLine.erl index 86a9975312..d6c598d51c 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticLine.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticLine.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxStaticLine. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxStaticLine. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxStaticLine() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxStaticLine(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxStaticLine_new_0, @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxStaticLine() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ create(This,Parent) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> create(This,Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxStaticLine(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Opti wxe_util:call(?wxStaticLine_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isVertical(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStaticLine(). isVertical(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ isVertical(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStaticLine_IsVertical, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultSize() -> integer(). getDefaultSize() -> wxe_util:call(?wxStaticLine_GetDefaultSize, diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticText.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticText.erl index de779f66fc..eed93fec5d 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticText.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStaticText.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxStaticText. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxStaticText. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxStaticText() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxStaticText(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxStaticText_new_0, @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Label) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Label) -> new(Parent,Id,Label, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Label, [Option]) -> wxStaticText() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Label) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Label) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Label, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Label, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxStaticText(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,La wxe_util:call(?wxStaticText_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLabel(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxStaticText(). getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStaticText_GetLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLabel(This, Label) -> ok when This::wxStaticText(), Label::unicode:chardata(). setLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Label) @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ setLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Label) wxe_util:cast(?wxStaticText_SetLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wrap(This, Width) -> ok when This::wxStaticText(), Width::integer(). wrap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStatusBar.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStatusBar.erl index 5e8a707c22..ce98a92de9 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStatusBar.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStatusBar.erl @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxStatusBar. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxStatusBar. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxWindow} %%
{@link wxEvtHandler} @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxStatusBar() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxStatusBar(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxStatusBar_new_0, @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxStatusBar() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {winid, integer()} @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ create(This,Parent) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> create(This,Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxStatusBar(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {winid, integer()} @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Opti wxe_util:call(?wxStatusBar_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFieldRect(This, I) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::boolean(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}}, This::wxStatusBar(), I::integer(). @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ getFieldRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},I) wxe_util:call(?wxStatusBar_GetFieldRect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFieldsCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxStatusBar(). getFieldsCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ getStatusText(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> getStatusText(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStatusText(This, [Option]) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxStatusBar(), Option :: {number, integer()}. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ popStatusText(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> popStatusText(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec popStatusText(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxStatusBar(), Option :: {number, integer()}. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ pushStatusText(This,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Text) -> pushStatusText(This,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec pushStatusText(This, Text, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxStatusBar(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {number, integer()}. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ setFieldsCount(This,Number) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Number) -> setFieldsCount(This,Number, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFieldsCount(This, Number, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxStatusBar(), Number::integer(), Option :: {widths, [integer()]}. @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ setFieldsCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Number, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxStatusBar_SetFieldsCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMinHeight(This, Height) -> ok when This::wxStatusBar(), Height::integer(). setMinHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Height) @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ setStatusText(This,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Text) -> setStatusText(This,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStatusText(This, Text, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxStatusBar(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {number, integer()}. @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ setStatusText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxStatusBar_SetStatusText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStatusWidths(This, Widths_field) -> ok when This::wxStatusBar(), Widths_field::[integer()]. setStatusWidths(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Widths_field) @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ setStatusWidths(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Widths_field) <> || C <- Widths_field>>)/binary, 0:(((0+length(Widths_field)) rem 2)*32)>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStatusStyles(This, Styles) -> ok when This::wxStatusBar(), Styles::[integer()]. setStatusStyles(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Styles) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.erl index 078763e7cb..2878345600 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStdDialogButtonSizer.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxStdDialogButtonSizer. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxStdDialogButtonSizer. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxBoxSizer} %%
{@link wxSizer} @@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ parent_class(wxSizer) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxStdDialogButtonSizer() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxStdDialogButtonSizer(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxStdDialogButtonSizer_new, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addButton(This, Button) -> ok when This::wxStdDialogButtonSizer(), Button::wxButton:wxButton(). addButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ButtonT,ref=ButtonRef}) -> @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ addButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ButtonT,ref=ButtonRef}) - wxe_util:cast(?wxStdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec realize(This) -> ok when This::wxStdDialogButtonSizer(). realize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ realize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStdDialogButtonSizer_Realize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setAffirmativeButton(This, Button) -> ok when This::wxStdDialogButtonSizer(), Button::wxButton:wxButton(). setAffirmativeButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ButtonT,ref=ButtonRef}) -> @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ setAffirmativeButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ButtonT,ref=Bu wxe_util:cast(?wxStdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCancelButton(This, Button) -> ok when This::wxStdDialogButtonSizer(), Button::wxButton:wxButton(). setCancelButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ButtonT,ref=ButtonRef}) -> @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ setCancelButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ButtonT,ref=ButtonR wxe_util:cast(?wxStdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setNegativeButton(This, Button) -> ok when This::wxStdDialogButtonSizer(), Button::wxButton:wxButton(). setNegativeButton(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ButtonT,ref=ButtonRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStyledTextCtrl.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStyledTextCtrl.erl index 55ac410407..34b4c2a4ec 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStyledTextCtrl.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStyledTextCtrl.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxStyledTextCtrl. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxStyledTextCtrl. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxStyledTextCtrl() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxStyledTextCtrl(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxStyledTextCtrl_new_0, @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxStyledTextCtrl() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ create(This,Parent) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> create(This,Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Opti wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addText(This, Text) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Text::unicode:chardata(). addText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ addText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AddText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addStyledText(This, Data) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Data::wx:wx_object(). addStyledText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) -> @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ addStyledText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DataT,ref=DataRef}) - wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AddStyledText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertText(This, Pos, Text) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(). insertText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,Text) @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ insertText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_InsertText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clearAll(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). clearAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ clearAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ClearAll, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clearDocumentStyle(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). clearDocumentStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ clearDocumentStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ClearDocumentStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLength(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ getLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetLength, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCharAt(This, Pos) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). getCharAt(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ getCharAt(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetCharAt, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCurrentPos(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getCurrentPos(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ getCurrentPos(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetCurrentPos, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getAnchor(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getAnchor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ getAnchor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetAnchor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStyleAt(This, Pos) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). getStyleAt(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ getStyleAt(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetStyleAt, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec redo(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). redo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ redo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_Redo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setUndoCollection(This, CollectUndo) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), CollectUndo::boolean(). setUndoCollection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CollectUndo) @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ setUndoCollection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CollectUndo) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetUndoCollection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectAll(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). selectAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ selectAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SelectAll, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSavePoint(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). setSavePoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ setSavePoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetSavePoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStyledText(This, StartPos, EndPos) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), StartPos::integer(), EndPos::integer(). getStyledText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},StartPos,EndPos) @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ getStyledText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},StartPos,EndPos) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetStyledText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canRedo(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). canRedo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ canRedo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CanRedo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markerLineFromHandle(This, Handle) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Handle::integer(). markerLineFromHandle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Handle) @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ markerLineFromHandle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Handle) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MarkerLineFromHandle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markerDeleteHandle(This, Handle) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Handle::integer(). markerDeleteHandle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Handle) @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ markerDeleteHandle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Handle) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MarkerDeleteHandle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getUndoCollection(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getUndoCollection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ getUndoCollection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetUndoCollection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getViewWhiteSpace(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getViewWhiteSpace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ getViewWhiteSpace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetViewWhiteSpace, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setViewWhiteSpace(This, ViewWS) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), ViewWS::integer(). setViewWhiteSpace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ViewWS) @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ setViewWhiteSpace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ViewWS) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetViewWhiteSpace, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec positionFromPoint(This, Pt) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. positionFromPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ positionFromPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_PositionFromPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec positionFromPointClose(This, X, Y) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). positionFromPointClose(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ positionFromPointClose(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_PositionFromPointClose, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec gotoLine(This, Line) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). gotoLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ gotoLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GotoLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec gotoPos(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). gotoPos(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ gotoPos(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GotoPos, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setAnchor(This, PosAnchor) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), PosAnchor::integer(). setAnchor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PosAnchor) @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ setAnchor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PosAnchor) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetAnchor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCurLine(This) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::unicode:charlist(), LinePos::integer()}, This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ getCurLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetCurLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEndStyled(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getEndStyled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ getEndStyled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetEndStyled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec convertEOLs(This, EolMode) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), EolMode::integer(). convertEOLs(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},EolMode) @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ convertEOLs(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},EolMode) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ConvertEOLs, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEOLMode(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getEOLMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ getEOLMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetEOLMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setEOLMode(This, EolMode) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), EolMode::integer(). setEOLMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},EolMode) @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ setEOLMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},EolMode) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetEOLMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec startStyling(This, Pos, Mask) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(), Mask::integer(). startStyling(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,Mask) @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ startStyling(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,Mask) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StartStyling, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStyling(This, Length, Style) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Length::integer(), Style::integer(). setStyling(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Length,Style) @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ setStyling(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Length,Style) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetStyling, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBufferedDraw(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getBufferedDraw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ getBufferedDraw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetBufferedDraw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBufferedDraw(This, Buffered) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Buffered::boolean(). setBufferedDraw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Buffered) @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ setBufferedDraw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Buffered) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetBufferedDraw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTabWidth(This, TabWidth) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), TabWidth::integer(). setTabWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},TabWidth) @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ setTabWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},TabWidth) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetTabWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTabWidth(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getTabWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ getTabWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetTabWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCodePage(This, CodePage) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), CodePage::integer(). setCodePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CodePage) @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ markerDefine(This,MarkerNumber,MarkerSymbol) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(MarkerNumber),is_integer(MarkerSymbol) -> markerDefine(This,MarkerNumber,MarkerSymbol, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markerDefine(This, MarkerNumber, MarkerSymbol, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), MarkerNumber::integer(), MarkerSymbol::integer(), Option :: {foreground, wx:wx_colour()} @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ markerDefine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MarkerNumber,MarkerSymbol, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MarkerDefine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markerSetForeground(This, MarkerNumber, Fore) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), MarkerNumber::integer(), Fore::wx:wx_colour(). markerSetForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MarkerNumber,Fore) @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ markerSetForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MarkerNumber,Fore) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MarkerSetForeground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markerSetBackground(This, MarkerNumber, Back) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), MarkerNumber::integer(), Back::wx:wx_colour(). markerSetBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MarkerNumber,Back) @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ markerSetBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MarkerNumber,Back) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MarkerSetBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markerAdd(This, Line, MarkerNumber) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(), MarkerNumber::integer(). markerAdd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,MarkerNumber) @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ markerAdd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,MarkerNumber) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MarkerAdd, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markerDelete(This, Line, MarkerNumber) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(), MarkerNumber::integer(). markerDelete(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,MarkerNumber) @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ markerDelete(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,MarkerNumber) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MarkerDelete, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markerDeleteAll(This, MarkerNumber) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), MarkerNumber::integer(). markerDeleteAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MarkerNumber) @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ markerDeleteAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MarkerNumber) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MarkerDeleteAll, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markerGet(This, Line) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). markerGet(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ markerGet(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MarkerGet, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markerNext(This, LineStart, MarkerMask) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), LineStart::integer(), MarkerMask::integer(). markerNext(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineStart,MarkerMask) @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ markerNext(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineStart,MarkerMask) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MarkerNext, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markerPrevious(This, LineStart, MarkerMask) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), LineStart::integer(), MarkerMask::integer(). markerPrevious(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineStart,MarkerMask) @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ markerPrevious(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineStart,MarkerMask) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MarkerPrevious, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markerDefineBitmap(This, MarkerNumber, Bmp) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), MarkerNumber::integer(), Bmp::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). markerDefineBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MarkerNumber,#wx_ref{type=BmpT,ref=BmpRef}) @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ markerDefineBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MarkerNumber,#wx_ref{type=Bmp wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MarkerDefineBitmap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markerAddSet(This, Line, Set) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(), Set::integer(). markerAddSet(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,Set) @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ markerAddSet(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,Set) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MarkerAddSet, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markerSetAlpha(This, MarkerNumber, Alpha) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), MarkerNumber::integer(), Alpha::integer(). markerSetAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MarkerNumber,Alpha) @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ markerSetAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MarkerNumber,Alpha) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MarkerSetAlpha, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMarginType(This, Margin, MarginType) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Margin::integer(), MarginType::integer(). setMarginType(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin,MarginType) @@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ setMarginType(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin,MarginType) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetMarginType, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMarginType(This, Margin) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Margin::integer(). getMarginType(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin) @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ getMarginType(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetMarginType, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMarginWidth(This, Margin, PixelWidth) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Margin::integer(), PixelWidth::integer(). setMarginWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin,PixelWidth) @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ setMarginWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin,PixelWidth) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetMarginWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMarginWidth(This, Margin) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Margin::integer(). getMarginWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin) @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ getMarginWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetMarginWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMarginMask(This, Margin, Mask) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Margin::integer(), Mask::integer(). setMarginMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin,Mask) @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ setMarginMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin,Mask) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetMarginMask, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMarginMask(This, Margin) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Margin::integer(). getMarginMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin) @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ getMarginMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetMarginMask, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMarginSensitive(This, Margin, Sensitive) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Margin::integer(), Sensitive::boolean(). setMarginSensitive(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin,Sensitive) @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ setMarginSensitive(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin,Sensitive) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetMarginSensitive, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMarginSensitive(This, Margin) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Margin::integer(). getMarginSensitive(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin) @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ getMarginSensitive(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Margin) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetMarginSensitive, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleClearAll(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). styleClearAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ styleClearAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleClearAll, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleSetForeground(This, Style, Fore) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Style::integer(), Fore::wx:wx_colour(). styleSetForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Fore) @@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ styleSetForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Fore) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetForeground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleSetBackground(This, Style, Back) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Style::integer(), Back::wx:wx_colour(). styleSetBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Back) @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ styleSetBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Back) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleSetBold(This, Style, Bold) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Style::integer(), Bold::boolean(). styleSetBold(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Bold) @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ styleSetBold(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Bold) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetBold, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleSetItalic(This, Style, Italic) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Style::integer(), Italic::boolean(). styleSetItalic(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Italic) @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ styleSetItalic(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Italic) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetItalic, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleSetSize(This, Style, SizePoints) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Style::integer(), SizePoints::integer(). styleSetSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,SizePoints) @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ styleSetSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,SizePoints) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleSetFaceName(This, Style, FontName) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Style::integer(), FontName::unicode:chardata(). styleSetFaceName(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,FontName) @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ styleSetFaceName(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,FontName) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetFaceName, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleSetEOLFilled(This, Style, Filled) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Style::integer(), Filled::boolean(). styleSetEOLFilled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Filled) @@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ styleSetEOLFilled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Filled) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetEOLFilled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleResetDefault(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). styleResetDefault(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ styleResetDefault(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleResetDefault, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleSetUnderline(This, Style, Underline) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Style::integer(), Underline::boolean(). styleSetUnderline(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Underline) @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ styleSetUnderline(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Underline) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetUnderline, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleSetCase(This, Style, CaseForce) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Style::integer(), CaseForce::integer(). styleSetCase(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,CaseForce) @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ styleSetCase(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,CaseForce) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetCase, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleSetHotSpot(This, Style, Hotspot) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Style::integer(), Hotspot::boolean(). styleSetHotSpot(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Hotspot) @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ styleSetHotSpot(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Hotspot) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetHotSpot, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelForeground(This, UseSetting, Fore) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), UseSetting::boolean(), Fore::wx:wx_colour(). setSelForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Fore) @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ setSelForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Fore) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetSelForeground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelBackground(This, UseSetting, Back) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), UseSetting::boolean(), Back::wx:wx_colour(). setSelBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Back) @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ setSelBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Back) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetSelBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelAlpha(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getSelAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ getSelAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetSelAlpha, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelAlpha(This, Alpha) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Alpha::integer(). setSelAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Alpha) @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ setSelAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Alpha) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetSelAlpha, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCaretForeground(This, Fore) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Fore::wx:wx_colour(). setCaretForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Fore) @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ setCaretForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Fore) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetCaretForeground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec cmdKeyAssign(This, Key, Modifiers, Cmd) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Key::integer(), Modifiers::integer(), Cmd::integer(). cmdKeyAssign(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Key,Modifiers,Cmd) @@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ cmdKeyAssign(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Key,Modifiers,Cmd) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CmdKeyAssign, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec cmdKeyClear(This, Key, Modifiers) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Key::integer(), Modifiers::integer(). cmdKeyClear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Key,Modifiers) @@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ cmdKeyClear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Key,Modifiers) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CmdKeyClear, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec cmdKeyClearAll(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). cmdKeyClearAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ cmdKeyClearAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CmdKeyClearAll, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStyleBytes(This, Length) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Length::integer(). setStyleBytes(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Length) @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ setStyleBytes(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Length) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetStyleBytes, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleSetVisible(This, Style, Visible) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Style::integer(), Visible::boolean(). styleSetVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Visible) @@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ styleSetVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Visible) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetVisible, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCaretPeriod(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getCaretPeriod(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ getCaretPeriod(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetCaretPeriod, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCaretPeriod(This, PeriodMilliseconds) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), PeriodMilliseconds::integer(). setCaretPeriod(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PeriodMilliseconds) @@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ setCaretPeriod(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PeriodMilliseconds) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetCaretPeriod, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWordChars(This, Characters) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Characters::unicode:chardata(). setWordChars(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Characters) @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ setWordChars(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Characters) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetWordChars, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec beginUndoAction(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). beginUndoAction(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ beginUndoAction(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_BeginUndoAction, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec endUndoAction(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). endUndoAction(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1002,7 +1002,7 @@ endUndoAction(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_EndUndoAction, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec indicatorSetStyle(This, Indic, Style) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Indic::integer(), Style::integer(). indicatorSetStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indic,Style) @@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ indicatorSetStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indic,Style) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_IndicatorSetStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec indicatorGetStyle(This, Indic) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Indic::integer(). indicatorGetStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indic) @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ indicatorGetStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indic) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_IndicatorGetStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec indicatorSetForeground(This, Indic, Fore) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Indic::integer(), Fore::wx:wx_colour(). indicatorSetForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indic,Fore) @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ indicatorSetForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indic,Fore) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_IndicatorSetForeground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec indicatorGetForeground(This, Indic) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Indic::integer(). indicatorGetForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indic) @@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ indicatorGetForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indic) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_IndicatorGetForeground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWhitespaceForeground(This, UseSetting, Fore) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), UseSetting::boolean(), Fore::wx:wx_colour(). setWhitespaceForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Fore) @@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ setWhitespaceForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Fore) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetWhitespaceForeground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWhitespaceBackground(This, UseSetting, Back) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), UseSetting::boolean(), Back::wx:wx_colour(). setWhitespaceBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Back) @@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ setWhitespaceBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Back) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetWhitespaceBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStyleBits(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getStyleBits(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ getStyleBits(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetStyleBits, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLineState(This, Line, State) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(), State::integer(). setLineState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,State) @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ setLineState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,State) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetLineState, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLineState(This, Line) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). getLineState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ getLineState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetLineState, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMaxLineState(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getMaxLineState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ getMaxLineState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetMaxLineState, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCaretLineVisible(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getCaretLineVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ getCaretLineVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetCaretLineVisible, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCaretLineVisible(This, Show) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Show::boolean(). setCaretLineVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show) @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ setCaretLineVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetCaretLineVisible, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCaretLineBackground(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getCaretLineBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ getCaretLineBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetCaretLineBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCaretLineBackground(This, Back) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Back::wx:wx_colour(). setCaretLineBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Back) @@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ setCaretLineBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Back) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetCaretLineBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompShow(This, LenEntered, ItemList) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), LenEntered::integer(), ItemList::unicode:chardata(). autoCompShow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LenEntered,ItemList) @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ autoCompShow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LenEntered,ItemList) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompShow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompCancel(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). autoCompCancel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ autoCompCancel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompCancel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompActive(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). autoCompActive(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ autoCompActive(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompActive, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompPosStart(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). autoCompPosStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ autoCompPosStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompPosStart, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompComplete(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). autoCompComplete(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ autoCompComplete(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompComplete, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompStops(This, CharacterSet) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), CharacterSet::unicode:chardata(). autoCompStops(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CharacterSet) @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ autoCompStops(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CharacterSet) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompStops, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompSetSeparator(This, SeparatorCharacter) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), SeparatorCharacter::integer(). autoCompSetSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},SeparatorCharacter) @@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ autoCompSetSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},SeparatorCharacter) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompSetSeparator, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompGetSeparator(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). autoCompGetSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ autoCompGetSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompGetSeparator, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompSelect(This, Text) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Text::unicode:chardata(). autoCompSelect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ autoCompSelect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompSelect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompSetCancelAtStart(This, Cancel) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Cancel::boolean(). autoCompSetCancelAtStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Cancel) @@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ autoCompSetCancelAtStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Cancel) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompSetCancelAtStart, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompGetCancelAtStart(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). autoCompGetCancelAtStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ autoCompGetCancelAtStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompGetCancelAtStart, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompSetFillUps(This, CharacterSet) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), CharacterSet::unicode:chardata(). autoCompSetFillUps(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CharacterSet) @@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ autoCompSetFillUps(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CharacterSet) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompSetFillUps, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompSetChooseSingle(This, ChooseSingle) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), ChooseSingle::boolean(). autoCompSetChooseSingle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ChooseSingle) @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ autoCompSetChooseSingle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ChooseSingle) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompSetChooseSingle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompGetChooseSingle(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). autoCompGetChooseSingle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ autoCompGetChooseSingle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompGetChooseSingle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompSetIgnoreCase(This, IgnoreCase) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), IgnoreCase::boolean(). autoCompSetIgnoreCase(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},IgnoreCase) @@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ autoCompSetIgnoreCase(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},IgnoreCase) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompSetIgnoreCase, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompGetIgnoreCase(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). autoCompGetIgnoreCase(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ autoCompGetIgnoreCase(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompGetIgnoreCase, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec userListShow(This, ListType, ItemList) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), ListType::integer(), ItemList::unicode:chardata(). userListShow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ListType,ItemList) @@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ userListShow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ListType,ItemList) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_UserListShow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompSetAutoHide(This, AutoHide) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), AutoHide::boolean(). autoCompSetAutoHide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},AutoHide) @@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ autoCompSetAutoHide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},AutoHide) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompSetAutoHide, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompGetAutoHide(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). autoCompGetAutoHide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ autoCompGetAutoHide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompGetAutoHide, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompSetDropRestOfWord(This, DropRestOfWord) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), DropRestOfWord::boolean(). autoCompSetDropRestOfWord(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},DropRestOfWord) @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ autoCompSetDropRestOfWord(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},DropRestOfWord) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompSetDropRestOfWord, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompGetDropRestOfWord(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). autoCompGetDropRestOfWord(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ autoCompGetDropRestOfWord(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompGetDropRestOfWord, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec registerImage(This, Type, Bmp) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Type::integer(), Bmp::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(). registerImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Type,#wx_ref{type=BmpT,ref=BmpRef}) @@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ registerImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Type,#wx_ref{type=BmpT,ref=BmpRef} wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_RegisterImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clearRegisteredImages(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). clearRegisteredImages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ clearRegisteredImages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ClearRegisteredImages, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompGetTypeSeparator(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). autoCompGetTypeSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ autoCompGetTypeSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompGetTypeSeparator, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompSetTypeSeparator(This, SeparatorCharacter) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), SeparatorCharacter::integer(). autoCompSetTypeSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},SeparatorCharacter) @@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ autoCompSetTypeSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},SeparatorCharacter) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompSetTypeSeparator, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompSetMaxWidth(This, CharacterCount) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), CharacterCount::integer(). autoCompSetMaxWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CharacterCount) @@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ autoCompSetMaxWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CharacterCount) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompSetMaxWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompGetMaxWidth(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). autoCompGetMaxWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ autoCompGetMaxWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompGetMaxWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompSetMaxHeight(This, RowCount) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), RowCount::integer(). autoCompSetMaxHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},RowCount) @@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ autoCompSetMaxHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},RowCount) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompSetMaxHeight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompGetMaxHeight(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). autoCompGetMaxHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ autoCompGetMaxHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompGetMaxHeight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setIndent(This, IndentSize) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), IndentSize::integer(). setIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},IndentSize) @@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ setIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},IndentSize) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetIndent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getIndent(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ getIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetIndent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setUseTabs(This, UseTabs) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), UseTabs::boolean(). setUseTabs(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseTabs) @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ setUseTabs(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseTabs) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetUseTabs, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getUseTabs(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getUseTabs(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ getUseTabs(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetUseTabs, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLineIndentation(This, Line, IndentSize) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(), IndentSize::integer(). setLineIndentation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,IndentSize) @@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ setLineIndentation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,IndentSize) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetLineIndentation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLineIndentation(This, Line) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). getLineIndentation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ getLineIndentation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetLineIndentation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLineIndentPosition(This, Line) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). getLineIndentPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ getLineIndentPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetLineIndentPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getColumn(This, Pos) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). getColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@ getColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetColumn, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setUseHorizontalScrollBar(This, Show) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Show::boolean(). setUseHorizontalScrollBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show) @@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ setUseHorizontalScrollBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetUseHorizontalScrollBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getUseHorizontalScrollBar(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getUseHorizontalScrollBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ getUseHorizontalScrollBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetUseHorizontalScrollBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setIndentationGuides(This, Show) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Show::boolean(). setIndentationGuides(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show) @@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ setIndentationGuides(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetIndentationGuides, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getIndentationGuides(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getIndentationGuides(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ getIndentationGuides(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetIndentationGuides, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHighlightGuide(This, Column) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Column::integer(). setHighlightGuide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Column) @@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ setHighlightGuide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Column) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetHighlightGuide, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHighlightGuide(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getHighlightGuide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@ getHighlightGuide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetHighlightGuide, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLineEndPosition(This, Line) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). getLineEndPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@ getLineEndPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetLineEndPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCodePage(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getCodePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ getCodePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetCodePage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCaretForeground(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getCaretForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@ getCaretForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetCaretForeground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getReadOnly(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getReadOnly(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ getReadOnly(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetReadOnly, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCurrentPos(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). setCurrentPos(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ setCurrentPos(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetCurrentPos, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelectionStart(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). setSelectionStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ setSelectionStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetSelectionStart, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelectionStart(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getSelectionStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ getSelectionStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetSelectionStart, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelectionEnd(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). setSelectionEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ setSelectionEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetSelectionEnd, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelectionEnd(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getSelectionEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ getSelectionEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetSelectionEnd, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPrintMagnification(This, Magnification) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Magnification::integer(). setPrintMagnification(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Magnification) @@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ setPrintMagnification(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Magnification) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetPrintMagnification, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrintMagnification(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getPrintMagnification(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ getPrintMagnification(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetPrintMagnification, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPrintColourMode(This, Mode) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Mode::integer(). setPrintColourMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mode) @@ -1600,7 +1600,7 @@ setPrintColourMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mode) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetPrintColourMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrintColourMode(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getPrintColourMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ findText(This,MinPos,MaxPos,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(MinPos),is_integer(MaxPos),is_list(Text) -> findText(This,MinPos,MaxPos,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findText(This, MinPos, MaxPos, Text, [Option]) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), MinPos::integer(), MaxPos::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {flags, integer()}. @@ -1630,7 +1630,7 @@ findText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MinPos,MaxPos,Text, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_FindText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec formatRange(This, DoDraw, StartPos, EndPos, Draw, Target, RenderRect, PageRect) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), DoDraw::boolean(), StartPos::integer(), EndPos::integer(), Draw::wxDC:wxDC(), Target::wxDC:wxDC(), RenderRect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}, PageRect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}. formatRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},DoDraw,StartPos,EndPos,#wx_ref{type=DrawT,ref=DrawRef},#wx_ref{type=TargetT,ref=TargetRef},{RenderRectX,RenderRectY,RenderRectW,RenderRectH},{PageRectX,PageRectY,PageRectW,PageRectH}) @@ -1641,7 +1641,7 @@ formatRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},DoDraw,StartPos,EndPos,#wx_ref{type= wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_FormatRange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFirstVisibleLine(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getFirstVisibleLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ getFirstVisibleLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetFirstVisibleLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLine(This, Line) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). getLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ getLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLineCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getLineCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ getLineCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetLineCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMarginLeft(This, PixelWidth) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), PixelWidth::integer(). setMarginLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PixelWidth) @@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ setMarginLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PixelWidth) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetMarginLeft, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMarginLeft(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getMarginLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ getMarginLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetMarginLeft, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMarginRight(This, PixelWidth) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), PixelWidth::integer(). setMarginRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PixelWidth) @@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ setMarginRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PixelWidth) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetMarginRight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMarginRight(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getMarginRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ getMarginRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetMarginRight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getModify(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getModify(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1708,7 +1708,7 @@ getModify(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetModify, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, Start, End) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Start::integer(), End::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Start,End) @@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Start,End) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelectedText(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getSelectedText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ getSelectedText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetSelectedText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextRange(This, StartPos, EndPos) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), StartPos::integer(), EndPos::integer(). getTextRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},StartPos,EndPos) @@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ getTextRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},StartPos,EndPos) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetTextRange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hideSelection(This, Normal) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Normal::boolean(). hideSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Normal) @@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ hideSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Normal) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_HideSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineFromPosition(This, Pos) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). lineFromPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ lineFromPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineFromPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec positionFromLine(This, Line) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). positionFromLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ positionFromLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_PositionFromLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineScroll(This, Columns, Lines) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Columns::integer(), Lines::integer(). lineScroll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Columns,Lines) @@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ lineScroll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Columns,Lines) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineScroll, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec ensureCaretVisible(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). ensureCaretVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@ ensureCaretVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_EnsureCaretVisible, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec replaceSelection(This, Text) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Text::unicode:chardata(). replaceSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ replaceSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ReplaceSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setReadOnly(This, ReadOnly) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), ReadOnly::boolean(). setReadOnly(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ReadOnly) @@ -1797,7 +1797,7 @@ setReadOnly(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ReadOnly) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetReadOnly, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canPaste(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). canPaste(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ canPaste(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CanPaste, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canUndo(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). canUndo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1813,7 +1813,7 @@ canUndo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CanUndo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec emptyUndoBuffer(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). emptyUndoBuffer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ emptyUndoBuffer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_EmptyUndoBuffer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec undo(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). undo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@ undo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_Undo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec cut(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). cut(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1837,7 +1837,7 @@ cut(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_Cut, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec copy(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). copy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ copy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_Copy, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec paste(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). paste(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@ paste(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_Paste, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clear(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@ clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_Clear, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setText(This, Text) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Text::unicode:chardata(). setText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ setText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getText(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ getText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextLength(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getTextLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ getTextLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetTextLength, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOvertype(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getOvertype(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ getOvertype(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetOvertype, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCaretWidth(This, PixelWidth) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), PixelWidth::integer(). setCaretWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PixelWidth) @@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@ setCaretWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PixelWidth) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetCaretWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCaretWidth(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getCaretWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1912,7 +1912,7 @@ getCaretWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetCaretWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTargetStart(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). setTargetStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@ setTargetStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetTargetStart, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTargetStart(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getTargetStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1929,7 +1929,7 @@ getTargetStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetTargetStart, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTargetEnd(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). setTargetEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ setTargetEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetTargetEnd, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTargetEnd(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getTargetEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ getTargetEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetTargetEnd, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec replaceTarget(This, Text) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Text::unicode:chardata(). replaceTarget(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -1956,7 +1956,7 @@ replaceTarget(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ReplaceTarget, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec searchInTarget(This, Text) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Text::unicode:chardata(). searchInTarget(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ searchInTarget(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SearchInTarget, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSearchFlags(This, Flags) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Flags::integer(). setSearchFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) @@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ setSearchFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetSearchFlags, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSearchFlags(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getSearchFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@ getSearchFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetSearchFlags, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec callTipShow(This, Pos, Definition) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(), Definition::unicode:chardata(). callTipShow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,Definition) @@ -1993,7 +1993,7 @@ callTipShow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,Definition) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CallTipShow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec callTipCancel(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). callTipCancel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ callTipCancel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CallTipCancel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec callTipActive(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). callTipActive(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2009,7 +2009,7 @@ callTipActive(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CallTipActive, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec callTipPosAtStart(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). callTipPosAtStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@ callTipPosAtStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CallTipPosAtStart, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec callTipSetHighlight(This, Start, End) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Start::integer(), End::integer(). callTipSetHighlight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Start,End) @@ -2026,7 +2026,7 @@ callTipSetHighlight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Start,End) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CallTipSetHighlight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec callTipSetBackground(This, Back) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Back::wx:wx_colour(). callTipSetBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Back) @@ -2035,7 +2035,7 @@ callTipSetBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Back) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CallTipSetBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec callTipSetForeground(This, Fore) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Fore::wx:wx_colour(). callTipSetForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Fore) @@ -2044,7 +2044,7 @@ callTipSetForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Fore) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CallTipSetForeground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec callTipSetForegroundHighlight(This, Fore) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Fore::wx:wx_colour(). callTipSetForegroundHighlight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Fore) @@ -2053,7 +2053,7 @@ callTipSetForegroundHighlight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Fore) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CallTipSetForegroundHighlight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec callTipUseStyle(This, TabSize) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), TabSize::integer(). callTipUseStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},TabSize) @@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ callTipUseStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},TabSize) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CallTipUseStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec visibleFromDocLine(This, Line) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). visibleFromDocLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -2071,7 +2071,7 @@ visibleFromDocLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_VisibleFromDocLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec docLineFromVisible(This, LineDisplay) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), LineDisplay::integer(). docLineFromVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineDisplay) @@ -2080,7 +2080,7 @@ docLineFromVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineDisplay) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_DocLineFromVisible, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wrapCount(This, Line) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). wrapCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -2089,7 +2089,7 @@ wrapCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WrapCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFoldLevel(This, Line, Level) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(), Level::integer(). setFoldLevel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,Level) @@ -2098,7 +2098,7 @@ setFoldLevel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,Level) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetFoldLevel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFoldLevel(This, Line) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). getFoldLevel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ getFoldLevel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetFoldLevel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLastChild(This, Line, Level) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(), Level::integer(). getLastChild(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,Level) @@ -2116,7 +2116,7 @@ getLastChild(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,Level) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetLastChild, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFoldParent(This, Line) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). getFoldParent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@ getFoldParent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetFoldParent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec showLines(This, LineStart, LineEnd) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), LineStart::integer(), LineEnd::integer(). showLines(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineStart,LineEnd) @@ -2134,7 +2134,7 @@ showLines(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineStart,LineEnd) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ShowLines, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hideLines(This, LineStart, LineEnd) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), LineStart::integer(), LineEnd::integer(). hideLines(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineStart,LineEnd) @@ -2143,7 +2143,7 @@ hideLines(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineStart,LineEnd) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_HideLines, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLineVisible(This, Line) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). getLineVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ getLineVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetLineVisible, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFoldExpanded(This, Line, Expanded) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(), Expanded::boolean(). setFoldExpanded(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,Expanded) @@ -2161,7 +2161,7 @@ setFoldExpanded(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,Expanded) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetFoldExpanded, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFoldExpanded(This, Line) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). getFoldExpanded(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@ getFoldExpanded(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetFoldExpanded, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec toggleFold(This, Line) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). toggleFold(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ toggleFold(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ToggleFold, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec ensureVisible(This, Line) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). ensureVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -2188,7 +2188,7 @@ ensureVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_EnsureVisible, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFoldFlags(This, Flags) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Flags::integer(). setFoldFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) @@ -2197,7 +2197,7 @@ setFoldFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetFoldFlags, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec ensureVisibleEnforcePolicy(This, Line) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). ensureVisibleEnforcePolicy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ ensureVisibleEnforcePolicy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_EnsureVisibleEnforcePolicy, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTabIndents(This, TabIndents) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), TabIndents::boolean(). setTabIndents(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},TabIndents) @@ -2215,7 +2215,7 @@ setTabIndents(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},TabIndents) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetTabIndents, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTabIndents(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getTabIndents(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ getTabIndents(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetTabIndents, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBackSpaceUnIndents(This, BsUnIndents) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), BsUnIndents::boolean(). setBackSpaceUnIndents(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},BsUnIndents) @@ -2232,7 +2232,7 @@ setBackSpaceUnIndents(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},BsUnIndents) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetBackSpaceUnIndents, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBackSpaceUnIndents(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getBackSpaceUnIndents(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2240,7 +2240,7 @@ getBackSpaceUnIndents(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetBackSpaceUnIndents, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMouseDwellTime(This, PeriodMilliseconds) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), PeriodMilliseconds::integer(). setMouseDwellTime(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PeriodMilliseconds) @@ -2249,7 +2249,7 @@ setMouseDwellTime(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PeriodMilliseconds) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetMouseDwellTime, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMouseDwellTime(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getMouseDwellTime(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@ getMouseDwellTime(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetMouseDwellTime, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wordStartPosition(This, Pos, OnlyWordCharacters) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(), OnlyWordCharacters::boolean(). wordStartPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,OnlyWordCharacters) @@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ wordStartPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,OnlyWordCharacters) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WordStartPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wordEndPosition(This, Pos, OnlyWordCharacters) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(), OnlyWordCharacters::boolean(). wordEndPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,OnlyWordCharacters) @@ -2275,7 +2275,7 @@ wordEndPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,OnlyWordCharacters) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WordEndPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWrapMode(This, Mode) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Mode::integer(). setWrapMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mode) @@ -2284,7 +2284,7 @@ setWrapMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mode) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetWrapMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWrapMode(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getWrapMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2292,7 +2292,7 @@ getWrapMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetWrapMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWrapVisualFlags(This, WrapVisualFlags) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), WrapVisualFlags::integer(). setWrapVisualFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},WrapVisualFlags) @@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@ setWrapVisualFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},WrapVisualFlags) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetWrapVisualFlags, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWrapVisualFlags(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getWrapVisualFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2309,7 +2309,7 @@ getWrapVisualFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetWrapVisualFlags, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWrapVisualFlagsLocation(This, WrapVisualFlagsLocation) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), WrapVisualFlagsLocation::integer(). setWrapVisualFlagsLocation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},WrapVisualFlagsLocation) @@ -2318,7 +2318,7 @@ setWrapVisualFlagsLocation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},WrapVisualFlagsLocati wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetWrapVisualFlagsLocation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWrapVisualFlagsLocation(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getWrapVisualFlagsLocation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ getWrapVisualFlagsLocation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetWrapVisualFlagsLocation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWrapStartIndent(This, Indent) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Indent::integer(). setWrapStartIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indent) @@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@ setWrapStartIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indent) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetWrapStartIndent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWrapStartIndent(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getWrapStartIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ getWrapStartIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetWrapStartIndent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLayoutCache(This, Mode) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Mode::integer(). setLayoutCache(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mode) @@ -2352,7 +2352,7 @@ setLayoutCache(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mode) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetLayoutCache, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLayoutCache(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getLayoutCache(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@ getLayoutCache(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetLayoutCache, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setScrollWidth(This, PixelWidth) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), PixelWidth::integer(). setScrollWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PixelWidth) @@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ setScrollWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PixelWidth) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetScrollWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getScrollWidth(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getScrollWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2377,7 +2377,7 @@ getScrollWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetScrollWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec textWidth(This, Style, Text) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Style::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(). textWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Text) @@ -2387,7 +2387,7 @@ textWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Text) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_TextWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEndAtLastLine(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getEndAtLastLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2395,7 +2395,7 @@ getEndAtLastLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetEndAtLastLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec textHeight(This, Line) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). textHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -2404,7 +2404,7 @@ textHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_TextHeight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setUseVerticalScrollBar(This, Show) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Show::boolean(). setUseVerticalScrollBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show) @@ -2413,7 +2413,7 @@ setUseVerticalScrollBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetUseVerticalScrollBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getUseVerticalScrollBar(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getUseVerticalScrollBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ getUseVerticalScrollBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetUseVerticalScrollBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec appendText(This, Text) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Text::unicode:chardata(). appendText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -2431,7 +2431,7 @@ appendText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AppendText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTwoPhaseDraw(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getTwoPhaseDraw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@ getTwoPhaseDraw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetTwoPhaseDraw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTwoPhaseDraw(This, TwoPhase) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), TwoPhase::boolean(). setTwoPhaseDraw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},TwoPhase) @@ -2448,7 +2448,7 @@ setTwoPhaseDraw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},TwoPhase) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetTwoPhaseDraw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec targetFromSelection(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). targetFromSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2456,7 +2456,7 @@ targetFromSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_TargetFromSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec linesJoin(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). linesJoin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ linesJoin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LinesJoin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec linesSplit(This, PixelWidth) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), PixelWidth::integer(). linesSplit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PixelWidth) @@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ linesSplit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},PixelWidth) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LinesSplit, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFoldMarginColour(This, UseSetting, Back) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), UseSetting::boolean(), Back::wx:wx_colour(). setFoldMarginColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Back) @@ -2482,7 +2482,7 @@ setFoldMarginColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Back) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetFoldMarginColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFoldMarginHiColour(This, UseSetting, Fore) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), UseSetting::boolean(), Fore::wx:wx_colour(). setFoldMarginHiColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Fore) @@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@ setFoldMarginHiColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Fore) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetFoldMarginHiColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineDown(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2499,7 +2499,7 @@ lineDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineDownExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineDownExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2507,7 +2507,7 @@ lineDownExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineDownExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineUp(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2515,7 +2515,7 @@ lineUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineUp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineUpExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineUpExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@ lineUpExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineUpExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec charLeft(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). charLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2531,7 +2531,7 @@ charLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CharLeft, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec charLeftExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). charLeftExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2539,7 +2539,7 @@ charLeftExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CharLeftExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec charRight(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). charRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2547,7 +2547,7 @@ charRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CharRight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec charRightExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). charRightExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2555,7 +2555,7 @@ charRightExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CharRightExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wordLeft(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). wordLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2563,7 +2563,7 @@ wordLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WordLeft, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wordLeftExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). wordLeftExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2571,7 +2571,7 @@ wordLeftExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WordLeftExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wordRight(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). wordRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@ wordRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WordRight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wordRightExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). wordRightExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ wordRightExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WordRightExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec home(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). home(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2595,7 +2595,7 @@ home(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_Home, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec homeExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). homeExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2603,7 +2603,7 @@ homeExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_HomeExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineEnd(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2611,7 +2611,7 @@ lineEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineEnd, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineEndExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineEndExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2619,7 +2619,7 @@ lineEndExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineEndExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec documentStart(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). documentStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2627,7 +2627,7 @@ documentStart(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_DocumentStart, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec documentStartExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). documentStartExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2635,7 +2635,7 @@ documentStartExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_DocumentStartExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec documentEnd(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). documentEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@ documentEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_DocumentEnd, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec documentEndExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). documentEndExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ documentEndExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_DocumentEndExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec pageUp(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). pageUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2659,7 +2659,7 @@ pageUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_PageUp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec pageUpExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). pageUpExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2667,7 +2667,7 @@ pageUpExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_PageUpExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec pageDown(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). pageDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2675,7 +2675,7 @@ pageDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_PageDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec pageDownExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). pageDownExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2683,7 +2683,7 @@ pageDownExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_PageDownExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec editToggleOvertype(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). editToggleOvertype(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2691,7 +2691,7 @@ editToggleOvertype(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_EditToggleOvertype, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec cancel(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). cancel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2699,7 +2699,7 @@ cancel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_Cancel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteBack(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). deleteBack(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2707,7 +2707,7 @@ deleteBack(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_DeleteBack, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec tab(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). tab(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2715,7 +2715,7 @@ tab(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_Tab, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec backTab(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). backTab(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2723,7 +2723,7 @@ backTab(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_BackTab, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec newLine(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). newLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2731,7 +2731,7 @@ newLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_NewLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec formFeed(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). formFeed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2739,7 +2739,7 @@ formFeed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_FormFeed, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec vCHome(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). vCHome(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2747,7 +2747,7 @@ vCHome(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_VCHome, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec vCHomeExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). vCHomeExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ vCHomeExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_VCHomeExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec zoomIn(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). zoomIn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2763,7 +2763,7 @@ zoomIn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ZoomIn, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec zoomOut(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). zoomOut(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2771,7 +2771,7 @@ zoomOut(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ZoomOut, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec delWordLeft(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). delWordLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2779,7 +2779,7 @@ delWordLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_DelWordLeft, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec delWordRight(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). delWordRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2787,7 +2787,7 @@ delWordRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_DelWordRight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineCut(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineCut(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2795,7 +2795,7 @@ lineCut(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineCut, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineDelete(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineDelete(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2803,7 +2803,7 @@ lineDelete(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineDelete, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineTranspose(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineTranspose(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2811,7 +2811,7 @@ lineTranspose(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineTranspose, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineDuplicate(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineDuplicate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2819,7 +2819,7 @@ lineDuplicate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineDuplicate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lowerCase(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lowerCase(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2827,7 +2827,7 @@ lowerCase(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LowerCase, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec upperCase(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). upperCase(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2835,7 +2835,7 @@ upperCase(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_UpperCase, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineScrollDown(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineScrollDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2843,7 +2843,7 @@ lineScrollDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineScrollDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineScrollUp(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineScrollUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2851,7 +2851,7 @@ lineScrollUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineScrollUp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteBackNotLine(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). deleteBackNotLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2859,7 +2859,7 @@ deleteBackNotLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_DeleteBackNotLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec homeDisplay(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). homeDisplay(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2867,7 +2867,7 @@ homeDisplay(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_HomeDisplay, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec homeDisplayExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). homeDisplayExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2875,7 +2875,7 @@ homeDisplayExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_HomeDisplayExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineEndDisplay(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineEndDisplay(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2883,7 +2883,7 @@ lineEndDisplay(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineEndDisplay, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineEndDisplayExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineEndDisplayExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2891,7 +2891,7 @@ lineEndDisplayExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineEndDisplayExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec homeWrapExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). homeWrapExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2899,7 +2899,7 @@ homeWrapExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_HomeWrapExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineEndWrap(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineEndWrap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2907,7 +2907,7 @@ lineEndWrap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineEndWrap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineEndWrapExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineEndWrapExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2915,7 +2915,7 @@ lineEndWrapExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineEndWrapExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec vCHomeWrap(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). vCHomeWrap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2923,7 +2923,7 @@ vCHomeWrap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_VCHomeWrap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec vCHomeWrapExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). vCHomeWrapExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2931,7 +2931,7 @@ vCHomeWrapExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_VCHomeWrapExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineCopy(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineCopy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2939,7 +2939,7 @@ lineCopy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineCopy, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moveCaretInsideView(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). moveCaretInsideView(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2947,7 +2947,7 @@ moveCaretInsideView(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_MoveCaretInsideView, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineLength(This, Line) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). lineLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -2956,7 +2956,7 @@ lineLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineLength, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec braceHighlight(This, Pos1, Pos2) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos1::integer(), Pos2::integer(). braceHighlight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos1,Pos2) @@ -2965,7 +2965,7 @@ braceHighlight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos1,Pos2) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_BraceHighlight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec braceBadLight(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). braceBadLight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -2974,7 +2974,7 @@ braceBadLight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_BraceBadLight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec braceMatch(This, Pos) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). braceMatch(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -2983,7 +2983,7 @@ braceMatch(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_BraceMatch, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getViewEOL(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getViewEOL(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -2991,7 +2991,7 @@ getViewEOL(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetViewEOL, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setViewEOL(This, Visible) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Visible::boolean(). setViewEOL(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Visible) @@ -3000,7 +3000,7 @@ setViewEOL(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Visible) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetViewEOL, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setModEventMask(This, Mask) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Mask::integer(). setModEventMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mask) @@ -3009,7 +3009,7 @@ setModEventMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mask) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetModEventMask, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEdgeColumn(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getEdgeColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3017,7 +3017,7 @@ getEdgeColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetEdgeColumn, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setEdgeColumn(This, Column) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Column::integer(). setEdgeColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Column) @@ -3026,7 +3026,7 @@ setEdgeColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Column) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetEdgeColumn, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setEdgeMode(This, Mode) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Mode::integer(). setEdgeMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mode) @@ -3035,7 +3035,7 @@ setEdgeMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mode) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetEdgeMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEdgeMode(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getEdgeMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3043,7 +3043,7 @@ getEdgeMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetEdgeMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEdgeColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getEdgeColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3051,7 +3051,7 @@ getEdgeColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetEdgeColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setEdgeColour(This, EdgeColour) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), EdgeColour::wx:wx_colour(). setEdgeColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},EdgeColour) @@ -3060,7 +3060,7 @@ setEdgeColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},EdgeColour) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetEdgeColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec searchAnchor(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). searchAnchor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3068,7 +3068,7 @@ searchAnchor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SearchAnchor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec searchNext(This, Flags, Text) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Flags::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(). searchNext(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags,Text) @@ -3078,7 +3078,7 @@ searchNext(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags,Text) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SearchNext, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec searchPrev(This, Flags, Text) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Flags::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(). searchPrev(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags,Text) @@ -3088,7 +3088,7 @@ searchPrev(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags,Text) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SearchPrev, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec linesOnScreen(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). linesOnScreen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3096,7 +3096,7 @@ linesOnScreen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LinesOnScreen, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec usePopUp(This, AllowPopUp) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), AllowPopUp::boolean(). usePopUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},AllowPopUp) @@ -3105,7 +3105,7 @@ usePopUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},AllowPopUp) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_UsePopUp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectionIsRectangle(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). selectionIsRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3113,7 +3113,7 @@ selectionIsRectangle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SelectionIsRectangle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setZoom(This, Zoom) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Zoom::integer(). setZoom(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Zoom) @@ -3122,7 +3122,7 @@ setZoom(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Zoom) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetZoom, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getZoom(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getZoom(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3130,7 +3130,7 @@ getZoom(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetZoom, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getModEventMask(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getModEventMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3138,7 +3138,7 @@ getModEventMask(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetModEventMask, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSTCFocus(This, Focus) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Focus::boolean(). setSTCFocus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Focus) @@ -3147,7 +3147,7 @@ setSTCFocus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Focus) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetSTCFocus, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSTCFocus(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getSTCFocus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3155,7 +3155,7 @@ getSTCFocus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetSTCFocus, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStatus(This, StatusCode) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), StatusCode::integer(). setStatus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},StatusCode) @@ -3164,7 +3164,7 @@ setStatus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},StatusCode) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetStatus, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStatus(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getStatus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3172,7 +3172,7 @@ getStatus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetStatus, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMouseDownCaptures(This, Captures) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Captures::boolean(). setMouseDownCaptures(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Captures) @@ -3181,7 +3181,7 @@ setMouseDownCaptures(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Captures) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetMouseDownCaptures, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMouseDownCaptures(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getMouseDownCaptures(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3189,7 +3189,7 @@ getMouseDownCaptures(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetMouseDownCaptures, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSTCCursor(This, CursorType) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), CursorType::integer(). setSTCCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CursorType) @@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ setSTCCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CursorType) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetSTCCursor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSTCCursor(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getSTCCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3206,7 +3206,7 @@ getSTCCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetSTCCursor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setControlCharSymbol(This, Symbol) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Symbol::integer(). setControlCharSymbol(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Symbol) @@ -3215,7 +3215,7 @@ setControlCharSymbol(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Symbol) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetControlCharSymbol, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getControlCharSymbol(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getControlCharSymbol(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3223,7 +3223,7 @@ getControlCharSymbol(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetControlCharSymbol, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wordPartLeft(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). wordPartLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3231,7 +3231,7 @@ wordPartLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WordPartLeft, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wordPartLeftExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). wordPartLeftExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3239,7 +3239,7 @@ wordPartLeftExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WordPartLeftExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wordPartRight(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). wordPartRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3247,7 +3247,7 @@ wordPartRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WordPartRight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wordPartRightExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). wordPartRightExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3255,7 +3255,7 @@ wordPartRightExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WordPartRightExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setVisiblePolicy(This, VisiblePolicy, VisibleSlop) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), VisiblePolicy::integer(), VisibleSlop::integer(). setVisiblePolicy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},VisiblePolicy,VisibleSlop) @@ -3264,7 +3264,7 @@ setVisiblePolicy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},VisiblePolicy,VisibleSlop) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetVisiblePolicy, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec delLineLeft(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). delLineLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3272,7 +3272,7 @@ delLineLeft(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_DelLineLeft, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec delLineRight(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). delLineRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3280,7 +3280,7 @@ delLineRight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_DelLineRight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getXOffset(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getXOffset(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3288,7 +3288,7 @@ getXOffset(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetXOffset, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec chooseCaretX(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). chooseCaretX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3296,7 +3296,7 @@ chooseCaretX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ChooseCaretX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setXCaretPolicy(This, CaretPolicy, CaretSlop) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), CaretPolicy::integer(), CaretSlop::integer(). setXCaretPolicy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CaretPolicy,CaretSlop) @@ -3305,7 +3305,7 @@ setXCaretPolicy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CaretPolicy,CaretSlop) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetXCaretPolicy, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setYCaretPolicy(This, CaretPolicy, CaretSlop) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), CaretPolicy::integer(), CaretSlop::integer(). setYCaretPolicy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CaretPolicy,CaretSlop) @@ -3314,7 +3314,7 @@ setYCaretPolicy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},CaretPolicy,CaretSlop) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetYCaretPolicy, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrintWrapMode(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getPrintWrapMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3322,7 +3322,7 @@ getPrintWrapMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetPrintWrapMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHotspotActiveForeground(This, UseSetting, Fore) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), UseSetting::boolean(), Fore::wx:wx_colour(). setHotspotActiveForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Fore) @@ -3331,7 +3331,7 @@ setHotspotActiveForeground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Fore) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetHotspotActiveForeground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHotspotActiveBackground(This, UseSetting, Back) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), UseSetting::boolean(), Back::wx:wx_colour(). setHotspotActiveBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Back) @@ -3340,7 +3340,7 @@ setHotspotActiveBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseSetting,Back) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetHotspotActiveBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHotspotActiveUnderline(This, Underline) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Underline::boolean(). setHotspotActiveUnderline(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Underline) @@ -3349,7 +3349,7 @@ setHotspotActiveUnderline(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Underline) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetHotspotActiveUnderline, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHotspotSingleLine(This, SingleLine) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), SingleLine::boolean(). setHotspotSingleLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},SingleLine) @@ -3358,7 +3358,7 @@ setHotspotSingleLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},SingleLine) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetHotspotSingleLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec paraDownExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). paraDownExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3366,7 +3366,7 @@ paraDownExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ParaDownExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec paraUp(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). paraUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3374,7 +3374,7 @@ paraUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ParaUp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec paraUpExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). paraUpExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3382,7 +3382,7 @@ paraUpExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ParaUpExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec positionBefore(This, Pos) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). positionBefore(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -3391,7 +3391,7 @@ positionBefore(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_PositionBefore, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec positionAfter(This, Pos) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). positionAfter(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -3400,7 +3400,7 @@ positionAfter(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_PositionAfter, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec copyRange(This, Start, End) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Start::integer(), End::integer(). copyRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Start,End) @@ -3409,7 +3409,7 @@ copyRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Start,End) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CopyRange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec copyText(This, Length, Text) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Length::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(). copyText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Length,Text) @@ -3419,7 +3419,7 @@ copyText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Length,Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CopyText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelectionMode(This, Mode) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Mode::integer(). setSelectionMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mode) @@ -3428,7 +3428,7 @@ setSelectionMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Mode) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetSelectionMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelectionMode(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getSelectionMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3436,7 +3436,7 @@ getSelectionMode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetSelectionMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineDownRectExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineDownRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3444,7 +3444,7 @@ lineDownRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineDownRectExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineUpRectExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineUpRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3452,7 +3452,7 @@ lineUpRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineUpRectExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec charLeftRectExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). charLeftRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3460,7 +3460,7 @@ charLeftRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CharLeftRectExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec charRightRectExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). charRightRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3468,7 +3468,7 @@ charRightRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CharRightRectExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec homeRectExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). homeRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3476,7 +3476,7 @@ homeRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_HomeRectExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec vCHomeRectExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). vCHomeRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3484,7 +3484,7 @@ vCHomeRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_VCHomeRectExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineEndRectExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). lineEndRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3492,7 +3492,7 @@ lineEndRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LineEndRectExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec pageUpRectExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). pageUpRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3500,7 +3500,7 @@ pageUpRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_PageUpRectExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec pageDownRectExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). pageDownRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3508,7 +3508,7 @@ pageDownRectExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_PageDownRectExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec stutteredPageUp(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). stutteredPageUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3516,7 +3516,7 @@ stutteredPageUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StutteredPageUp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec stutteredPageUpExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). stutteredPageUpExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3524,7 +3524,7 @@ stutteredPageUpExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StutteredPageUpExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec stutteredPageDown(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). stutteredPageDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3532,7 +3532,7 @@ stutteredPageDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StutteredPageDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec stutteredPageDownExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). stutteredPageDownExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3540,7 +3540,7 @@ stutteredPageDownExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StutteredPageDownExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wordLeftEnd(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). wordLeftEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3548,7 +3548,7 @@ wordLeftEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WordLeftEnd, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wordLeftEndExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). wordLeftEndExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3556,7 +3556,7 @@ wordLeftEndExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WordLeftEndExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wordRightEnd(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). wordRightEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3564,7 +3564,7 @@ wordRightEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WordRightEnd, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec wordRightEndExtend(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). wordRightEndExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3572,7 +3572,7 @@ wordRightEndExtend(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_WordRightEndExtend, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWhitespaceChars(This, Characters) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Characters::unicode:chardata(). setWhitespaceChars(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Characters) @@ -3582,7 +3582,7 @@ setWhitespaceChars(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Characters) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetWhitespaceChars, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCharsDefault(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). setCharsDefault(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3590,7 +3590,7 @@ setCharsDefault(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetCharsDefault, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec autoCompGetCurrent(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). autoCompGetCurrent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3598,7 +3598,7 @@ autoCompGetCurrent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AutoCompGetCurrent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec allocate(This, Bytes) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Bytes::integer(). allocate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Bytes) @@ -3607,7 +3607,7 @@ allocate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Bytes) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_Allocate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findColumn(This, Line, Column) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(), Column::integer(). findColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,Column) @@ -3616,7 +3616,7 @@ findColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line,Column) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_FindColumn, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCaretSticky(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getCaretSticky(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3624,7 +3624,7 @@ getCaretSticky(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetCaretSticky, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCaretSticky(This, UseCaretStickyBehaviour) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), UseCaretStickyBehaviour::boolean(). setCaretSticky(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseCaretStickyBehaviour) @@ -3633,7 +3633,7 @@ setCaretSticky(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},UseCaretStickyBehaviour) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetCaretSticky, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec toggleCaretSticky(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). toggleCaretSticky(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3641,7 +3641,7 @@ toggleCaretSticky(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ToggleCaretSticky, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPasteConvertEndings(This, Convert) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Convert::boolean(). setPasteConvertEndings(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Convert) @@ -3650,7 +3650,7 @@ setPasteConvertEndings(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Convert) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetPasteConvertEndings, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPasteConvertEndings(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getPasteConvertEndings(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3658,7 +3658,7 @@ getPasteConvertEndings(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetPasteConvertEndings, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectionDuplicate(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). selectionDuplicate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3666,7 +3666,7 @@ selectionDuplicate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SelectionDuplicate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCaretLineBackAlpha(This, Alpha) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Alpha::integer(). setCaretLineBackAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Alpha) @@ -3675,7 +3675,7 @@ setCaretLineBackAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Alpha) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetCaretLineBackAlpha, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCaretLineBackAlpha(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getCaretLineBackAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3683,7 +3683,7 @@ getCaretLineBackAlpha(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetCaretLineBackAlpha, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec startRecord(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). startRecord(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3691,7 +3691,7 @@ startRecord(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StartRecord, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec stopRecord(This) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). stopRecord(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3699,7 +3699,7 @@ stopRecord(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StopRecord, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLexer(This, Lexer) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Lexer::integer(). setLexer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Lexer) @@ -3708,7 +3708,7 @@ setLexer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Lexer) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetLexer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLexer(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getLexer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3716,7 +3716,7 @@ getLexer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetLexer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec colourise(This, Start, End) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Start::integer(), End::integer(). colourise(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Start,End) @@ -3725,7 +3725,7 @@ colourise(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Start,End) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_Colourise, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setProperty(This, Key, Value) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Key::unicode:chardata(), Value::unicode:chardata(). setProperty(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Key,Value) @@ -3736,7 +3736,7 @@ setProperty(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Key,Value) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetProperty, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setKeyWords(This, KeywordSet, KeyWords) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), KeywordSet::integer(), KeyWords::unicode:chardata(). setKeyWords(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},KeywordSet,KeyWords) @@ -3746,7 +3746,7 @@ setKeyWords(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},KeywordSet,KeyWords) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetKeyWords, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLexerLanguage(This, Language) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Language::unicode:chardata(). setLexerLanguage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Language) @@ -3756,7 +3756,7 @@ setLexerLanguage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Language) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetLexerLanguage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getProperty(This, Key) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Key::unicode:chardata(). getProperty(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Key) @@ -3766,7 +3766,7 @@ getProperty(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Key) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetProperty, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStyleBitsNeeded(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getStyleBitsNeeded(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3774,7 +3774,7 @@ getStyleBitsNeeded(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetStyleBitsNeeded, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCurrentLine(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getCurrentLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3782,7 +3782,7 @@ getCurrentLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetCurrentLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleSetSpec(This, StyleNum, Spec) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), StyleNum::integer(), Spec::unicode:chardata(). styleSetSpec(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},StyleNum,Spec) @@ -3792,7 +3792,7 @@ styleSetSpec(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},StyleNum,Spec) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetSpec, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleSetFont(This, StyleNum, Font) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), StyleNum::integer(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(). styleSetFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},StyleNum,#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) @@ -3810,7 +3810,7 @@ styleSetFontAttr(This,StyleNum,Size,FaceName,Bold,Italic,Underline) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(StyleNum),is_integer(Size),is_list(FaceName),is_boolean(Bold),is_boolean(Italic),is_boolean(Underline) -> styleSetFontAttr(This,StyleNum,Size,FaceName,Bold,Italic,Underline, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Encoding = ?wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM | ?wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_3 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_10 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_11 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_12 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_14 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_KOI8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_KOI8_U | ?wxFONTENCODING_ALTERNATIVE | ?wxFONTENCODING_BULGARIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP437 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP850 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP852 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP855 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP866 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP874 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP932 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP936 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP949 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP950 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1250 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1251 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1252 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1253 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1254 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1255 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1256 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1257 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP12_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF7 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_EUC_JP | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16LE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32BE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32LE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACROMAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACJAPANESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESETRAD | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKOREAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARABIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACHEBREW | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGREEK | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCYRILLIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACDEVANAGARI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGURMUKHI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGUJARATI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACORIYA | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACBENGALI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTAMIL | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTELUGU | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKANNADA | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMALAJALAM | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACSINHALESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACBURMESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKHMER | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTHAI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACLAOTIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGEORGIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARMENIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESESIMP | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTIBETAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMONGOLIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACETHIOPIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCENTRALEUR | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACVIATNAMESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARABICEXT | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACSYMBOL | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACDINGBATS | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTURKISH | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCROATIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACICELANDIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACROMANIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCELTIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGAELIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKEYBOARD | ?wxFONTENCODING_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMIN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE | ?wxFONTENCODING_GB2312 | ?wxFONTENCODING_BIG5 | ?wxFONTENCODING_SHIFT_JIS -spec styleSetFontAttr(This, StyleNum, Size, FaceName, Bold, Italic, Underline, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), StyleNum::integer(), Size::integer(), FaceName::unicode:chardata(), Bold::boolean(), Italic::boolean(), Underline::boolean(), @@ -3825,7 +3825,7 @@ styleSetFontAttr(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},StyleNum,Size,FaceName,Bold,Ita wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetFontAttr, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec styleSetCharacterSet(This, Style, CharacterSet) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Style::integer(), CharacterSet::integer(). styleSetCharacterSet(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,CharacterSet) @@ -3834,7 +3834,7 @@ styleSetCharacterSet(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,CharacterSet) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetCharacterSet, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Encoding = ?wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM | ?wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_3 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_10 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_11 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_12 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_14 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15 | ?wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_KOI8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_KOI8_U | ?wxFONTENCODING_ALTERNATIVE | ?wxFONTENCODING_BULGARIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP437 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP850 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP852 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP855 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP866 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP874 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP932 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP936 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP949 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP950 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1250 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1251 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1252 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1253 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1254 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1255 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1256 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP1257 | ?wxFONTENCODING_CP12_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF7 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF8 | ?wxFONTENCODING_EUC_JP | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16LE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32BE | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32LE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACROMAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACJAPANESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESETRAD | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKOREAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARABIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACHEBREW | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGREEK | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCYRILLIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACDEVANAGARI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGURMUKHI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGUJARATI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACORIYA | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACBENGALI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTAMIL | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTELUGU | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKANNADA | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMALAJALAM | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACSINHALESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACBURMESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKHMER | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTHAI | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACLAOTIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGEORGIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARMENIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESESIMP | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTIBETAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMONGOLIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACETHIOPIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCENTRALEUR | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACVIATNAMESE | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACARABICEXT | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACSYMBOL | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACDINGBATS | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACTURKISH | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCROATIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACICELANDIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACROMANIAN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACCELTIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACGAELIC | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACKEYBOARD | ?wxFONTENCODING_MAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMIN | ?wxFONTENCODING_MACMAX | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF16 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UTF32 | ?wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE | ?wxFONTENCODING_GB2312 | ?wxFONTENCODING_BIG5 | ?wxFONTENCODING_SHIFT_JIS -spec styleSetFontEncoding(This, Style, Encoding) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Style::integer(), Encoding::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -3844,7 +3844,7 @@ styleSetFontEncoding(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style,Encoding) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_StyleSetFontEncoding, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec cmdKeyExecute(This, Cmd) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Cmd::integer(). cmdKeyExecute(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Cmd) @@ -3853,7 +3853,7 @@ cmdKeyExecute(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Cmd) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_CmdKeyExecute, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMargins(This, Left, Right) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Left::integer(), Right::integer(). setMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Left,Right) @@ -3862,7 +3862,7 @@ setMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Left,Right) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetMargins, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> {StartPos::integer(), EndPos::integer()} when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3870,7 +3870,7 @@ getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec pointFromPosition(This, Pos) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). pointFromPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -3879,7 +3879,7 @@ pointFromPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_PointFromPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec scrollToLine(This, Line) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). scrollToLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -3888,7 +3888,7 @@ scrollToLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ScrollToLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec scrollToColumn(This, Column) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Column::integer(). scrollToColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Column) @@ -3897,7 +3897,7 @@ scrollToColumn(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Column) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_ScrollToColumn, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setVScrollBar(This, Bar) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Bar::wxScrollBar:wxScrollBar(). setVScrollBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BarT,ref=BarRef}) -> @@ -3906,7 +3906,7 @@ setVScrollBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BarT,ref=BarRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetVScrollBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHScrollBar(This, Bar) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Bar::wxScrollBar:wxScrollBar(). setHScrollBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BarT,ref=BarRef}) -> @@ -3915,7 +3915,7 @@ setHScrollBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=BarT,ref=BarRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetHScrollBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLastKeydownProcessed(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getLastKeydownProcessed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3923,7 +3923,7 @@ getLastKeydownProcessed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetLastKeydownProcessed, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLastKeydownProcessed(This, Val) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Val::boolean(). setLastKeydownProcessed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val) @@ -3932,7 +3932,7 @@ setLastKeydownProcessed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetLastKeydownProcessed, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec saveFile(This, Filename) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Filename::unicode:chardata(). saveFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Filename) @@ -3942,7 +3942,7 @@ saveFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Filename) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SaveFile, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadFile(This, Filename) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Filename::unicode:chardata(). loadFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Filename) @@ -3952,7 +3952,7 @@ loadFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Filename) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_LoadFile, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Def = ?wxDragError | ?wxDragNone | ?wxDragCopy | ?wxDragMove | ?wxDragLink | ?wxDragCancel %%
Res = ?wxDragError | ?wxDragNone | ?wxDragCopy | ?wxDragMove | ?wxDragLink | ?wxDragCancel -spec doDragOver(This, X, Y, Def) -> wx:wx_enum() when @@ -3963,7 +3963,7 @@ doDragOver(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,Def) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_DoDragOver, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec doDropText(This, X, Y, Data) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), Data::unicode:chardata(). doDropText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,Data) @@ -3973,7 +3973,7 @@ doDropText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,Data) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_DoDropText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getUseAntiAliasing(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getUseAntiAliasing(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -3981,7 +3981,7 @@ getUseAntiAliasing(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetUseAntiAliasing, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addTextRaw(This, Text) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Text::binary(). addTextRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -3991,7 +3991,7 @@ addTextRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_AddTextRaw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertTextRaw(This, Pos, Text) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(), Text::binary(). insertTextRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,Text) @@ -4001,7 +4001,7 @@ insertTextRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_InsertTextRaw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCurLineRaw(This) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::binary(), LinePos::integer()}, This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). @@ -4010,7 +4010,7 @@ getCurLineRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetCurLineRaw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLineRaw(This, Line) -> binary() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Line::integer(). getLineRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) @@ -4019,7 +4019,7 @@ getLineRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Line) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetLineRaw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelectedTextRaw(This) -> binary() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getSelectedTextRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -4027,7 +4027,7 @@ getSelectedTextRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetSelectedTextRaw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextRangeRaw(This, StartPos, EndPos) -> binary() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), StartPos::integer(), EndPos::integer(). getTextRangeRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},StartPos,EndPos) @@ -4036,7 +4036,7 @@ getTextRangeRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},StartPos,EndPos) wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetTextRangeRaw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTextRaw(This, Text) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Text::binary(). setTextRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -4046,7 +4046,7 @@ setTextRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxStyledTextCtrl_SetTextRaw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextRaw(This) -> binary() when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(). getTextRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -4054,7 +4054,7 @@ getTextRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextCtrl_GetTextRaw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec appendTextRaw(This, Text) -> ok when This::wxStyledTextCtrl(), Text::binary(). appendTextRaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStyledTextEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStyledTextEvent.erl index 1c2c79fe5d..7173404df8 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStyledTextEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxStyledTextEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxStyledTextEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxStyledTextEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
stc_change, stc_styleneeded, stc_charadded, stc_savepointreached, stc_savepointleft, stc_romodifyattempt, stc_key, stc_doubleclick, stc_updateui, stc_modified, stc_macrorecord, stc_marginclick, stc_needshown, stc_painted, stc_userlistselection, stc_uridropped, stc_dwellstart, stc_dwellend, stc_start_drag, stc_drag_over, stc_do_drop, stc_zoom, stc_hotspot_click, stc_hotspot_dclick, stc_calltip_click, stc_autocomp_selection
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxStyledText(). #wxStyledText{}} event record type. @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxStyledTextEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getKey(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getKey(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ getKey(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetKey, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getModifiers(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getModifiers(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ getModifiers(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetModifiers, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getModificationType(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getModificationType(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ getModificationType(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetModificationType, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getText(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ getText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLength(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ getLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetLength, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLinesAdded(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getLinesAdded(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ getLinesAdded(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetLinesAdded, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLine(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ getLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFoldLevelNow(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getFoldLevelNow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ getFoldLevelNow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetFoldLevelNow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFoldLevelPrev(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getFoldLevelPrev(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ getFoldLevelPrev(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetFoldLevelPrev, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMargin(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getMargin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ getMargin(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetMargin, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMessage(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getMessage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ getMessage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetMessage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWParam(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getWParam(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ getWParam(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetWParam, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLParam(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getLParam(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ getLParam(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetLParam, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getListType(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getListType(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ getListType(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetListType, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getX(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ getX(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetX, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getY(This) -> integer() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ getY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDragText(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getDragText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ getDragText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetDragText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDragAllowMove(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getDragAllowMove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ getDragAllowMove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetDragAllowMove, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxDragError | ?wxDragNone | ?wxDragCopy | ?wxDragMove | ?wxDragLink | ?wxDragCancel -spec getDragResult(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ getDragResult(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetDragResult, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getShift(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getShift(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ getShift(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetShift, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getControl(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ getControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxStyledTextEvent_GetControl, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getAlt(This) -> boolean() when This::wxStyledTextEvent(). getAlt(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSysColourChangedEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSysColourChangedEvent.erl index 94777748d2..c9a5fd1e06 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSysColourChangedEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSysColourChangedEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSysColourChangedEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSysColourChangedEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
sys_colour_changed
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxSysColourChanged(). #wxSysColourChanged{}} event record type. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSystemOptions.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSystemOptions.erl index 757eb698a2..5dd4a50f6a 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSystemOptions.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSystemOptions.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSystemOptions. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSystemOptions. %% @type wxSystemOptions(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSystemOptions() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOption(Name) -> unicode:charlist() when Name::unicode:chardata(). getOption(Name) @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ getOption(Name) wxe_util:call(?wxSystemOptions_GetOption, <<(byte_size(Name_UC)):32/?UI,(Name_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Name_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOptionInt(Name) -> integer() when Name::unicode:chardata(). getOptionInt(Name) @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ getOptionInt(Name) wxe_util:call(?wxSystemOptions_GetOptionInt, <<(byte_size(Name_UC)):32/?UI,(Name_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Name_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasOption(Name) -> boolean() when Name::unicode:chardata(). hasOption(Name) @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ hasOption(Name) wxe_util:call(?wxSystemOptions_HasOption, <<(byte_size(Name_UC)):32/?UI,(Name_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Name_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isFalse(Name) -> boolean() when Name::unicode:chardata(). isFalse(Name) @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ isFalse(Name) wxe_util:call(?wxSystemOptions_IsFalse, <<(byte_size(Name_UC)):32/?UI,(Name_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Name_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setOption(Name, Value) -> ok when
%% Name::unicode:chardata(), Value::unicode:chardata().
diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSystemSettings.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSystemSettings.erl index 630162afd2..e4e9096d19 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSystemSettings.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxSystemSettings.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxSystemSettings. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxSystemSettings. %% @type wxSystemSettings(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxSystemSettings() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Index = ?wxSYS_COLOUR_SCROLLBAR | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_BACKGROUND | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_DESKTOP | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVECAPTION | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTION | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_MENU | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWFRAME | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUTEXT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_CAPTIONTEXT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVEBORDER | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVEBORDER | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_APPWORKSPACE | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNTEXT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHILIGHT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHIGHLIGHT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHILIGHT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_3DLIGHT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOTEXT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOBK | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOX | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_HOTLIGHT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_GRADIENTACTIVECAPTION | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_GRADIENTINACTIVECAPTION | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUHILIGHT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUBAR | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXTEXT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXHIGHLIGHTTEXT | ?wxSYS_COLOUR_MAX -spec getColour(Index) -> wx:wx_colour4() when Index::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ getColour(Index) wxe_util:call(?wxSystemSettings_GetColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Index = ?wxSYS_OEM_FIXED_FONT | ?wxSYS_ANSI_FIXED_FONT | ?wxSYS_ANSI_VAR_FONT | ?wxSYS_SYSTEM_FONT | ?wxSYS_DEVICE_DEFAULT_FONT | ?wxSYS_DEFAULT_PALETTE | ?wxSYS_SYSTEM_FIXED_FONT | ?wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT | ?wxSYS_ICONTITLE_FONT -spec getFont(Index) -> wxFont:wxFont() when Index::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ getMetric(Index) when is_integer(Index) -> getMetric(Index, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Index = ?wxSYS_MOUSE_BUTTONS | ?wxSYS_BORDER_X | ?wxSYS_BORDER_Y | ?wxSYS_CURSOR_X | ?wxSYS_CURSOR_Y | ?wxSYS_DCLICK_X | ?wxSYS_DCLICK_Y | ?wxSYS_DRAG_X | ?wxSYS_DRAG_Y | ?wxSYS_EDGE_X | ?wxSYS_EDGE_Y | ?wxSYS_HSCROLL_ARROW_X | ?wxSYS_HSCROLL_ARROW_Y | ?wxSYS_HTHUMB_X | ?wxSYS_ICON_X | ?wxSYS_ICON_Y | ?wxSYS_ICONSPACING_X | ?wxSYS_ICONSPACING_Y | ?wxSYS_WINDOWMIN_X | ?wxSYS_WINDOWMIN_Y | ?wxSYS_SCREEN_X | ?wxSYS_SCREEN_Y | ?wxSYS_FRAMESIZE_X | ?wxSYS_FRAMESIZE_Y | ?wxSYS_SMALLICON_X | ?wxSYS_SMALLICON_Y | ?wxSYS_HSCROLL_Y | ?wxSYS_VSCROLL_X | ?wxSYS_VSCROLL_ARROW_X | ?wxSYS_VSCROLL_ARROW_Y | ?wxSYS_VTHUMB_Y | ?wxSYS_CAPTION_Y | ?wxSYS_MENU_Y | ?wxSYS_NETWORK_PRESENT | ?wxSYS_PENWINDOWS_PRESENT | ?wxSYS_SHOW_SOUNDS | ?wxSYS_SWAP_BUTTONS -spec getMetric(Index, [Option]) -> integer() when Index::wx:wx_enum(), @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ getMetric(Index, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxSystemSettings_GetMetric, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxSYS_SCREEN_NONE | ?wxSYS_SCREEN_TINY | ?wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA | ?wxSYS_SCREEN_SMALL | ?wxSYS_SCREEN_DESKTOP -spec getScreenType() -> wx:wx_enum(). getScreenType() -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTaskBarIcon.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTaskBarIcon.erl index 5ca2c91b16..be3862fd24 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTaskBarIcon.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTaskBarIcon.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxTaskBarIcon. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxTaskBarIcon. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxEvtHandler} %%

@@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxTaskBarIcon() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxTaskBarIcon(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxTaskBarIcon_new, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec popupMenu(This, Menu) -> boolean() when This::wxTaskBarIcon(), Menu::wxMenu:wxMenu(). popupMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef}) -> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ popupMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTaskBarIcon_PopupMenu, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec removeIcon(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTaskBarIcon(). removeIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ setIcon(This,Icon) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Icon, wx_ref) -> setIcon(This,Icon, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setIcon(This, Icon, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxTaskBarIcon(), Icon::wxIcon:wxIcon(), Option :: {tooltip, unicode:chardata()}. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTaskBarIconEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTaskBarIconEvent.erl index 9f2af608c5..0c57bdf017 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTaskBarIconEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTaskBarIconEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxTaskBarIconEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxTaskBarIconEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
taskbar_move, taskbar_left_down, taskbar_left_up, taskbar_right_down, taskbar_right_up, taskbar_left_dclick, taskbar_right_dclick
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxTaskBarIcon(). #wxTaskBarIcon{}} event record type. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextAttr.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextAttr.erl index 16bb943359..7f74cd3dc4 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextAttr.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextAttr.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxTextAttr. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxTextAttr. %% @type wxTextAttr(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxTextAttr() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxTextAttr(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxTextAttr_new_0, @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ new(ColText) when tuple_size(ColText) =:= 3; tuple_size(ColText) =:= 4 -> new(ColText, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Alignment = ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_LEFT | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTER | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_JUSTIFIED -spec new(ColText, [Option]) -> wxTextAttr() when ColText::wx:wx_colour(), @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ new(ColText, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxTextAttr_new_2, <<(wxe_util:colour_bin(ColText)):16/binary, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_LEFT | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTER | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_JUSTIFIED -spec getAlignment(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxTextAttr(). @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ getAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextAttr_GetAlignment, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBackgroundColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxTextAttr(). getBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ getBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextAttr_GetBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFont(This) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxTextAttr(). getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextAttr_GetFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLeftIndent(This) -> integer() when This::wxTextAttr(). getLeftIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ getLeftIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextAttr_GetLeftIndent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLeftSubIndent(This) -> integer() when This::wxTextAttr(). getLeftSubIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ getLeftSubIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextAttr_GetLeftSubIndent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRightIndent(This) -> integer() when This::wxTextAttr(). getRightIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ getRightIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextAttr_GetRightIndent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTabs(This) -> [integer()] when This::wxTextAttr(). getTabs(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ getTabs(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextAttr_GetTabs, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxTextAttr(). getTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ getTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextAttr_GetTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasBackgroundColour(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTextAttr(). hasBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ hasBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextAttr_HasBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasFont(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTextAttr(). hasFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ hasFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextAttr_HasFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasTextColour(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTextAttr(). hasTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ hasTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextAttr_HasTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFlags(This) -> integer() when This::wxTextAttr(). getFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ getFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextAttr_GetFlags, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isDefault(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTextAttr(). isDefault(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ isDefault(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextAttr_IsDefault, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Alignment = ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_LEFT | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTER | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT | ?wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_JUSTIFIED -spec setAlignment(This, Alignment) -> ok when This::wxTextAttr(), Alignment::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ setAlignment(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Alignment) wxe_util:cast(?wxTextAttr_SetAlignment, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBackgroundColour(This, ColBack) -> ok when This::wxTextAttr(), ColBack::wx:wx_colour(). setBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColBack) @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ setBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColBack) wxe_util:cast(?wxTextAttr_SetBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFlags(This, Flags) -> ok when This::wxTextAttr(), Flags::integer(). setFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ setFont(This,Font) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Font, wx_ref) -> setFont(This,Font, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFont(This, Font, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxTextAttr(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(), Option :: {flags, integer()}. @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ setLeftIndent(This,Indent) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Indent) -> setLeftIndent(This,Indent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLeftIndent(This, Indent, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxTextAttr(), Indent::integer(), Option :: {subIndent, integer()}. @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ setLeftIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indent, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxTextAttr_SetLeftIndent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setRightIndent(This, Indent) -> ok when This::wxTextAttr(), Indent::integer(). setRightIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indent) @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ setRightIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indent) wxe_util:cast(?wxTextAttr_SetRightIndent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTabs(This, Tabs) -> ok when This::wxTextAttr(), Tabs::[integer()]. setTabs(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Tabs) @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ setTabs(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Tabs) <> || C <- Tabs>>)/binary, 0:(((0+length(Tabs)) rem 2)*32)>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTextColour(This, ColText) -> ok when This::wxTextAttr(), ColText::wx:wx_colour(). setTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ColText) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextCtrl.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextCtrl.erl index e1f82c40c3..cb85652ceb 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextCtrl.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextCtrl.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxTextCtrl. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxTextCtrl. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxTextCtrl() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxTextCtrl(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxTextCtrl_new_0, @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxTextCtrl() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {value, unicode:chardata()} @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxTextCtrl_new_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec appendText(This, Text) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(), Text::unicode:chardata(). appendText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ appendText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_AppendText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canCopy(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(). canCopy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ canCopy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_CanCopy, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canCut(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(). canCut(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ canCut(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_CanCut, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canPaste(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(). canPaste(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ canPaste(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_CanPaste, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canRedo(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(). canRedo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ canRedo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_CanRedo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canUndo(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(). canUndo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ canUndo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_CanUndo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clear(This) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(). clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ clear(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_Clear, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec copy(This) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(). copy(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> create(This,Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {value, unicode:chardata()} @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, O wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec cut(This) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(). cut(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ cut(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_Cut, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec discardEdits(This) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(). discardEdits(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ discardEdits(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_DiscardEdits, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec emulateKeyPress(This, Event) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(), Event::wxKeyEvent:wxKeyEvent(). emulateKeyPress(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=EventT,ref=EventRef}) -> @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ emulateKeyPress(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=EventT,ref=EventRef wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_EmulateKeyPress, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDefaultStyle(This) -> wxTextAttr:wxTextAttr() when This::wxTextCtrl(). getDefaultStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ getDefaultStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_GetDefaultStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getInsertionPoint(This) -> integer() when This::wxTextCtrl(). getInsertionPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ getInsertionPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_GetInsertionPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLastPosition(This) -> integer() when This::wxTextCtrl(). getLastPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ getLastPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_GetLastPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLineLength(This, LineNo) -> integer() when This::wxTextCtrl(), LineNo::integer(). getLineLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineNo) @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ getLineLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineNo) wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_GetLineLength, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLineText(This, LineNo) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxTextCtrl(), LineNo::integer(). getLineText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineNo) @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ getLineText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},LineNo) wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_GetLineText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getNumberOfLines(This) -> integer() when This::wxTextCtrl(). getNumberOfLines(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ getNumberOfLines(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_GetNumberOfLines, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRange(This, From, To) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxTextCtrl(), From::integer(), To::integer(). getRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To) @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ getRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To) wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_GetRange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> {From::integer(), To::integer()} when This::wxTextCtrl(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_GetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStringSelection(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxTextCtrl(). getStringSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ getStringSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_GetStringSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStyle(This, Position, Style) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(), Position::integer(), Style::wxTextAttr:wxTextAttr(). getStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Position,#wx_ref{type=StyleT,ref=StyleRef}) @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ getStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Position,#wx_ref{type=StyleT,ref=StyleR wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_GetStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getValue(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxTextCtrl(). getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_GetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isEditable(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(). isEditable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ isEditable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_IsEditable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isModified(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(). isModified(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ isModified(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_IsModified, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isMultiLine(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(). isMultiLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ isMultiLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_IsMultiLine, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isSingleLine(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(). isSingleLine(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ loadFile(This,File) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(File) -> loadFile(This,File, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadFile(This, File, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(), File::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {fileType, integer()}. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ loadFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},File, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_LoadFile, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec markDirty(This) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(). markDirty(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ markDirty(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_MarkDirty, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec paste(This) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(). paste(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ paste(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_Paste, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec positionToXY(This, Pos) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::boolean(), X::integer(), Y::integer()}, This::wxTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ positionToXY(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_PositionToXY, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec redo(This) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(). redo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ redo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_Redo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec remove(This, From, To) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(), From::integer(), To::integer(). remove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To) @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ remove(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To) wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_Remove, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec replace(This, From, To, Value) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(), From::integer(), To::integer(), Value::unicode:chardata(). replace(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To,Value) @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ saveFile(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> saveFile(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec saveFile(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(), Option :: {file, unicode:chardata()} @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ saveFile(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_SaveFile, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDefaultStyle(This, Style) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(), Style::wxTextAttr:wxTextAttr(). setDefaultStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=StyleT,ref=StyleRef}) -> @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ setDefaultStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=StyleT,ref=StyleRef wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_SetDefaultStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setEditable(This, Editable) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(), Editable::boolean(). setEditable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Editable) @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ setEditable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Editable) wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_SetEditable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setInsertionPoint(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). setInsertionPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ setInsertionPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_SetInsertionPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setInsertionPointEnd(This) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(). setInsertionPointEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ setInsertionPointEnd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_SetInsertionPointEnd, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMaxLength(This, Len) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(), Len::integer(). setMaxLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Len) @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ setMaxLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Len) wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_SetMaxLength, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, From, To) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(), From::integer(), To::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To) @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},From,To) wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_SetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStyle(This, Start, End, Style) -> boolean() when This::wxTextCtrl(), Start::integer(), End::integer(), Style::wxTextAttr:wxTextAttr(). setStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Start,End,#wx_ref{type=StyleT,ref=StyleRef}) @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ setStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Start,End,#wx_ref{type=StyleT,ref=Style wxe_util:call(?wxTextCtrl_SetStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setValue(This, Value) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(), Value::unicode:chardata(). setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Value) @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Value) wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_SetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec showPosition(This, Pos) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(), Pos::integer(). showPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ showPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_ShowPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec undo(This) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(). undo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ undo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_Undo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec writeText(This, Text) -> ok when This::wxTextCtrl(), Text::unicode:chardata(). writeText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ writeText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxTextCtrl_WriteText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec xYToPosition(This, X, Y) -> integer() when This::wxTextCtrl(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). xYToPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextDataObject.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextDataObject.erl index 4ffa2de4a7..0f780509e6 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextDataObject.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextDataObject.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxTextDataObject. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxTextDataObject. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDataObject} %%

@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). new() -> new([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new([Option]) -> wxTextDataObject() when Option :: {text, unicode:chardata()}. new(Options) @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ new(Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxTextDataObject_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextLength(This) -> integer() when This::wxTextDataObject(). getTextLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ getTextLength(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextDataObject_GetTextLength, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getText(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxTextDataObject(). getText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ getText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextDataObject_GetText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setText(This, Text) -> ok when This::wxTextDataObject(), Text::unicode:chardata(). setText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextEntryDialog.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextEntryDialog.erl index 78e6e32b98..1cc4bce0b9 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextEntryDialog.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTextEntryDialog.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxTextEntryDialog. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxTextEntryDialog. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDialog} %%
{@link wxTopLevelWindow} @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ new(Parent,Message) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_list(Message) -> new(Parent,Message, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Message, [Option]) -> wxTextEntryDialog() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Message::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {caption, unicode:chardata()} @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Message, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxTextEntryDialog_new, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getValue(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxTextEntryDialog(). getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTextEntryDialog_GetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setValue(This, Val) -> ok when This::wxTextEntryDialog(), Val::unicode:chardata(). setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Val) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToggleButton.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToggleButton.erl index ed2f564952..2cd1739754 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToggleButton.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToggleButton.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxToggleButton. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxToggleButton. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxToggleButton() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxToggleButton(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxToggleButton_new_0, @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ new(Parent,Id,Label) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Label) -> new(Parent,Id,Label, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, Label, [Option]) -> wxToggleButton() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id,Label) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id),is_list(Label) -> create(This,Parent,Id,Label, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, Label, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxToggleButton(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id,La wxe_util:call(?wxToggleButton_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getValue(This) -> boolean() when This::wxToggleButton(). getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ getValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxToggleButton_GetValue, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setValue(This, State) -> ok when This::wxToggleButton(), State::boolean(). setValue(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},State) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolBar.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolBar.erl index 9401e30e20..f8e4b7704a 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolBar.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolBar.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxToolBar. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxToolBar. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxToolBar() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addControl(This, Control) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxToolBar(), Control::wxControl:wxControl(). addControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ControlT,ref=ControlRef}) -> @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ addControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ControlT,ref=ControlRef} wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_AddControl, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addSeparator(This) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxToolBar(). addSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ addSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_AddSeparator, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addTool(This, Tool) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxToolBar(), Tool::wx:wx_object(). addTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ToolT,ref=ToolRef}) -> @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ addTool(This,Toolid,Bitmap) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Toolid),is_record(Bitmap, wx_ref) -> addTool(This,Toolid,Bitmap, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% addTool(This, Toolid, Bitmap, BmpDisabled) -> wx:wx_object() when
%% This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), BmpDisabled::wxBitmap:wxBitmap();
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ addTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid,#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRe wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_AddTool_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% addTool(This, Toolid, Label, Bitmap, [Option]) -> wx:wx_object() when
%% This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(),
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ addTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid,#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=BitmapRe wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_AddTool_4_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% addTool(This, Toolid, Label, Bitmap, BmpDisabled, [Option]) -> wx:wx_object() when
%% This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), BmpDisabled::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(),
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ addTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid,Label,#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=Bi wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_AddTool_5, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addTool(This, Toolid, Bitmap, BmpDisabled, Toggle, XPos, [Option]) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), BmpDisabled::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), Toggle::boolean(), XPos::integer(), Option :: {yPos, integer()} @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ addCheckTool(This,Toolid,Label,Bitmap) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Toolid),is_list(Label),is_record(Bitmap, wx_ref) -> addCheckTool(This,Toolid,Label,Bitmap, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addCheckTool(This, Toolid, Label, Bitmap, [Option]) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), Option :: {bmpDisabled, wxBitmap:wxBitmap()} @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ addRadioTool(This,Toolid,Label,Bitmap) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Toolid),is_list(Label),is_record(Bitmap, wx_ref) -> addRadioTool(This,Toolid,Label,Bitmap, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addRadioTool(This, Toolid, Label, Bitmap, [Option]) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), Option :: {bmpDisabled, wxBitmap:wxBitmap()} @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ addRadioTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid,Label,#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,r wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_AddRadioTool, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteTool(This, Toolid) -> boolean() when This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(). deleteTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ deleteTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_DeleteTool, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteToolByPos(This, Pos) -> boolean() when This::wxToolBar(), Pos::integer(). deleteToolByPos(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ deleteToolByPos(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_DeleteToolByPos, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enableTool(This, Toolid, Enable) -> ok when This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(), Enable::boolean(). enableTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid,Enable) @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ enableTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid,Enable) wxe_util:cast(?wxToolBar_EnableTool, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findById(This, Toolid) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(). findById(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ findById(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_FindById, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findControl(This, Toolid) -> wxControl:wxControl() when This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(). findControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ findControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_FindControl, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findToolForPosition(This, X, Y) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxToolBar(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). findToolForPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ findToolForPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_FindToolForPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getToolSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxToolBar(). getToolSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ getToolSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_GetToolSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getToolBitmapSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxToolBar(). getToolBitmapSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ getToolBitmapSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_GetToolBitmapSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMargins(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxToolBar(). getMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ getMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_GetMargins, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getToolEnabled(This, Toolid) -> boolean() when This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(). getToolEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ getToolEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_GetToolEnabled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getToolLongHelp(This, Toolid) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(). getToolLongHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ getToolLongHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_GetToolLongHelp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getToolPacking(This) -> integer() when This::wxToolBar(). getToolPacking(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ getToolPacking(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_GetToolPacking, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getToolPos(This, Id) -> integer() when This::wxToolBar(), Id::integer(). getToolPos(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Id) @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ getToolPos(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Id) wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_GetToolPos, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getToolSeparation(This) -> integer() when This::wxToolBar(). getToolSeparation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ getToolSeparation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_GetToolSeparation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getToolShortHelp(This, Toolid) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(). getToolShortHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ getToolShortHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_GetToolShortHelp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getToolState(This, Toolid) -> boolean() when This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(). getToolState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ getToolState(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_GetToolState, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertControl(This, Pos, Control) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxToolBar(), Pos::integer(), Control::wxControl:wxControl(). insertControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,#wx_ref{type=ControlT,ref=ControlRef}) @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ insertControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,#wx_ref{type=ControlT,ref=Cont wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_InsertControl, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertSeparator(This, Pos) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxToolBar(), Pos::integer(). insertSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ insertSeparator(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_InsertSeparator, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertTool(This, Pos, Tool) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxToolBar(), Pos::integer(), Tool::wx:wx_object(). insertTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,#wx_ref{type=ToolT,ref=ToolRef}) @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ insertTool(This,Pos,Toolid,Bitmap) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Pos),is_integer(Toolid),is_record(Bitmap, wx_ref) -> insertTool(This,Pos,Toolid,Bitmap, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% insertTool(This, Pos, Toolid, Bitmap, [Option]) -> wx:wx_object() when
%% This::wxToolBar(), Pos::integer(), Toolid::integer(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(),
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ insertTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,Toolid,#wx_ref{type=BitmapT,ref=B wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_InsertTool_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Kind = ?wxITEM_SEPARATOR | ?wxITEM_NORMAL | ?wxITEM_CHECK | ?wxITEM_RADIO | ?wxITEM_MAX -spec insertTool(This, Pos, Toolid, Label, Bitmap, [Option]) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxToolBar(), Pos::integer(), Toolid::integer(), Label::unicode:chardata(), Bitmap::wxBitmap:wxBitmap(), @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ insertTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,Toolid,Label,#wx_ref{type=BitmapT wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_InsertTool_5, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec realize(This) -> boolean() when This::wxToolBar(). realize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ realize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_Realize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec removeTool(This, Toolid) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(). removeTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ removeTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid) wxe_util:call(?wxToolBar_RemoveTool, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMargins(This, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxToolBar(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). setMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ setMargins(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:cast(?wxToolBar_SetMargins, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setToolBitmapSize(This, Size) -> ok when This::wxToolBar(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setToolBitmapSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ setToolBitmapSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxToolBar_SetToolBitmapSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setToolLongHelp(This, Toolid, HelpString) -> ok when This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(), HelpString::unicode:chardata(). setToolLongHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid,HelpString) @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ setToolLongHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid,HelpString) wxe_util:cast(?wxToolBar_SetToolLongHelp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setToolPacking(This, Packing) -> ok when This::wxToolBar(), Packing::integer(). setToolPacking(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Packing) @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ setToolPacking(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Packing) wxe_util:cast(?wxToolBar_SetToolPacking, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setToolShortHelp(This, Id, HelpString) -> ok when This::wxToolBar(), Id::integer(), HelpString::unicode:chardata(). setToolShortHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Id,HelpString) @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ setToolShortHelp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Id,HelpString) wxe_util:cast(?wxToolBar_SetToolShortHelp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setToolSeparation(This, Separation) -> ok when This::wxToolBar(), Separation::integer(). setToolSeparation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Separation) @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ setToolSeparation(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Separation) wxe_util:cast(?wxToolBar_SetToolSeparation, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec toggleTool(This, Toolid, Toggle) -> ok when This::wxToolBar(), Toolid::integer(), Toggle::boolean(). toggleTool(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Toolid,Toggle) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolTip.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolTip.erl index e9b5510357..1df04adea8 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolTip.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolTip.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxToolTip. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxToolTip. %% @type wxToolTip(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxToolTip() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enable(Flag) -> ok when Flag::boolean(). enable(Flag) @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ enable(Flag) wxe_util:cast(?wxToolTip_Enable, <<(wxe_util:from_bool(Flag)):32/?UI>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDelay(Msecs) -> ok when Msecs::integer(). setDelay(Msecs) @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ setDelay(Msecs) wxe_util:cast(?wxToolTip_SetDelay, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Tip) -> wxToolTip() when Tip::unicode:chardata(). new(Tip) @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ new(Tip) wxe_util:construct(?wxToolTip_new, <<(byte_size(Tip_UC)):32/?UI,(Tip_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Tip_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTip(This, Tip) -> ok when This::wxToolTip(), Tip::unicode:chardata(). setTip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Tip) @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ setTip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Tip) wxe_util:cast(?wxToolTip_SetTip, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTip(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxToolTip(). getTip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ getTip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxToolTip_GetTip, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWindow(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxToolTip(). getWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolbook.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolbook.erl index 9172f7a2d9..f820471ad7 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolbook.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxToolbook.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxToolbook. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxToolbook. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxToolbook() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxToolbook(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxToolbook_new_0, @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxToolbook() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ addPage(This,Page,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Page, wx_ref),is_list(Text) -> addPage(This,Page,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addPage(This, Page, Text, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxToolbook(), Page::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {bSelect, boolean()} @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ advanceSelection(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> advanceSelection(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec advanceSelection(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxToolbook(), Option :: {forward, boolean()}. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ advanceSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxToolbook_AdvanceSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec assignImageList(This, ImageList) -> ok when This::wxToolbook(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(). assignImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef}) -> @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> create(This,Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxToolbook(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, O wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteAllPages(This) -> boolean() when This::wxToolbook(). deleteAllPages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ deleteAllPages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_DeleteAllPages, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deletePage(This, N) -> boolean() when This::wxToolbook(), N::integer(). deletePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ deletePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_DeletePage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec removePage(This, N) -> boolean() when This::wxToolbook(), N::integer(). removePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ removePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_RemovePage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCurrentPage(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxToolbook(). getCurrentPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ getCurrentPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_GetCurrentPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getImageList(This) -> wxImageList:wxImageList() when This::wxToolbook(). getImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ getImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_GetImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPage(This, N) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxToolbook(), N::integer(). getPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ getPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_GetPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxToolbook(). getPageCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ getPageCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_GetPageCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageImage(This, N) -> integer() when This::wxToolbook(), N::integer(). getPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ getPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_GetPageImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageText(This, N) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxToolbook(), N::integer(). getPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ getPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_GetPageText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxToolbook(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_GetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hitTest(This, Pt) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::integer(), Flags::integer()}, This::wxToolbook(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ insertPage(This,N,Page,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(N),is_record(Page, wx_ref),is_list(Text) -> insertPage(This,N,Page,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertPage(This, N, Page, Text, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxToolbook(), N::integer(), Page::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {bSelect, boolean()} @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ insertPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,#wx_ref{type=PageT,ref=PageRef},Tex wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_InsertPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setImageList(This, ImageList) -> ok when This::wxToolbook(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(). setImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef}) -> @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ setImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageLi wxe_util:cast(?wxToolbook_SetImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageSize(This, Size) -> ok when This::wxToolbook(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ setPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxToolbook_SetPageSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageImage(This, N, ImageId) -> boolean() when This::wxToolbook(), N::integer(), ImageId::integer(). setPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,ImageId) @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ setPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,ImageId) wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_SetPageImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageText(This, N, StrText) -> boolean() when This::wxToolbook(), N::integer(), StrText::unicode:chardata(). setPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,StrText) @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ setPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,StrText) wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_SetPageText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, N) -> integer() when This::wxToolbook(), N::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxToolbook_SetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec changeSelection(This, N) -> integer() when This::wxToolbook(), N::integer(). changeSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTopLevelWindow.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTopLevelWindow.erl index 5659c0927f..0a6f830d23 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTopLevelWindow.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTopLevelWindow.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxTopLevelWindow. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxTopLevelWindow. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxWindow} %%
{@link wxEvtHandler} @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxTopLevelWindow() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getIcon(This) -> wxIcon:wxIcon() when This::wxTopLevelWindow(). getIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ getIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTopLevelWindow_GetIcon, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getIcons(This) -> wxIconBundle:wxIconBundle() when This::wxTopLevelWindow(). getIcons(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ getIcons(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTopLevelWindow_GetIcons, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTitle(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxTopLevelWindow(). getTitle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ getTitle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTopLevelWindow_GetTitle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isActive(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTopLevelWindow(). isActive(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ iconize(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> iconize(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec iconize(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxTopLevelWindow(), Option :: {iconize, boolean()}. @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ iconize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxTopLevelWindow_Iconize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isFullScreen(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTopLevelWindow(). isFullScreen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ isFullScreen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTopLevelWindow_IsFullScreen, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isIconized(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTopLevelWindow(). isIconized(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ isIconized(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTopLevelWindow_IsIconized, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isMaximized(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTopLevelWindow(). isMaximized(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ maximize(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> maximize(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec maximize(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxTopLevelWindow(), Option :: {maximize, boolean()}. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ requestUserAttention(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> requestUserAttention(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec requestUserAttention(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxTopLevelWindow(), Option :: {flags, integer()}. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ requestUserAttention(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxTopLevelWindow_RequestUserAttention, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setIcon(This, Icon) -> ok when This::wxTopLevelWindow(), Icon::wxIcon:wxIcon(). setIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=IconT,ref=IconRef}) -> @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ setIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=IconT,ref=IconRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxTopLevelWindow_SetIcon, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setIcons(This, Icons) -> ok when This::wxTopLevelWindow(), Icons::wxIconBundle:wxIconBundle(). setIcons(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=IconsT,ref=IconsRef}) -> @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ centerOnScreen(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> centerOnScreen(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec centerOnScreen(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxTopLevelWindow(), Option :: {dir, integer()}. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ centreOnScreen(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> centreOnScreen(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec centreOnScreen(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxTopLevelWindow(), Option :: {dir, integer()}. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ centreOnScreen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxTopLevelWindow_CentreOnScreen, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setShape(This, Region) -> boolean() when This::wxTopLevelWindow(), Region::wxRegion:wxRegion(). setShape(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=RegionT,ref=RegionRef}) -> @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ setShape(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=RegionT,ref=RegionRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTopLevelWindow_SetShape, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setTitle(This, Title) -> ok when This::wxTopLevelWindow(), Title::unicode:chardata(). setTitle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Title) @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ showFullScreen(This,Show) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_boolean(Show) -> showFullScreen(This,Show, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec showFullScreen(This, Show, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxTopLevelWindow(), Show::boolean(), Option :: {style, integer()}. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreeCtrl.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreeCtrl.erl index df2b9bed39..c25310b284 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreeCtrl.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreeCtrl.erl @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxTreeCtrl. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxTreeCtrl. %% %% Note: The representation of treeItemId() have changed from the original class implementation to be an semi-opaque type,Equality between TreeItemId's can be tested and zero means that the TreeItem is invalid. @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxTreeCtrl() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxTreeCtrl(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxTreeCtrl_new_0, @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ new(Parent) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> new(Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, [Option]) -> wxTreeCtrl() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ addRoot(This,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Text) -> addRoot(This,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addRoot(This, Text, [Option]) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {image, integer()} @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ appendItem(This,Parent,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Parent),is_list(Text) -> appendItem(This,Parent,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec appendItem(This, Parent, Text, [Option]) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Parent::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {image, integer()} @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ appendItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Parent,Text, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_AppendItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec assignImageList(This, ImageList) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(). assignImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef}) -> @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ assignImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=Imag wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_AssignImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec assignStateImageList(This, ImageList) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(). assignStateImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef}) -> @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ assignStateImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_AssignStateImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec collapse(This, Item) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). collapse(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ collapse(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_Collapse, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec collapseAndReset(This, Item) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). collapseAndReset(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ create(This,Parent) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref) -> create(This,Parent, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {id, integer()} @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, Opti wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec delete(This, Item) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). delete(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ delete(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_Delete, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteAllItems(This) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(). deleteAllItems(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ deleteAllItems(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_DeleteAllItems, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteChildren(This, Item) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). deleteChildren(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ deleteChildren(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_DeleteChildren, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec editLabel(This, Item) -> wxTextCtrl:wxTextCtrl() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). editLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ editLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_EditLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec ensureVisible(This, Item) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). ensureVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ ensureVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_EnsureVisible, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec expand(This, Item) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). expand(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ getBoundingRect(This,Item) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Item) -> getBoundingRect(This,Item, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBoundingRect(This, Item, [Option]) -> Result when Result :: {Res ::boolean(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}}, This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ getChildrenCount(This,Item) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Item) -> getChildrenCount(This,Item, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getChildrenCount(This, Item, [Option]) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), Option :: {recursively, boolean()}. @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ getChildrenCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetChildrenCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(). getCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ getCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEditControl(This) -> wxTextCtrl:wxTextCtrl() when This::wxTreeCtrl(). getEditControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ getEditControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetEditControl, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFirstChild(This, Item) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::integer(), Cookie::integer()}, This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ getFirstChild(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetFirstChild, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getNextChild(This, Item, Cookie) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::integer(), Cookie::integer()}, This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), Cookie::integer(). @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ getNextChild(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Cookie) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetNextChild, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFirstVisibleItem(This) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(). getFirstVisibleItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ getFirstVisibleItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetFirstVisibleItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getImageList(This) -> wxImageList:wxImageList() when This::wxTreeCtrl(). getImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ getImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getIndent(This) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(). getIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ getIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetIndent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemBackgroundColour(This, Item) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). getItemBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ getItemBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetItemBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemData(This, Item) -> term() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). getItemData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ getItemData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetItemData, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemFont(This, Item) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). getItemFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ getItemFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetItemFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemImage(This, Item) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). getItemImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ getItemImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetItemImage_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Which = ?wxTreeItemIcon_Normal | ?wxTreeItemIcon_Selected | ?wxTreeItemIcon_Expanded | ?wxTreeItemIcon_SelectedExpanded | ?wxTreeItemIcon_Max -spec getItemImage(This, Item, [Option]) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ getItemImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetItemImage_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemText(This, Item) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). getItemText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ getItemText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetItemText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemTextColour(This, Item) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). getItemTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ getItemTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetItemTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLastChild(This, Item) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). getLastChild(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ getLastChild(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetLastChild, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getNextSibling(This, Item) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). getNextSibling(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ getNextSibling(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetNextSibling, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getNextVisible(This, Item) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). getNextVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ getNextVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetNextVisible, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItemParent(This, Item) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). getItemParent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ getItemParent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetItemParent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrevSibling(This, Item) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). getPrevSibling(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ getPrevSibling(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetPrevSibling, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPrevVisible(This, Item) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). getPrevVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ getPrevVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetPrevVisible, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRootItem(This) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(). getRootItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ getRootItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetRootItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelections(This) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::integer(), Val::[integer()]}, This::wxTreeCtrl(). @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ getSelections(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetSelections, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getStateImageList(This) -> wxImageList:wxImageList() when This::wxTreeCtrl(). getStateImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ getStateImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_GetStateImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hitTest(This, Point) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::integer(), Flags::integer()}, This::wxTreeCtrl(), Point::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ insertItem(This,Parent,Pos,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Parent),is_integer(Pos),is_list(Text) -> insertItem(This,Parent,Pos,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertItem(This, Parent, Pos, Text, [Option]) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Parent::integer(), Pos::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {image, integer()} @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ insertItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Parent,Pos,Text, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_InsertItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isBold(This, Item) -> boolean() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). isBold(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ isBold(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_IsBold, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isExpanded(This, Item) -> boolean() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). isExpanded(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ isExpanded(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_IsExpanded, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isSelected(This, Item) -> boolean() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). isSelected(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ isSelected(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_IsSelected, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isVisible(This, Item) -> boolean() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). isVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ isVisible(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_IsVisible, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec itemHasChildren(This, Item) -> boolean() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). itemHasChildren(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ itemHasChildren(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_ItemHasChildren, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isTreeItemIdOk(Id) -> boolean() when Id::integer(). isTreeItemIdOk(Id) @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ prependItem(This,Parent,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Parent),is_list(Text) -> prependItem(This,Parent,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec prependItem(This, Parent, Text, [Option]) -> integer() when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Parent::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {image, integer()} @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ prependItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Parent,Text, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxTreeCtrl_PrependItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec scrollTo(This, Item) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). scrollTo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ scrollTo(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_ScrollTo, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectItem(This, Item) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). selectItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ selectItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_SelectItem_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec selectItem(This, Item, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), Option :: {select, boolean()}. @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ selectItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_SelectItem_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setIndent(This, Indent) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Indent::integer(). setIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indent) @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ setIndent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Indent) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_SetIndent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setImageList(This, ImageList) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(). setImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef}) -> @@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ setImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageLi wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_SetImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemBackgroundColour(This, Item, Col) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), Col::wx:wx_colour(). setItemBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Col) @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ setItemBold(This,Item) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Item) -> setItemBold(This,Item, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemBold(This, Item, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), Option :: {bold, boolean()}. @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ setItemBold(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_SetItemBold, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemData(This, Item, Data) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), Data::term(). setItemData(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Data) @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ setItemDropHighlight(This,Item) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Item) -> setItemDropHighlight(This,Item, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemDropHighlight(This, Item, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), Option :: {highlight, boolean()}. @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ setItemDropHighlight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_SetItemDropHighlight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemFont(This, Item, Font) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(). setItemFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ setItemHasChildren(This,Item) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Item) -> setItemHasChildren(This,Item, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemHasChildren(This, Item, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), Option :: {has, boolean()}. @@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ setItemHasChildren(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_SetItemHasChildren, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemImage(This, Item, Image) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), Image::integer(). setItemImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Image) @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ setItemImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Image) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_SetItemImage_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Which = ?wxTreeItemIcon_Normal | ?wxTreeItemIcon_Selected | ?wxTreeItemIcon_Expanded | ?wxTreeItemIcon_SelectedExpanded | ?wxTreeItemIcon_Max -spec setItemImage(This, Item, Image, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), Image::integer(), @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ setItemImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Image, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_SetItemImage_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemText(This, Item, Text) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), Text::unicode:chardata(). setItemText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Text) @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ setItemText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_SetItemText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setItemTextColour(This, Item, Col) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(), Col::wx:wx_colour(). setItemTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Col) @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ setItemTextColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item,Col) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_SetItemTextColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setStateImageList(This, ImageList) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(). setStateImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef}) -> @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ setStateImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=Im wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_SetStateImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWindowStyle(This, Styles) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Styles::integer(). setWindowStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Styles) @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ setWindowStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Styles) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_SetWindowStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec sortChildren(This, Item) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). sortChildren(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ sortChildren(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_SortChildren, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec toggle(This, Item) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). toggle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ toggle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_Toggle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec toggleItemSelection(This, Item) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). toggleItemSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ toggleItemSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_ToggleItemSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec unselect(This) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(). unselect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ unselect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_Unselect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec unselectAll(This) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(). unselectAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ unselectAll(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxTreeCtrl_UnselectAll, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec unselectItem(This, Item) -> ok when This::wxTreeCtrl(), Item::integer(). unselectItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Item) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreeEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreeEvent.erl index d042fb93e5..fd28cd3fd7 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreeEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreeEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxTreeEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxTreeEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
command_tree_begin_drag, command_tree_begin_rdrag, command_tree_begin_label_edit, command_tree_end_label_edit, command_tree_delete_item, command_tree_get_info, command_tree_set_info, command_tree_item_expanded, command_tree_item_expanding, command_tree_item_collapsed, command_tree_item_collapsing, command_tree_sel_changed, command_tree_sel_changing, command_tree_key_down, command_tree_item_activated, command_tree_item_right_click, command_tree_item_middle_click, command_tree_end_drag, command_tree_state_image_click, command_tree_item_gettooltip, command_tree_item_menu
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxTree(). #wxTree{}} event record type. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxTreeEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getKeyCode(This) -> integer() when This::wxTreeEvent(). getKeyCode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ getKeyCode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeEvent_GetKeyCode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getItem(This) -> integer() when This::wxTreeEvent(). getItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ getItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeEvent_GetItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getKeyEvent(This) -> wxKeyEvent:wxKeyEvent() when This::wxTreeEvent(). getKeyEvent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ getKeyEvent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeEvent_GetKeyEvent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLabel(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxTreeEvent(). getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeEvent_GetLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOldItem(This) -> integer() when This::wxTreeEvent(). getOldItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ getOldItem(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeEvent_GetOldItem, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPoint(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxTreeEvent(). getPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ getPoint(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeEvent_GetPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isEditCancelled(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTreeEvent(). isEditCancelled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ isEditCancelled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreeEvent_IsEditCancelled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setToolTip(This, ToolTip) -> ok when This::wxTreeEvent(), ToolTip::unicode:chardata(). setToolTip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ToolTip) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreebook.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreebook.erl index 5d08c12cce..14c04eb373 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreebook.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxTreebook.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2009-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxTreebook. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxTreebook. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxControl} %%
{@link wxWindow} @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxTreebook() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxTreebook(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxTreebook_new_0, @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxTreebook() when Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ addPage(This,Page,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Page, wx_ref),is_list(Text) -> addPage(This,Page,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec addPage(This, Page, Text, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxTreebook(), Page::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {bSelect, boolean()} @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ advanceSelection(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> advanceSelection(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec advanceSelection(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxTreebook(), Option :: {forward, boolean()}. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ advanceSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreebook_AdvanceSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec assignImageList(This, ImageList) -> ok when This::wxTreebook(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(). assignImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef}) -> @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ create(This,Parent,Id) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> create(This,Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec create(This, Parent, Id, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxTreebook(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ create(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, O wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_Create, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deleteAllPages(This) -> boolean() when This::wxTreebook(). deleteAllPages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ deleteAllPages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_DeleteAllPages, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec deletePage(This, Pos) -> boolean() when This::wxTreebook(), Pos::integer(). deletePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ deletePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_DeletePage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec removePage(This, N) -> boolean() when This::wxTreebook(), N::integer(). removePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ removePage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_RemovePage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCurrentPage(This) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxTreebook(). getCurrentPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ getCurrentPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_GetCurrentPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getImageList(This) -> wxImageList:wxImageList() when This::wxTreebook(). getImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ getImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_GetImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPage(This, N) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when This::wxTreebook(), N::integer(). getPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ getPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_GetPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageCount(This) -> integer() when This::wxTreebook(). getPageCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ getPageCount(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_GetPageCount, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageImage(This, N) -> integer() when This::wxTreebook(), N::integer(). getPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ getPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_GetPageImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPageText(This, N) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxTreebook(), N::integer(). getPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ getPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_GetPageText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSelection(This) -> integer() when This::wxTreebook(). getSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ expandNode(This,Pos) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Pos) -> expandNode(This,Pos, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec expandNode(This, Pos, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxTreebook(), Pos::integer(), Option :: {expand, boolean()}. @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ expandNode(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_ExpandNode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isNodeExpanded(This, Pos) -> boolean() when This::wxTreebook(), Pos::integer(). isNodeExpanded(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ isNodeExpanded(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos) wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_IsNodeExpanded, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hitTest(This, Pt) -> Result when Result ::{Res ::integer(), Flags::integer()}, This::wxTreebook(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ insertPage(This,Pos,Page,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Pos),is_record(Page, wx_ref),is_list(Text) -> insertPage(This,Pos,Page,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertPage(This, Pos, Page, Text, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxTreebook(), Pos::integer(), Page::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {bSelect, boolean()} @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ insertSubPage(This,Pos,Page,Text) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Pos),is_record(Page, wx_ref),is_list(Text) -> insertSubPage(This,Pos,Page,Text, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec insertSubPage(This, Pos, Page, Text, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxTreebook(), Pos::integer(), Page::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Text::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {bSelect, boolean()} @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ insertSubPage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pos,#wx_ref{type=PageT,ref=PageRef wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_InsertSubPage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setImageList(This, ImageList) -> ok when This::wxTreebook(), ImageList::wxImageList:wxImageList(). setImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageListRef}) -> @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ setImageList(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ImageListT,ref=ImageLi wxe_util:cast(?wxTreebook_SetImageList, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageSize(This, Size) -> ok when This::wxTreebook(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ setPageSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxTreebook_SetPageSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageImage(This, N, ImageId) -> boolean() when This::wxTreebook(), N::integer(), ImageId::integer(). setPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,ImageId) @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ setPageImage(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,ImageId) wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_SetPageImage, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPageText(This, N, StrText) -> boolean() when This::wxTreebook(), N::integer(), StrText::unicode:chardata(). setPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,StrText) @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ setPageText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N,StrText) wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_SetPageText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSelection(This, N) -> integer() when This::wxTreebook(), N::integer(). setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ setSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) wxe_util:call(?wxTreebook_SetSelection, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec changeSelection(This, N) -> integer() when This::wxTreebook(), N::integer(). changeSelection(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},N) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxUpdateUIEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxUpdateUIEvent.erl index f6d46611ab..a51fff0a69 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxUpdateUIEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxUpdateUIEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxUpdateUIEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxUpdateUIEvent. %%

Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
update_ui
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxUpdateUI(). #wxUpdateUI{}} event record type. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvent) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxUpdateUIEvent() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec canUpdate(Win) -> boolean() when Win::wxWindow:wxWindow(). canUpdate(#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef}) -> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ canUpdate(#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxUpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec check(This, Check) -> ok when This::wxUpdateUIEvent(), Check::boolean(). check(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Check) @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ check(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Check) wxe_util:cast(?wxUpdateUIEvent_Check, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enable(This, Enable) -> ok when This::wxUpdateUIEvent(), Enable::boolean(). enable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Enable) @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ enable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Enable) wxe_util:cast(?wxUpdateUIEvent_Enable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec show(This, Show) -> ok when This::wxUpdateUIEvent(), Show::boolean(). show(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show) @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ show(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Show) wxe_util:cast(?wxUpdateUIEvent_Show, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getChecked(This) -> boolean() when This::wxUpdateUIEvent(). getChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ getChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxUpdateUIEvent_GetChecked, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEnabled(This) -> boolean() when This::wxUpdateUIEvent(). getEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ getEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxUpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getShown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxUpdateUIEvent(). getShown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ getShown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxUpdateUIEvent_GetShown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSetChecked(This) -> boolean() when This::wxUpdateUIEvent(). getSetChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ getSetChecked(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxUpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSetEnabled(This) -> boolean() when This::wxUpdateUIEvent(). getSetEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ getSetEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxUpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSetShown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxUpdateUIEvent(). getSetShown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ getSetShown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxUpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSetText(This) -> boolean() when This::wxUpdateUIEvent(). getSetText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ getSetText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxUpdateUIEvent_GetSetText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getText(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxUpdateUIEvent(). getText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -148,26 +148,26 @@ getText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxUpdateUIEvent_GetText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL | ?wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED -spec getMode() -> wx:wx_enum(). getMode() -> wxe_util:call(?wxUpdateUIEvent_GetMode, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getUpdateInterval() -> integer(). getUpdateInterval() -> wxe_util:call(?wxUpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec resetUpdateTime() -> ok. resetUpdateTime() -> wxe_util:cast(?wxUpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Mode = ?wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL | ?wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED -spec setMode(Mode) -> ok when Mode::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ setMode(Mode) wxe_util:cast(?wxUpdateUIEvent_SetMode, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setText(This, Text) -> ok when This::wxUpdateUIEvent(), Text::unicode:chardata(). setText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ setText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxUpdateUIEvent_SetText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setUpdateInterval(UpdateInterval) -> ok when UpdateInterval::integer(). setUpdateInterval(UpdateInterval) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindow.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindow.erl index 229633a106..97af96f31d 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindow.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindow.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxWindow. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxWindow. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxEvtHandler} %%

@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ parent_class(wxEvtHandler) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxWindow() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxWindow(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxWindow_new_0, @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ new(Parent,Id) when is_record(Parent, wx_ref),is_integer(Id) -> new(Parent,Id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Parent, Id, [Option]) -> wxWindow() when Parent::wxWindow(), Id::integer(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}} @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ new(#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Id, Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxWindow_new_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec cacheBestSize(This, Size) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. cacheBestSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ cacheBestSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_CacheBestSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec captureMouse(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). captureMouse(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ center(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> center(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec center(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Option :: {dir, integer()}. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ centerOnParent(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> centerOnParent(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec centerOnParent(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Option :: {dir, integer()}. @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ centre(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> centre(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec centre(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Option :: {dir, integer()}. @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ centreOnParent(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> centreOnParent(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec centreOnParent(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Option :: {dir, integer()}. @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ centreOnParent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_CentreOnParent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clearBackground(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). clearBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ clearBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_ClearBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clientToScreen(This, Pt) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxWindow(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. clientToScreen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ clientToScreen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_ClientToScreen_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clientToScreen(This, X, Y) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxWindow(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). clientToScreen(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ close(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> close(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec close(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), Option :: {force, boolean()}. @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ close(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_Close, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec convertDialogToPixels(This, Sz) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxWindow(), Sz::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. convertDialogToPixels(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SzW,SzH}) @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ convertDialogToPixels(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SzW,SzH}) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_ConvertDialogToPixels, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec convertPixelsToDialog(This, Sz) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxWindow(), Sz::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. convertPixelsToDialog(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SzW,SzH}) @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ convertPixelsToDialog(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SzW,SzH}) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_ConvertPixelsToDialog, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec 'Destroy'(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). 'Destroy'(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ convertPixelsToDialog(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SzW,SzH}) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_Destroy, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec destroyChildren(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). destroyChildren(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ destroyChildren(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_DestroyChildren, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec disable(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). disable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ enable(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> enable(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec enable(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), Option :: {enable, boolean()}. @@ -317,13 +317,13 @@ enable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_Enable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findFocus() -> wxWindow(). findFocus() -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_FindFocus, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% findWindow(This, Name) -> wxWindow() when
%% This::wxWindow(), Name::unicode:chardata().
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ findWindowById(Winid) when is_integer(Winid) -> findWindowById(Winid, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findWindowById(Winid, [Option]) -> wxWindow() when Winid::integer(), Option :: {parent, wxWindow()}. @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ findWindowByName(Name) when is_list(Name) -> findWindowByName(Name, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findWindowByName(Name, [Option]) -> wxWindow() when Name::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {parent, wxWindow()}. @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ findWindowByLabel(Label) when is_list(Label) -> findWindowByLabel(Label, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findWindowByLabel(Label, [Option]) -> wxWindow() when Label::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {parent, wxWindow()}. @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ findWindowByLabel(Label, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_FindWindowByLabel, <<(byte_size(Label_UC)):32/?UI,(Label_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Label_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec fit(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). fit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ fit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_Fit, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec fitInside(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). fitInside(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ fitInside(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_FitInside, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec freeze(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). freeze(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ freeze(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_Freeze, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getAcceleratorTable(This) -> wxAcceleratorTable:wxAcceleratorTable() when This::wxWindow(). getAcceleratorTable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ getAcceleratorTable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetAcceleratorTable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBackgroundColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxWindow(). getBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ getBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxBG_STYLE_SYSTEM | ?wxBG_STYLE_COLOUR | ?wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM -spec getBackgroundStyle(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxWindow(). @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ getBackgroundStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetBackgroundStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getBestSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxWindow(). getBestSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ getBestSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetBestSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCaret(This) -> wxCaret:wxCaret() when This::wxWindow(). getCaret(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -471,13 +471,13 @@ getCaret(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetCaret, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCapture() -> wxWindow(). getCapture() -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetCapture, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCharHeight(This) -> integer() when This::wxWindow(). getCharHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ getCharHeight(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetCharHeight, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCharWidth(This) -> integer() when This::wxWindow(). getCharWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ getCharWidth(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetCharWidth, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getChildren(This) -> [wxWindow()] when This::wxWindow(). getChildren(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ getChildren(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetChildren, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getClientSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxWindow(). getClientSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ getClientSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetClientSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getContainingSizer(This) -> wxSizer:wxSizer() when This::wxWindow(). getContainingSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ getContainingSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetContainingSizer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCursor(This) -> wxCursor:wxCursor() when This::wxWindow(). getCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ getCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetCursor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getDropTarget(This) -> wx:wx_object() when This::wxWindow(). getDropTarget(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ getDropTarget(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetDropTarget, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEventHandler(This) -> wxEvtHandler:wxEvtHandler() when This::wxWindow(). getEventHandler(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ getEventHandler(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetEventHandler, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getExtraStyle(This) -> integer() when This::wxWindow(). getExtraStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ getExtraStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetExtraStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFont(This) -> wxFont:wxFont() when This::wxWindow(). getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ getFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getForegroundColour(This) -> wx:wx_colour4() when This::wxWindow(). getForegroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ getForegroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetForegroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getGrandParent(This) -> wxWindow() when This::wxWindow(). getGrandParent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ getGrandParent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetGrandParent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHandle(This) -> integer() when This::wxWindow(). getHandle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ getHandle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetHandle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHelpText(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxWindow(). getHelpText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ getHelpText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetHelpText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getId(This) -> integer() when This::wxWindow(). getId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ getId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getLabel(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxWindow(). getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ getLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMaxSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxWindow(). getMaxSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ getMaxSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetMaxSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMinSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxWindow(). getMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ getMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetMinSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getName(This) -> unicode:charlist() when This::wxWindow(). getName(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ getName(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetName, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getParent(This) -> wxWindow() when This::wxWindow(). getParent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ getParent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetParent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getPosition(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxWindow(). getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ getPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getRect(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxWindow(). getRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ getRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetRect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getScreenPosition(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxWindow(). getScreenPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ getScreenPosition(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetScreenPosition, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getScreenRect(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxWindow(). getScreenRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ getScreenRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetScreenRect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getScrollPos(This, Orient) -> integer() when This::wxWindow(), Orient::integer(). getScrollPos(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Orient) @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ getScrollPos(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Orient) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetScrollPos, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getScrollRange(This, Orient) -> integer() when This::wxWindow(), Orient::integer(). getScrollRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Orient) @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ getScrollRange(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Orient) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetScrollRange, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getScrollThumb(This, Orient) -> integer() when This::wxWindow(), Orient::integer(). getScrollThumb(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Orient) @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ getScrollThumb(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Orient) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetScrollThumb, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxWindow(). getSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ getSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getSizer(This) -> wxSizer:wxSizer() when This::wxWindow(). getSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ getTextExtent(This,String) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(String) -> getTextExtent(This,String, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getTextExtent(This, String, [Option]) -> Result when Result :: {X::integer(), Y::integer(), Descent::integer(), ExternalLeading::integer()}, This::wxWindow(), String::unicode:chardata(), @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ getTextExtent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},String, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetTextExtent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getToolTip(This) -> wxToolTip:wxToolTip() when This::wxWindow(). getToolTip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ getToolTip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetToolTip, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getUpdateRegion(This) -> wxRegion:wxRegion() when This::wxWindow(). getUpdateRegion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ getUpdateRegion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetUpdateRegion, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getVirtualSize(This) -> {W::integer(), H::integer()} when This::wxWindow(). getVirtualSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ getVirtualSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetVirtualSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getWindowStyleFlag(This) -> integer() when This::wxWindow(). getWindowStyleFlag(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ getWindowStyleFlag(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetWindowStyleFlag, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Res = ?wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL | ?wxWINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL | ?wxWINDOW_VARIANT_MINI | ?wxWINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE | ?wxWINDOW_VARIANT_MAX -spec getWindowVariant(This) -> wx:wx_enum() when This::wxWindow(). @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ getWindowVariant(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_GetWindowVariant, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasCapture(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). hasCapture(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ hasCapture(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_HasCapture, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasScrollbar(This, Orient) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), Orient::integer(). hasScrollbar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Orient) @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ hasScrollbar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Orient) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_HasScrollbar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hasTransparentBackground(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). hasTransparentBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ hasTransparentBackground(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_HasTransparentBackground, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec hide(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). hide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ hide(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_Hide, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec inheritAttributes(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). inheritAttributes(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ inheritAttributes(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_InheritAttributes, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec initDialog(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). initDialog(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ initDialog(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_InitDialog, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec invalidateBestSize(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). invalidateBestSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ invalidateBestSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_InvalidateBestSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isEnabled(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). isEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ isEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_IsEnabled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% isExposed(This, Rect) -> boolean() when
%% This::wxWindow(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}.
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ isExposed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_IsExposed_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isExposed(This, X, Y) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). isExposed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ isExposed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_IsExposed_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isExposed(This, X, Y, W, H) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer(). isExposed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ isExposed(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y,W,H) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_IsExposed_4, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isRetained(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). isRetained(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ isRetained(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_IsRetained, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isShown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). isShown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ isShown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_IsShown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isTopLevel(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). isTopLevel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ isTopLevel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_IsTopLevel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec layout(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). layout(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ layout(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_Layout, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). lineDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ lineDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_LineDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lineUp(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). lineUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ lineUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_LineUp, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec lower(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). lower(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ makeModal(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> makeModal(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec makeModal(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Option :: {modal, boolean()}. @@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ move(This,Pt={PtX,PtY}) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(PtX),is_integer(PtY) -> move(This,Pt, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% move(This, Pt, [Option]) -> ok when
%% This::wxWindow(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()},
@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ move(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_Move_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec move(This, X, Y, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), Option :: {flags, integer()}. @@ -1002,7 +1002,7 @@ move(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_Move_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moveAfterInTabOrder(This, Win) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Win::wxWindow(). moveAfterInTabOrder(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef}) -> @@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ moveAfterInTabOrder(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_MoveAfterInTabOrder, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec moveBeforeInTabOrder(This, Win) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Win::wxWindow(). moveBeforeInTabOrder(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef}) -> @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ navigate(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> navigate(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec navigate(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), Option :: {flags, integer()}. @@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ navigate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_Navigate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec pageDown(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). pageDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ pageDown(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_PageDown, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec pageUp(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). pageUp(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ popEventHandler(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> popEventHandler(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec popEventHandler(This, [Option]) -> wxEvtHandler:wxEvtHandler() when This::wxWindow(), Option :: {deleteHandler, boolean()}. @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ popupMenu(This,Menu) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Menu, wx_ref) -> popupMenu(This,Menu, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec popupMenu(This, Menu, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), Menu::wxMenu:wxMenu(), Option :: {pos, {X::integer(), Y::integer()}}. @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ popupMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef}, Optio wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_PopupMenu_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec popupMenu(This, Menu, X, Y) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), Menu::wxMenu:wxMenu(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). popupMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef},X,Y) @@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ popupMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=MenuT,ref=MenuRef},X,Y) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_PopupMenu_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec raise(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). raise(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ refresh(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> refresh(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec refresh(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Option :: {eraseBackground, boolean()} @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ refreshRect(This,Rect={RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(RectX),is_integer(RectY),is_integer(RectW),is_integer(RectH) -> refreshRect(This,Rect, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec refreshRect(This, Rect, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}, Option :: {eraseBackground, boolean()}. @@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ refreshRect(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_RefreshRect, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec releaseMouse(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). releaseMouse(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@ releaseMouse(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_ReleaseMouse, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec removeChild(This, Child) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Child::wxWindow(). removeChild(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ChildT,ref=ChildRef}) -> @@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ removeChild(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ChildT,ref=ChildRef}) - wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_RemoveChild, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec reparent(This, NewParent) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), NewParent::wxWindow(). reparent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=NewParentT,ref=NewParentRef}) -> @@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ reparent(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=NewParentT,ref=NewParentRe wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_Reparent, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec screenToClient(This) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxWindow(). screenToClient(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ screenToClient(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_ScreenToClient_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec screenToClient(This, Pt) -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()} when This::wxWindow(), Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. screenToClient(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) @@ -1205,7 +1205,7 @@ screenToClient(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_ScreenToClient_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec scrollLines(This, Lines) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), Lines::integer(). scrollLines(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Lines) @@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ scrollLines(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Lines) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_ScrollLines, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec scrollPages(This, Pages) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), Pages::integer(). scrollPages(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Pages) @@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ scrollWindow(This,Dx,Dy) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Dx),is_integer(Dy) -> scrollWindow(This,Dx,Dy, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec scrollWindow(This, Dx, Dy, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Dx::integer(), Dy::integer(), Option :: {rect, {X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}}. @@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ scrollWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Dx,Dy, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_ScrollWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setAcceleratorTable(This, Accel) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Accel::wxAcceleratorTable:wxAcceleratorTable(). setAcceleratorTable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=AccelT,ref=AccelRef}) -> @@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ setAcceleratorTable(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=AccelT,ref=Acce wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetAcceleratorTable, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setAutoLayout(This, AutoLayout) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), AutoLayout::boolean(). setAutoLayout(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},AutoLayout) @@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ setAutoLayout(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},AutoLayout) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetAutoLayout, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setBackgroundColour(This, Colour) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), Colour::wx:wx_colour(). setBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) @@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ setBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_SetBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Style = ?wxBG_STYLE_SYSTEM | ?wxBG_STYLE_COLOUR | ?wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM -spec setBackgroundStyle(This, Style) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), Style::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ setBackgroundStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_SetBackgroundStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCaret(This, Caret) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Caret::wxCaret:wxCaret(). setCaret(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=CaretT,ref=CaretRef}) -> @@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ setCaret(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=CaretT,ref=CaretRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetCaret, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setClientSize(This, Rect) -> ok when
%% This::wxWindow(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()}.
@@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ setClientSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{RectX,RectY,RectW,RectH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetClientSize_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setClientSize(This, Width, Height) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(). setClientSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height) @@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ setClientSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Width,Height) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetClientSize_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setContainingSizer(This, Sizer) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Sizer::wxSizer:wxSizer(). setContainingSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=SizerT,ref=SizerRef}) -> @@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ setContainingSizer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=SizerT,ref=Sizer wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetContainingSizer, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setCursor(This, Cursor) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), Cursor::wxCursor:wxCursor(). setCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=CursorT,ref=CursorRef}) -> @@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ setCursor(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=CursorT,ref=CursorRef}) - wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_SetCursor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMaxSize(This, MaxSize) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), MaxSize::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setMaxSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{MaxSizeW,MaxSizeH}) @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ setMaxSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{MaxSizeW,MaxSizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetMaxSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setMinSize(This, MinSize) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), MinSize::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{MinSizeW,MinSizeH}) @@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ setMinSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{MinSizeW,MinSizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetMinSize, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setOwnBackgroundColour(This, Colour) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Colour::wx:wx_colour(). setOwnBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) @@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ setOwnBackgroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetOwnBackgroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setOwnFont(This, Font) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(). setOwnFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> @@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ setOwnFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetOwnFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setOwnForegroundColour(This, Colour) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Colour::wx:wx_colour(). setOwnForegroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) @@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ setOwnForegroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetOwnForegroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDropTarget(This, DropTarget) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), DropTarget::wx:wx_object(). setDropTarget(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DropTargetT,ref=DropTargetRef}) -> @@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ setDropTarget(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DropTargetT,ref=DropT wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetDropTarget, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setExtraStyle(This, ExStyle) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), ExStyle::integer(). setExtraStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExStyle) @@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ setExtraStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},ExStyle) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetExtraStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFocus(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). setFocus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ setFocus(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetFocus, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFocusFromKbd(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). setFocusFromKbd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ setFocusFromKbd(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetFocusFromKbd, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFont(This, Font) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), Font::wxFont:wxFont(). setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> @@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ setFont(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FontT,ref=FontRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_SetFont, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setForegroundColour(This, Colour) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), Colour::wx:wx_colour(). setForegroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) @@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ setForegroundColour(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Colour) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_SetForegroundColour, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setHelpText(This, Text) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Text::unicode:chardata(). setHelpText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) @@ -1444,7 +1444,7 @@ setHelpText(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Text) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetHelpText, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setId(This, Winid) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Winid::integer(). setId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Winid) @@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ setId(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Winid) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setLabel(This, Label) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Label::unicode:chardata(). setLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Label) @@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ setLabel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Label) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetLabel, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setName(This, Name) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Name::unicode:chardata(). setName(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) @@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ setName(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetName, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setPalette(This, Pal) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Pal::wxPalette:wxPalette(). setPalette(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PalT,ref=PalRef}) -> @@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ setScrollbar(This,Orient,Pos,ThumbVisible,Range) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Orient),is_integer(Pos),is_integer(ThumbVisible),is_integer(Range) -> setScrollbar(This,Orient,Pos,ThumbVisible,Range, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setScrollbar(This, Orient, Pos, ThumbVisible, Range, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Orient::integer(), Pos::integer(), ThumbVisible::integer(), Range::integer(), Option :: {refresh, boolean()}. @@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@ setScrollPos(This,Orient,Pos) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(Orient),is_integer(Pos) -> setScrollPos(This,Orient,Pos, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setScrollPos(This, Orient, Pos, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Orient::integer(), Pos::integer(), Option :: {refresh, boolean()}. @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ setScrollPos(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Orient,Pos, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetScrollPos, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setSize(This, Size) -> ok when
%% This::wxWindow(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}.
@@ -1543,7 +1543,7 @@ setSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetSize_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setSize(This, Rect, [Option]) -> ok when
%% This::wxWindow(), Rect::{X::integer(), Y::integer(), W::integer(), H::integer()},
@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ setSize(This,X,Y,Width,Height) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(X),is_integer(Y),is_integer(Width),is_integer(Height) -> setSize(This,X,Y,Width,Height, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSize(This, X, Y, Width, Height, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), X::integer(), Y::integer(), Width::integer(), Height::integer(), Option :: {sizeFlags, integer()}. @@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@ setSizeHints(This,MinSize={MinSizeW,MinSizeH}) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(MinSizeW),is_integer(MinSizeH) -> setSizeHints(This,MinSize, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setSizeHints(This, MinSize, [Option]) -> ok when
%% This::wxWindow(), MinSize::{W::integer(), H::integer()},
@@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ setSizeHints(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{MinSizeW,MinSizeH}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetSizeHints_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSizeHints(This, MinW, MinH, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), MinW::integer(), MinH::integer(), Option :: {maxW, integer()} @@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@ setSizer(This,Sizer) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Sizer, wx_ref) -> setSizer(This,Sizer, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSizer(This, Sizer, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Sizer::wxSizer:wxSizer(), Option :: {deleteOld, boolean()}. @@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ setSizerAndFit(This,Sizer) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_record(Sizer, wx_ref) -> setSizerAndFit(This,Sizer, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setSizerAndFit(This, Sizer, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Sizer::wxSizer:wxSizer(), Option :: {deleteOld, boolean()}. @@ -1687,7 +1687,7 @@ setSizerAndFit(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=SizerT,ref=SizerRef} wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetSizerAndFit, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setThemeEnabled(This, EnableTheme) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), EnableTheme::boolean(). setThemeEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},EnableTheme) @@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ setThemeEnabled(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},EnableTheme) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetThemeEnabled, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setToolTip(This, Tip) -> ok when
%% This::wxWindow(), Tip::wxToolTip:wxToolTip().
@@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ setToolTip(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=TipT,ref=TipRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetToolTip_1_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setVirtualSize(This, Size) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Size::{W::integer(), H::integer()}. setVirtualSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) @@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ setVirtualSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{SizeW,SizeH}) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetVirtualSize_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setVirtualSize(This, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). setVirtualSize(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) @@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ setVirtualSizeHints(This,MinSize={MinSizeW,MinSizeH}) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_integer(MinSizeW),is_integer(MinSizeH) -> setVirtualSizeHints(This,MinSize, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Also:
%% setVirtualSizeHints(This, MinSize, [Option]) -> ok when
%% This::wxWindow(), MinSize::{W::integer(), H::integer()},
@@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ setVirtualSizeHints(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},{MinSizeW,MinSizeH}, Options wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetVirtualSizeHints_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setVirtualSizeHints(This, MinW, MinH, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), MinW::integer(), MinH::integer(), Option :: {maxW, integer()} @@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ setVirtualSizeHints(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},MinW,MinH, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetVirtualSizeHints_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWindowStyle(This, Style) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Style::integer(). setWindowStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style) @@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ setWindowStyle(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetWindowStyle, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setWindowStyleFlag(This, Style) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Style::integer(). setWindowStyleFlag(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style) @@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@ setWindowStyleFlag(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Style) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetWindowStyleFlag, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Variant = ?wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL | ?wxWINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL | ?wxWINDOW_VARIANT_MINI | ?wxWINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE | ?wxWINDOW_VARIANT_MAX -spec setWindowVariant(This, Variant) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Variant::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ setWindowVariant(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Variant) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_SetWindowVariant, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec shouldInheritColours(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). shouldInheritColours(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@ show(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> show(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec show(This, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(), Option :: {show, boolean()}. @@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ show(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_Show, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec thaw(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). thaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ thaw(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_Thaw, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec transferDataFromWindow(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). transferDataFromWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ transferDataFromWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_TransferDataFromWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec transferDataToWindow(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). transferDataToWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ transferDataToWindow(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_TransferDataToWindow, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec update(This) -> ok when This::wxWindow(). update(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ updateWindowUI(This) when is_record(This, wx_ref) -> updateWindowUI(This, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec updateWindowUI(This, [Option]) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), Option :: {flags, integer()}. @@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ updateWindowUI(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}, Options) wxe_util:cast(?wxWindow_UpdateWindowUI, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec validate(This) -> boolean() when This::wxWindow(). validate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ validate(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxWindow_Validate, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec warpPointer(This, X, Y) -> ok when This::wxWindow(), X::integer(), Y::integer(). warpPointer(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},X,Y) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowCreateEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowCreateEvent.erl index f17d6011d9..6688d54703 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowCreateEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowCreateEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxWindowCreateEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxWindowCreateEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
create
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxWindowCreate(). #wxWindowCreate{}} event record type. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowDC.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowDC.erl index 4515f0e6b9..f5c482d8ca 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowDC.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowDC.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxWindowDC. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxWindowDC. %%

This class is derived (and can use functions) from: %%
{@link wxDC} %%

@@ -60,13 +60,13 @@ parent_class(wxDC) -> true; parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). -type wxWindowDC() :: wx:wx_object(). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new() -> wxWindowDC(). new() -> wxe_util:construct(?wxWindowDC_new_0, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Win) -> wxWindowDC() when Win::wxWindow:wxWindow(). new(#wx_ref{type=WinT,ref=WinRef}) -> diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowDestroyEvent.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowDestroyEvent.erl index 909f521d82..c21d4787b8 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowDestroyEvent.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxWindowDestroyEvent.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxWindowDestroyEvent. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxWindowDestroyEvent. %%
Use {@link wxEvtHandler:connect/3.} with EventType:
%%
destroy
%% See also the message variant {@link wxEvtHandler:wxWindowDestroy(). #wxWindowDestroy{}} event record type. diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxXmlResource.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxXmlResource.erl index aa0cffb5a8..30290b4f9a 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wxXmlResource.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wxXmlResource.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: wxXmlResource. +%% @doc See external documentation: wxXmlResource. %% @type wxXmlResource(). An object reference, The representation is internal %% and can be changed without notice. It can't be used for comparsion %% stored on disc or distributed for use on other nodes. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ parent_class(_Class) -> erlang:error({badtype, ?MODULE}). new() -> new([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new([Option]) -> wxXmlResource() when Option :: {flags, integer()} | {domain, unicode:chardata()}. @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ new(Options) wxe_util:construct(?wxXmlResource_new_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec new(Filemask, [Option]) -> wxXmlResource() when Filemask::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {flags, integer()} @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ attachUnknownControl(This,Name,Control) when is_record(This, wx_ref),is_list(Name),is_record(Control, wx_ref) -> attachUnknownControl(This,Name,Control, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec attachUnknownControl(This, Name, Control, [Option]) -> boolean() when This::wxXmlResource(), Name::unicode:chardata(), Control::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Option :: {parent, wxWindow:wxWindow()}. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ attachUnknownControl(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name,#wx_ref{type=ControlT, wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_AttachUnknownControl, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec clearHandlers(This) -> ok when This::wxXmlResource(). clearHandlers(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ clearHandlers(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxXmlResource_ClearHandlers, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec compareVersion(This, Major, Minor, Release, Revision) -> integer() when This::wxXmlResource(), Major::integer(), Minor::integer(), Release::integer(), Revision::integer(). compareVersion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Major,Minor,Release,Revision) @@ -113,13 +113,13 @@ compareVersion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Major,Minor,Release,Revision) wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_CompareVersion, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec get() -> wxXmlResource(). get() -> wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_Get, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getFlags(This) -> integer() when This::wxXmlResource(). getFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ getFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_GetFlags, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getVersion(This) -> integer() when This::wxXmlResource(). getVersion(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ getXRCID(Str_id) when is_list(Str_id) -> getXRCID(Str_id, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getXRCID(Str_id, [Option]) -> integer() when Str_id::[unicode:chardata()], Option :: {value_if_not_found, integer()}. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ getXRCID(Str_id, Options) wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_GetXRCID, <<(byte_size(Str_id_UC)):32/?UI,(Str_id_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Str_id_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec initAllHandlers(This) -> ok when This::wxXmlResource(). initAllHandlers(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ initAllHandlers(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef}) -> wxe_util:cast(?wxXmlResource_InitAllHandlers, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec load(This, Filemask) -> boolean() when This::wxXmlResource(), Filemask::unicode:chardata(). load(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Filemask) @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ load(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Filemask) wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_Load, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadBitmap(This, Name) -> wxBitmap:wxBitmap() when This::wxXmlResource(), Name::unicode:chardata(). loadBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ loadBitmap(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_LoadBitmap, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadDialog(This, Parent, Name) -> wxDialog:wxDialog() when This::wxXmlResource(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Name::unicode:chardata(). loadDialog(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Name) @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ loadDialog(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},N wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_LoadDialog_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadDialog(This, Dlg, Parent, Name) -> boolean() when This::wxXmlResource(), Dlg::wxDialog:wxDialog(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Name::unicode:chardata(). loadDialog(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DlgT,ref=DlgRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Name) @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ loadDialog(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=DlgT,ref=DlgRef},#wx_ref wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_LoadDialog_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadFrame(This, Parent, Name) -> wxFrame:wxFrame() when This::wxXmlResource(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Name::unicode:chardata(). loadFrame(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Name) @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ loadFrame(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Na wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_LoadFrame_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadFrame(This, Frame, Parent, Name) -> boolean() when This::wxXmlResource(), Frame::wxFrame:wxFrame(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Name::unicode:chardata(). loadFrame(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FrameT,ref=FrameRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Name) @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ loadFrame(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=FrameT,ref=FrameRef},#wx_ wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_LoadFrame_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadIcon(This, Name) -> wxIcon:wxIcon() when This::wxXmlResource(), Name::unicode:chardata(). loadIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ loadIcon(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_LoadIcon, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadMenu(This, Name) -> wxMenu:wxMenu() when This::wxXmlResource(), Name::unicode:chardata(). loadMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ loadMenu(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_LoadMenu, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadMenuBar(This, Name) -> wxMenuBar:wxMenuBar() when This::wxXmlResource(), Name::unicode:chardata(). loadMenuBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ loadMenuBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Name) wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_LoadMenuBar_1, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadMenuBar(This, Parent, Name) -> wxMenuBar:wxMenuBar() when This::wxXmlResource(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Name::unicode:chardata(). loadMenuBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Name) @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ loadMenuBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_LoadMenuBar_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadPanel(This, Parent, Name) -> wxPanel:wxPanel() when This::wxXmlResource(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Name::unicode:chardata(). loadPanel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Name) @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ loadPanel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Na wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_LoadPanel_2, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadPanel(This, Panel, Parent, Name) -> boolean() when This::wxXmlResource(), Panel::wxPanel:wxPanel(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Name::unicode:chardata(). loadPanel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PanelT,ref=PanelRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Name) @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ loadPanel(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=PanelT,ref=PanelRef},#wx_ wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_LoadPanel_3, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec loadToolBar(This, Parent, Name) -> wxToolBar:wxToolBar() when This::wxXmlResource(), Parent::wxWindow:wxWindow(), Name::unicode:chardata(). loadToolBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef},Name) @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ loadToolBar(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},#wx_ref{type=ParentT,ref=ParentRef}, wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_LoadToolBar, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec set(Res) -> wxXmlResource() when Res::wxXmlResource(). set(#wx_ref{type=ResT,ref=ResRef}) -> @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ set(#wx_ref{type=ResT,ref=ResRef}) -> wxe_util:call(?wxXmlResource_Set, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setFlags(This, Flags) -> ok when This::wxXmlResource(), Flags::integer(). setFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ setFlags(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Flags) wxe_util:cast(?wxXmlResource_SetFlags, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec unload(This, Filename) -> boolean() when This::wxXmlResource(), Filename::unicode:chardata(). unload(#wx_ref{type=ThisT,ref=ThisRef},Filename) diff --git a/lib/wx/src/gen/wx_misc.erl b/lib/wx/src/gen/wx_misc.erl index a2a39bdae7..96912ce651 100644 --- a/lib/wx/src/gen/wx_misc.erl +++ b/lib/wx/src/gen/wx_misc.erl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ %% %% %CopyrightBegin% %% -%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2012. All Rights Reserved. +%% Copyright Ericsson AB 2008-2013. All Rights Reserved. %% %% The contents of this file are subject to the Erlang Public License, %% Version 1.1, (the "License"); you may not use this file except in @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %% %CopyrightEnd% %% This file is generated DO NOT EDIT -%% @doc See external documentation: Misc. +%% @doc See external documentation: Misc. %% This module contains wxWidgets utility functions. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ launchDefaultBrowser/2,newId/0,registerId/1,setDetectableAutoRepeat/1, shell/0,shell/1,shutdown/1]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
Key = ?WXK_BACK | ?WXK_TAB | ?WXK_RETURN | ?WXK_ESCAPE | ?WXK_SPACE | ?WXK_DELETE | ?WXK_START | ?WXK_LBUTTON | ?WXK_RBUTTON | ?WXK_CANCEL | ?WXK_MBUTTON | ?WXK_CLEAR | ?WXK_SHIFT | ?WXK_ALT | ?WXK_CONTROL | ?WXK_MENU | ?WXK_PAUSE | ?WXK_CAPITAL | ?WXK_END | ?WXK_HOME | ?WXK_LEFT | ?WXK_UP | ?WXK_RIGHT | ?WXK_DOWN | ?WXK_SELECT | ?WXK_PRINT | ?WXK_EXECUTE | ?WXK_SNAPSHOT | ?WXK_INSERT | ?WXK_HELP | ?WXK_NUMPAD0 | ?WXK_NUMPAD1 | ?WXK_NUMPAD2 | ?WXK_NUMPAD3 | ?WXK_NUMPAD4 | ?WXK_NUMPAD5 | ?WXK_NUMPAD6 | ?WXK_NUMPAD7 | ?WXK_NUMPAD8 | ?WXK_NUMPAD9 | ?WXK_MULTIPLY | ?WXK_ADD | ?WXK_SEPARATOR | ?WXK_SUBTRACT | ?WXK_DECIMAL | ?WXK_DIVIDE | ?WXK_F1 | ?WXK_F2 | ?WXK_F3 | ?WXK_F4 | ?WXK_F5 | ?WXK_F6 | ?WXK_F7 | ?WXK_F8 | ?WXK_F9 | ?WXK_F10 | ?WXK_F11 | ?WXK_F12 | ?WXK_F13 | ?WXK_F14 | ?WXK_F15 | ?WXK_F16 | ?WXK_F17 | ?WXK_F18 | ?WXK_F19 | ?WXK_F20 | ?WXK_F21 | ?WXK_F22 | ?WXK_F23 | ?WXK_F24 | ?WXK_NUMLOCK | ?WXK_SCROLL | ?WXK_PAGEUP | ?WXK_PAGEDOWN | ?WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE | ?WXK_NUMPAD_TAB | ?WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER | ?WXK_NUMPAD_F1 | ?WXK_NUMPAD_F2 | ?WXK_NUMPAD_F3 | ?WXK_NUMPAD_F4 | ?WXK_NUMPAD_HOME | ?WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT | ?WXK_NUMPAD_UP | ?WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT | ?WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN | ?WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP | ?WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN | ?WXK_NUMPAD_END | ?WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN | ?WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT | ?WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE | ?WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL | ?WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY | ?WXK_NUMPAD_ADD | ?WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR | ?WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT | ?WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL | ?WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE | ?WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT | ?WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT | ?WXK_WINDOWS_MENU | ?WXK_COMMAND | ?WXK_SPECIAL1 | ?WXK_SPECIAL2 | ?WXK_SPECIAL3 | ?WXK_SPECIAL4 | ?WXK_SPECIAL5 | ?WXK_SPECIAL6 | ?WXK_SPECIAL7 | ?WXK_SPECIAL8 | ?WXK_SPECIAL9 | ?WXK_SPECIAL10 | ?WXK_SPECIAL11 | ?WXK_SPECIAL12 | ?WXK_SPECIAL13 | ?WXK_SPECIAL14 | ?WXK_SPECIAL15 | ?WXK_SPECIAL16 | ?WXK_SPECIAL17 | ?WXK_SPECIAL18 | ?WXK_SPECIAL19 | ?WXK_SPECIAL20 -spec getKeyState(Key) -> boolean() when Key::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -39,19 +39,19 @@ getKeyState(Key) wxe_util:call(?utils_wxGetKeyState, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMousePosition() -> {X::integer(), Y::integer()}. getMousePosition() -> wxe_util:call(?utils_wxGetMousePosition, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getMouseState() -> wx:wx_wxMouseState(). getMouseState() -> wxe_util:call(?utils_wxGetMouseState, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec setDetectableAutoRepeat(Flag) -> boolean() when Flag::boolean(). setDetectableAutoRepeat(Flag) @@ -59,13 +59,13 @@ setDetectableAutoRepeat(Flag) wxe_util:call(?utils_wxSetDetectableAutoRepeat, <<(wxe_util:from_bool(Flag)):32/?UI>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec bell() -> ok. bell() -> wxe_util:cast(?utils_wxBell, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findMenuItemId(Frame, MenuString, ItemString) -> integer() when Frame::wxFrame:wxFrame(), MenuString::unicode:chardata(), ItemString::unicode:chardata(). findMenuItemId(#wx_ref{type=FrameT,ref=FrameRef},MenuString,ItemString) @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ findMenuItemId(#wx_ref{type=FrameT,ref=FrameRef},MenuString,ItemString) wxe_util:call(?utils_wxFindMenuItemId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec genericFindWindowAtPoint(Pt) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. genericFindWindowAtPoint({PtX,PtY}) @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ genericFindWindowAtPoint({PtX,PtY}) wxe_util:call(?utils_wxGenericFindWindowAtPoint, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec findWindowAtPoint(Pt) -> wxWindow:wxWindow() when Pt::{X::integer(), Y::integer()}. findWindowAtPoint({PtX,PtY}) @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ findWindowAtPoint({PtX,PtY}) beginBusyCursor() -> beginBusyCursor([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec beginBusyCursor([Option]) -> ok when Option :: {cursor, wxCursor:wxCursor()}. beginBusyCursor(Options) @@ -109,19 +109,19 @@ beginBusyCursor(Options) wxe_util:cast(?utils_wxBeginBusyCursor, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec endBusyCursor() -> ok. endBusyCursor() -> wxe_util:cast(?utils_wxEndBusyCursor, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isBusy() -> boolean(). isBusy() -> wxe_util:call(?utils_wxIsBusy, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. %%
WFlags = ?wxSHUTDOWN_POWEROFF | ?wxSHUTDOWN_REBOOT -spec shutdown(WFlags) -> boolean() when WFlags::wx:wx_enum(). @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ shutdown(WFlags) shell() -> shell([]). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec shell([Option]) -> boolean() when Option :: {command, unicode:chardata()}. shell(Options) @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ launchDefaultBrowser(Url) when is_list(Url) -> launchDefaultBrowser(Url, []). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec launchDefaultBrowser(Url, [Option]) -> boolean() when Url::unicode:chardata(), Option :: {flags, integer()}. @@ -168,31 +168,31 @@ launchDefaultBrowser(Url, Options) wxe_util:call(?utils_wxLaunchDefaultBrowser, <<(byte_size(Url_UC)):32/?UI,(Url_UC)/binary, 0:(((8- ((4+byte_size(Url_UC)) band 16#7)) band 16#7))/unit:8, BinOpt/binary>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getEmailAddress() -> unicode:charlist(). getEmailAddress() -> wxe_util:call(?utils_wxGetEmailAddress, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getUserId() -> unicode:charlist(). getUserId() -> wxe_util:call(?utils_wxGetUserId, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getHomeDir() -> unicode:charlist(). getHomeDir() -> wxe_util:call(?utils_wxGetHomeDir, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec newId() -> integer(). newId() -> wxe_util:call(?utils_wxNewId, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec registerId(Id) -> ok when Id::integer(). registerId(Id) @@ -200,25 +200,25 @@ registerId(Id) wxe_util:cast(?utils_wxRegisterId, <>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getCurrentId() -> integer(). getCurrentId() -> wxe_util:call(?utils_wxGetCurrentId, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec getOsDescription() -> unicode:charlist(). getOsDescription() -> wxe_util:call(?utils_wxGetOsDescription, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isPlatformLittleEndian() -> boolean(). isPlatformLittleEndian() -> wxe_util:call(?utils_wxIsPlatformLittleEndian, <<>>). -%% @doc See external documentation. +%% @doc See external documentation. -spec isPlatform64Bit() -> boolean(). isPlatform64Bit() -> wxe_util:call(?utils_wxIsPlatform64Bit, -- cgit v1.2.3